578440 Catalog 1

2014-05-16

: Pdf 578440-Catalog 1 578440-Catalog_1 782116 Batch3 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 192 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

183

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Power Control

Motor Control ......................................................................................................................185-229

XT/Xstart IEC Motor Control ..................................................................................................................................................... 186

XT/Xstart IEC Mini Contactors .................................................................................................................................................. 188

XT/Xstart IEC Contactors .......................................................................................................................................................... 190

Overload Relays ......................................................................................................................................................................... 196

IEC Manual Motor Protectors ................................................................................................................................................... 205

Electronic Motor-protective circuit-breaker PKE ........................................................................................................................ 208

IEC Manual Motor Protectors Accessories ............................................................................................................................... 209

IEC Motor Control Busbar Adapters ......................................................................................................................................... 212

Contacts for safety-relevant control functions .......................................................................................................................... 213

IEC Power Control, dimensions ................................................................................................................................................ 214

DOL Starters ............................................................................................................................................................................. 224

Contactor & Starter Assemblies ............................................................................................................................................... 225

1000V Mining Contactors .......................................................................................................................................................... 227

IT, IEC Contactors & Starters .................................................................................................................................................... 228

Accessories for IT Motor Control .............................................................................................................................................. 229

Drives & Soft Starters ........................................................................................................ 230-236

Soft starters............................................................................................................................................................................... 231

Variable Speed Drives ............................................................................................................................................................... 233

Control & Indication ...........................................................................................................237-285

22.5mm Pushbuttons ................................................................................................................................................................ 238

SL signal towers ........................................................................................................................................................................ 252

30.5mm Pushbuttons ................................................................................................................................................................ 256

30.5mm Pushbuttons Control Stations & Enclosures ............................................................................................................... 267

30.5mm Pushbuttons Accessories............................................................................................................................................ 268

30.5mm Pushbuttons, dimensions & technical data ................................................................................................................. 270

Cam switches ............................................................................................................................................................................ 273

Automation & Control ........................................................................................................ 286-362

Easy Relay controllers ............................................................................................................................................................... 287

XC100/200 Programmable logic controllers .............................................................................................................................. 293

Easy Control relays & accessories ............................................................................................................................................ 295

ELC Programmable logic controllers ......................................................................................................................................... 297

Panelmate Operator Interfaces ................................................................................................................................................. 299

ELC Graphic Touch Panels ......................................................................................................................................................... 300

HMi Operator Interfaces ........................................................................................................................................................... 300

LS - Titan Position Switches .......................................................................................................................................................301

E50 Heavy duty modular Limit Switches ...................................................................................................................................301

E49 metal body compact Limit Switches ................................................................................................................................. 307

E49 plastic modular DIN Limit Switches ....................................................................................................................................310

10316H series Rotating Shaft Limit Switches ........................................................................................................................... 312

ME40 single- & two-pedal Foot Switches ................................................................................................................................. 312

E2020 Heavy Duty Pull Wire Switches ..................................................................................................................................... 313

iProx Programmable Proximity Sensors .................................................................................................................................... 314

AccuProx Analogue output Proximity Sensors .......................................................................................................................... 315

SpeedSense Proximity Sensors ................................................................................................................................................ 315

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors .......................................................................................................................... 316

General purpose Capacitive Proximity Sensors ........................................................................................................................ 318

Cables for Plug-In Proximity Sensors ........................................................................................................................................ 326

Photoelectric Sensors ............................................................................................................................................................... 327

CurrentWatch Current Sensors & Switches .............................................................................................................................. 335

Plug In Relays - D2 Series ......................................................................................................................................................... 342

Plug In Relays - D3 series ......................................................................................................................................................... 343

Plug In Relays - D4 Series ......................................................................................................................................................... 344

Plug In Relays - D7 Series ......................................................................................................................................................... 345

Plug In Relays - D8 Series ......................................................................................................................................................... 346

Plug In Relays - D9 Series ......................................................................................................................................................... 346

Interface Relays – XR series ..................................................................................................................................................... 347

Rhomberg Monitoring Relays.................................................................................................................................................... 348

EMR4 measuring & monitoring relays ...................................................................................................................................... 349

Rhomberg Control Relays ......................................................................................................................................................... 351

Timers ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 351

Time Switches ........................................................................................................................................................................... 353

Counters .................................................................................................................................................................................... 354

184 EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Power Control

Automation & Control (cont.) ............................................................................................ 286-362

Ratemeters................................................................................................................................................................................ 355

Hour Meters .............................................................................................................................................................................. 356

Water Pump Pressure Switches ............................................................................................................................................... 357

Riko Float Switches ................................................................................................................................................................... 357

DC Power Supplies ................................................................................................................................................................... 358

Liquid Level Controllers ............................................................................................................................................................. 358

MCS Pressure Switches ........................................................................................................................................................... 359

SW Float switches .................................................................................................................................................................... 361

Temperature Controllers ............................................................................................................................................................ 362

Wiring Accessories ..............................................................................................................363-374

Feed-Through Terminals ............................................................................................................................................................ 363

Earth Terminals .......................................................................................................................................................................... 367

Double Deck/Duo Terminals ...................................................................................................................................................... 368

Disconnect Terminals ................................................................................................................................................................ 369

Fuse Terminals ........................................................................................................................................................................... 370

Marking Tags ............................................................................................................................................................................. 371

DIN Rail & Ducting .................................................................................................................................................................... 372

Cable Accessories ..................................................................................................................................................................... 373

185

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Power Control

• Easy to Install

• Small Footprint

• Global Approvals

• Type 2 Coordination

• Full range of IEC Motor Control

IEC Motor Control

Motor Control

186

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

XT/Xstart IEC Motor Control

The XT/XStart range of contactors, overloads & manual motor protectors is

a complete range of IEC motor control. XT/XStart is an efficient & effective

solution for applications from 7-2000A.

Eaton & Moeller Item Numbers

The XT/XStart range of IEC Motor Control was the result of a joint venture between Eaton

& Moeller. This pricebook lists these products side by side because the items are identical,

apart from branding. Accessories & components are interchangeable between the XT &

XStart ranges.

If you have always ordered these products from Moeller, you can continue to use the part

numbers you have always used. Likewise, if you have ordered parts from Eaton, you can

order the Eaton part numbers as before.

Key Features

Feature: AC & DC devices with the same dimensions achieved with an electronically

controlled coil system.

Benefit: Space savings, reduced engineering design time.

Feature: Twin terminals with separate sockets in contactors up to 400A.

Benefit: Offers installation & application flexibility when using different size wires. The

improved integrity of the connections reduces cabling faults.

Feature: Reduced sealing power consumption for DC contactors due to an electronic coil

controller that uses less power.

Benefit: With sealing wattage as low as 0.5W, XT/XStart contactors reduce power

consumption & generate less heat. This results in lower cooling requirements,

& the ability to mount more contactors per cabinet.

Feature: Integrated suppressors in DC controlled contactors from 7–1000A. Integrated

surge suppressors in all contactors from 115A & above.

Benefit: Offers reductions in total logistics & inventory costs by limiting the number of

products ordered & stocked. Increased installation & maintenance efficiency,

as wiring is not required.

Manual Motor

Controller

Insulated

flush mount

enclosure

Current

limiter

Insulated surface

mount enclosure

with emergency-

stop actuator

Early-make

auxiliary contact

Top-hat

rail adapter

Door coupling rotary

handle and axis extension

Shunt and

undervoltage

release

Manual Motor

Protector with

pushbutton actuation

up to 25A

Manual Motor Protector

with rotary actuation

up to 32A

Trip-

indicating

auxiliary

contact

Side mounting

auxiliary contact

Mechanical

connector

up to 15A

Electrical

connector

Tool-less plug

connector

Front mounting

auxiliary contact

Early-make

auxiliary

contact

Side mounting

auxiliary contact

Contactor

up to 32 A

Top mounting

auxiliary contact

Contactor up to 150 A

Overload relay

up to 150 A,

separate mounting

Overload relay

up to 150 A

Contactor

up to 65 A

Overload relay

up to 65 A

Overload relay

up to 32 A

Suppressor

Front

mounting

auxiliary

contact

Contactor

up to 15 A

Overload relay

up to 15 A

Overload relay separate

mounting adapter

up to 65A

IEC Power Control

Eaton Electrical

1000 Cherrington Parkway

Moon Township, PA 15108-4312

USA

tel: 1-800-525-2000

www.EatonElectrical.com

Printed in USA

Publication No. PT03407002E

April 2005

Manual Motor Protector

with rotary actuation

up to 65A

Electrical

connector

Top mounting

auxiliary contact

Eaton's

PT03407002E XT IEC Power Control Poster.pdf 4/1/2010 12:14:13 PM

187

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

Manual Motor

Controller

Insulated

flush mount

enclosure

Current

limiter

Insulated surface

mount enclosure

with emergency-

stop actuator

Early-make

auxiliary contact

Top-hat

rail adapter

Door coupling rotary

handle and axis extension

Shunt and

undervoltage

release

Manual Motor

Protector with

pushbutton actuation

up to 25A

Manual Motor Protector

with rotary actuation

up to 32A

Trip-

indicating

auxiliary

contact

Side mounting

auxiliary contact

Mechanical

connector

up to 15A

Electrical

connector

Tool-less plug

connector

Front mounting

auxiliary contact

Early-make

auxiliary

contact

Side mounting

auxiliary contact

Contactor

up to 32 A

Top mounting

auxiliary contact

Contactor up to 150 A

Overload relay

up to 150 A,

separate mounting

Overload relay

up to 150 A

Contactor

up to 65 A

Overload relay

up to 65 A

Overload relay

up to 32 A

Suppressor

Front

mounting

auxiliary

contact

Contactor

up to 15 A

Overload relay

up to 15 A

Overload relay separate

mounting adapter

up to 65A

IEC Power Control

Eaton Electrical

1000 Cherrington Parkway

Moon Township, PA 15108-4312

USA

tel: 1-800-525-2000

www.EatonElectrical.com

Printed in USA

Publication No. PT03407002E

April 2005

Manual Motor Protector

with rotary actuation

up to 65A

Electrical

connector

Top mounting

auxiliary contact

Eaton's

PT03407002E XT IEC Power Control Poster.pdf 4/1/2010 12:14:13 PM

188

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

XT/Xstart IEC Mini Contactors

IEC Miniature Controls

Due to its compact size, the XT line of mini controls is best suited to be applied in light duty loads such as hoisting, packaging,

material handling, heating, lighting & automation systems. XT mini contactors are a particularly compact, economic &

environmentally friendly solution wherever control of small motors or loads is required.

Mini Contactors E9

Operational Current

AC-3 Amp Rating

Thermal Current

AC-1

Maximum kW Ratings AC-3, 3-Phase Motors,

50 – 60 Hz

No. of

Power Poles Aux. Contacts Eaton Item No. 

Moeller

Item No. 

240V 415V

6.6 20 1.5 33 1NO XTMC6A10_ -

6.6 20 1.5 33 1NC XTMC6A01_ -

8.8 20 2.2 43 1NO XTMC9A10_ DILEM-10(…)

8.8 20 2.2 43 1NC XTMC9A01_ DILEM-01(…)

8.8 20 2.2 44 - XTMF9A00_ DILEM4(…)

 Underscore (_) indicates Magnetic Coil Sufﬁx required. See Coil Selection Chart.

Coil Selection Chart

AC Coil Voltage (50Hz) Eaton Suffix Code Moeller Suffix Code DC Coil Voltage Eaton Suffix Code Moeller Suffix Code

415 C (415V50HZ,480V60HZ) 24 TD G(24VDC)

230-240 F (240V50HZ)

110 A (110V50/60HZ)

24 T (24V50HZ)

ote:N Mini Contactor Coils are not interchangeable. For additional coil voltages contact Eaton.

IEC Miniature Overload Relays

• Trip Class 10A

• Ambient temperature compensated -5° to 50°C

• Selectable manual / automatic reset

• 1NO-1NC auxiliary contact as standard

• Direct mount with XTMC contactors

Mini Overload Relays E9

Motor full load current (FLC) Trip Class Contact Configuration Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

0.1 – 0.16A

0.16 – 0.24A

0.24 – 0.4A

0.4 – 0.6A

10A 1NO-1NC XTOMP16AC1

XTOMP24AC1

XTOMP40AC1

XTOMP60AC1

ZE-0,16

ZE-0,24

ZE-0,4

ZE-0,6

0.6 – 1A

1 – 1.6A

1.6 – 2.4A

10A 1NO-1NC XTOM001AC1

XTOM1P6AC1

XTOM2P4AC1

ZE-1,0

ZE-1,6

ZE-2,4

2.4 – 4A

4 – 6A

6 – 9A

9 – 12A

10A 1NO-1NC XTOM004AC1

XTOM006AC1

XTOM009AC1

XTOM012AC1

ZE-4

ZE-6

ZE-9

ZE-12

 When ﬁtted directly to the contactor, a clearance of at least 5 mm is required between the overload relays.

W:45mm H:58mm D:52mm

189

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

XT/Xstart IEC Mini Contactors

IEC Miniature Controls Accessories

XT IEC Miniature Controls Accessories (Auxiliary Contacts for Mini Contactors, Front (top) Mounted) E9

Contact Configuration Poles Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

1NO/1NC 2 XTMCXFA11 11DILE

2NO 2 XTMCXFA20 20DILE

2NC 2 XTMCXFA02 02DILE

2NO2NC 4 XTMCXFA22 22DILE

1NO/3NC 4 XTMCXFA13 13DILE

3NO1NC 4 XTMCXFA31 31DILE

4NO 4 XTMCXFA40 40DILE

4NC 4 XTMCXFA04 04DILE

1ECNO/1LONC 2 XTMCXFAL11 -

2ECNO/2LONC 2 XTMCXFAL22 22DDILE

ote:N Auxiliary contacts are rated for 10A AC-1.

Mechanical Interlock E9

Description Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Mechanical Interlock XTMCXML MVDILE

ote:N For two contactors with AC or DC operated coils that are horizontally or vertically mounted, the distance between contactors is 0 mm.

Reversing Link Kit E9

Description Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Main current wiring for reversing contactors

& starters.

XTMCXRL MVS-WB-EM

ote:N Reversing Link Kit does not include mechanical interlock. Order part No. XTMCXML for Mechanical Interlock.

Star-Delta Link Kit E9

Description Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Main current wiring for

star-delta combinations. Includes the Star-Delta

Bridge.

XTMCXSDL MVS-SB-EM

Other Accessories E9

Description Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Connector for mechanically arranging

contactors in combinations.

XTMCXCN V0DILE

Shroud IP40 Sealable Shroud, snap fit XTMCXSHROUD HDILE

ote:N 0 mm distance between contactors with connector.

190

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

Full Voltage Non-Reversing 3-Pole Contactors, Frame B – Frame G E9

IEC Ratings

Aux.

Contacts

Screw

Terminals 

Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

AC-3

Ie (A)

AC-1

(40°C)

Ie = Ith (A)

Maximum kW Ratings AC-3

3-Phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz

380/

400V 415V

660/

690V

Frame B

5.5

3.5

4.5

1NO

1NC

1NO

1NC

XTCE007B10_

XTCE007B01_

XTCE009B10_

XTCE009B01_

DILM7-10(…)

DILM7-01(…)

DILM9-10(…)

DILM9-01(…)

15.5

5.5

7.5

6.5

1NO

1NC

1NO

1NC

XTCE012B10_

XTCE012B01_

XTCE015B10_

XTCE015B01_

DILM12-10(…)

DILM12-01(…)

DILM15-10(…)

DILM15-01(…)

Frame C

7.5

14.5

1NO

1NC

1NO

1NC

1NO

1NC

XTCE018C10_

XTCE018C01_

XTCE025C10_

XTCE025C01_

XTCE032C10_

XTCE032C01_

DILM17-10(…)

DILM17-01(…)

DILM25-10(…)

DILM25-01(…)

DILM32-10(…)

Frame D

18.5

—

XTCE040D00_

XTCE050D00_

XTCE065D00_

XTCE072D00_

DILM40(…)

DILM50(…)

DILM65(…)

Frame F

110

—

XTCE080F00_

XTCE095F00_

DILM80(…)

DILM95(…)

Frame G

115

150

170

130

160

275 d

100

—

XTCE115G00_

XTCE150G00_

XTCE170G00_

DILM115(…)

DILM150(…)

 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil sufﬁx required. See Page 230.

ote:N The 7 – 32A contactors have positively driven contacts between the integrated auxiliary contact & the auxiliary contact module as well as within the auxiliary contact modules.

The 40 – 65A contactors have positively driven contacts within the auxiliary contact module. 6 auxiliary contacts are possible with a combination of side mounted & front mount auxiliary contacts.

DC operated contactors (Frames B – G, 7 – 150A) have a built-in suppressor circuit. Frame B – C contactors with 1NC built-in auxiliary are mirror contacts (XTCE...B01_ – XTCE...C01_).

XT/Xstart IEC Contactors

IEC Contactors

• AC-3 contactor ratings to 1600A & AC-1 contactor ratings

to 2000A

• Panel or DIN-Rail mounting to 65A

• IP20 finger & back-of-hand proof

• Built-in NO or NC auxiliary contacts to 32A

• Built-in surge suppression on DC coils XTCE Frame B-G & AC

or DC coils on XTCE Frame L-R

• Can be used with XT or C396 Overload Relays

• Can be used with XTPR MMPs for Manual Motor Controllers

191

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

XT/Xstart IEC Contactors

IEC Contactors

Full Voltage Non-Reversing 3-Pole Contactors, Frame L – Frame R E9

IEC Ratings

Aux.

Contacts Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

AC-3

Ie (A)

AC-1

(40°C)

Ie = Ith (A)

Maximum kW Ratings AC-3

3-Phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz

380/

400V 415V

660/

690V 1000V

Frame L — Standard Coil (110/120V, 230/240V ac Coil Only)

185

225

250

337

386

429

110

132

110

132

148

175

215

240

108

2NO-2NC

XTCS185L22_

XTCS225L22_

XTCS250L22_

DILM185-S/22(…)

DILM225-S/22(…)

DILM250-S/22(…)

Frame L — Electronic Coil

185

225

250

337

386

429

110

132

110

132

148

175

215

240

108

2NO-2NC

XTCE185L22_

XTCE225L22_

XTCE250L22_

DILM185/22(…)

DILM225/22(…)

DILM250/22(…)

Frame M — Standard Coil (110/120V, 230/240V ac Coil Only)

300

400

500

580

490

612

857

980

160

200

250

315

180

240

300

—

286

344

132

2NO-2NC

XTCS300M22_

XTCS400M22_

XTCS500M22_

XTCS570M22_

DILM300-S/22(…)

DILM400-S/22(…)

DILM500-S/22(…)

Frame M — Electronic Coil

300

400

500

580

490

612

857

980

160

200

250

315

180

240

300

350

286

344

132

2NO-2NC

XTCE300M22_

XTCE400M22_

XTCE500M22_

XTCE570M22_

DILM300/22(…)

DILM500/22(…)

Frame N — Electronic Coil

580

650

750

820

1000

980

1041

1102

1225

315

355

400

450

560

348

390

455

500

610

560

630

720

750

1000

600

800

1000

2NO-2NC

XTCE580N22_

XTCE650N22_

XTCE750N22_

XTCE820N22_

XTCEC10N22_

DILM580/22(…)

DILM650/22(…)

DILM750/22(…)

DILM820/22(…)

DILM1000/22(…)

Frame P — Electronic Coil

— 1714 — —— — 2NO-2NC XTCEC14P22_ -

Frame R — Electronic Coil

1600

—

2200

2450

900

—

900

—

1600

—

1700

—

2NO-2NC

XTCEC16R22_

XTCEC20R22_

Contactors Frame L - R:

Standard Coil: Cost Saving, 110 & 240V AC Control Only, L & M Frames.

Electronic Coil: Wide range of control voltages, Can be controlled by a PLC output, Can be controlled by a low power command device, like a limit switch or sensor.

 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil sufﬁx required. See Page 230.

Contactor Application Data

Item Prefix

Electrical Life (Operations) for 10 hp,

480V (14.2A) Applications

XTCE012B 1 million

XTCE015B 1.2 million

XTCE018C 2 million

ote:N AC & DC operated contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit.

(Frames L – R, 185 – 2000A).

192

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

XT/Xstart IEC Contactors

Coil Suffix Tables

Magnet Coil Suffix

Coil Voltage Eaton Suffix Code Moeller Suffix Code

Frame B – F (DILM7 - DILM95)

24V 50/60 Hz T (RAC24)

110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A (110V50/60HZ)

230-240V 50 Hz F (240V50HZ)

415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C (415V50HZ,480V60HZ)

24V DC TD DILM7-DILM15 (24VDC)

DILM17-DILM95 (RDC24)

Frame G (DILM115 - 150)

100 – 120V 50/60 Hz A (RAC120)

190 – 240V 50/60 Hz B (RAC240)

24V 50/60 Hz T (RAC24)

24 – 27V dc TD (RDC24)

480 – 500V 50/60 Hz C (RAC440)

Magnet Coil Suffix (Continued)

Coil Voltage Eaton Suffix Code Moeller Suffix Code

Frame L – N, Electronic Coil (DILM185 - DILM250)

110 – 250V 40 – 60 Hz/DC A (RA250)

250 – 500V 40 – 60 Hz C (RAC500)

24 – 48V dc TD (RDC48)

Frame L – M, Standard Coil (DILM185-S - DILM250-S)

110 – 120V 50/60 Hz A N/A

220 – 240V 50/60 Hz B (220-240V50/60HZ)

Frame P – R

220 – 250V 50 – 60 Hz/DC B (RAW250)

Reversing Contactor Components

Qty Frame B C D F G

2 Contactor XTCE...B01_ XTCE...B01_ XTCE...D00_ XTCE...F00_ XTCE...G00_

2Auxiliary Contact XTCEXFAC20 XTCEXFAC20 XTCEXFBG11 XTCEXFBG11 XTCEXFBG11

1Mechanical Interlock XTCEXMLB XTCEXMLC XTCEXMLD XTCEXMLG XTCEXMLG

1Reversing Link Kit XTCEXRLB XTCEXRLC XTCEXRLD XTCEXRLG XTCEXRLG

193

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

XT/Xstart IEC Contactors

IEC Four Pole & Capacitor Contactors

XTCF 4-Pole Contactors, Frame B – Frame G E9

Ie (A) Ie = Ith (A) Maximum kW Ratings AC-3 Item No. Moeller Item No.

AC-3 AC-1 3 Ph Motors 50 – 60 Hz

400V, kW 415V, kW

Frame B

12 20 5.5 7 XTCF020B00_ -

Frame C

18 32 7.5 10 XTCF032C10_ DILMP-32-10(…)

25 45 11 14.5 XTCF045C10_ DILMP-45-10(…)

Frame D

40 63 18.5 24 XTCF063D00_ DILMP63(…)

50 80 22 30 XTCF080D00_ DILMP80(…)

Frame G*

80 125 37 48 XTCF125G00_ DILMP125(…)

95 160 45 57 XTCF160G00_ DILMP160(…)

115 200 55 70 XTCF200G00_ DILMP200(…)

*See page 230 for G frame coil sufﬁx. Contactors with 240Vac coils are stocked.

XTCC Capacitor Contactors, Frame C – Frame D E9

Switching duty in kvar - Group compensation, without reactor Item No. Moeller Item No.

230V 400V 525V 690V

Frame C

11 20 25 33.3 XTCC020C11_ DILK20-11

15 25 33.3 40 XTCC025C11_ DILK25-11

Frame D

20 33.3 40 55 XTCC033D10_ DILK33-10

25 50 65 85 XTCC050D10_ DILK50-10

Other coil voltages have a 1-day lead time.

 Underscore [ _ ] indicates magnet coil sufﬁx required. See Coil Selection Chart.

Magnet Coil Suffix E9

Coil Voltage Eaton Suffix Code Moeller Suffix Code

Frame B – F (DILM7 - DILM95)

24V 50/60 Hz T (RAC24)

110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A (110V50/60HZ)

230-240V 50 Hz F (240V50HZ)

415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C (415V50HZ,480V60HZ)

24V DC TD DILM7-DILM15 (24VDC)

DILM17-DILM95 (RDC24)

Frame G (DILM115 - 150)

100 – 120V 50/60 Hz A (RAC120)

190 – 240V 50/60 Hz B (RAC240)

24V 50/60 Hz T (RAC24)

24 – 27V dc TD (RDC24)

480 – 500V 50/60 Hz C (RAC440)

194

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

XT/Xstart IEC Contactors

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts E9

Conventional

Thermal Current,

Open at 60°C

Ith = Ie,

AC-1 in Amps Poles

Contact

Configuration

Screw Terminals

Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Frame B – C — Front (Top) Mount

16 2 2NO XTCEXFAC20 DILA-XHI20

16 2 1NO-1NC XTCEXFAC11 DILA-XHI11

16 4 4NO XTCEXFAC40 DILA-XHI40

16 4 2NO-2NC XTCEXFAC22 DILA-XHI22

Frame B — Side Mount 

16 1 1NO XTCEXSAB10 DILA-XHI10-S

16 1 1NC XTCEXSAB01 DILA-XHI01-S

Frame C — Side Mount

10 2 1NO-1NC XTCEXSCC11DILM32-XHI11-S

Frame D — G

16 2 2NO XTCEXFBG20 DILM150-XHI20

16 2 1NO-1NC XTCEXFBG11 DILM150-XHI11

16 4 4NO-0NC XTCEXFBG40 DILM150-XHI40

16 4 2NO-2NC XTCEXFBG22 DILM150-XHI22

 Can be mounted to the left side of contactor only. Cannot be used in combination with front (top) mount auxiliary contacts or mechanical interlocks.

ote:N Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L (positively driven), within the auxiliary contact modules (not NO (early make) & NC (late break) contacts) & for the built-in auxiliary contacts of the XTCE007B... –

XTCE032C....Auxiliary break contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F (not NC (late break) contact). No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.

195

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

XT/Xstart IEC Contactors

Accessories

Side Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Frame D – R, 40 – 2000A E9

Conventional Free Air Thermal

Current,

Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Poles Contact Configuration

Screw Terminals

Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Frame D – R

10 2 1NO-1NC XTCEXSBN11 DILM1000-XHI11-SI

ote:N For Frames B – C, cannot use both a side & a top mount auxiliary contact at the same time. For Frame D, 6 auxiliary contacts maximum (can be a combination of side & top mount units). For Frames F – R,

8 auxiliary contacts maximum (can be a combination of side & top mount units).

Accessories E9

For Use with... Pkg. Qty. Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Mechanical Interlock 

XTCE007B – XTCE015B,

XTCF020B

5XTCEXMLB DILM12-XMV

XTCE018C – XTCE032C

XTCF032C – XTCF045C

XTCE040D – XTCE072D

1XTCEXMLC DILM32-XMV

XTCF063D – XTCF080D 1XTCEXMLD DILM65-XMV

XTCE080F – XTCE170G

XTCF125G – XTCF200G

1XTCEXMLGDILM150-XMV

XTCE185L – XTCE570M 1XTCEXMLM DILM500-XMV

XTCE580N – XTCEC10N 1XTCEXMLNDILM820-XMV

Reversing Link Kits

XTCE007B – XTCE015B 1XTCEXRLBDILM12-XRL

XTCE018C – XTCE032C 1XTCEXRLC DILM32-XRL

XTCE040D – XTCE065D 1XTCEXRLD DILM65-XRL

XTCE080F – XTCE150G 1XTCEXRLG DILM150-XRL

XTCE185L – XTCE250L 1XTCEXRLL DILM250-XRL

XTCE300M – XTCE400M 1XTCEXRLM400 DILM400-XRL

 For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system which are horizontally or vertically mounted. For B – G frames, mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations & the distance between contactors is 0 mm. For L – N

frames, mechanical lifespan is 5 x 106 operations & no auxiliary contact can be mounted between the mechanical interlock & the contactor — the distance between contactors is 15 mm.

 XTCEXMLG, XTCEXMLN & XTCEXMLNM & Moeller equivalents consist of an interlock element & mounting plate.

 Also includes Interlocking Bridge (XTCEXLBB).

196

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Overload Relays

Product Overview

Description XTOB, XTOT Thermal Overload Relays

C396 Electronic

Overload Relays

Motor Insight Overload

and Monitoring Relays

Moeller Type ZB Not Available Not Available

Page Page 235 Page 237 Page 241

Relay Type Thermal Bi-Metallic Electronic Electronic

Direct Connect to XT Contactor Yes, XTCE (DILM) Yes, XTCE (DILM) —

Separate Mount Yes, Adapter Yes Yes

FLC Range 0.1 – 630A 0.1 – 1500A 1 – 540A (with CTs)

FLC Max.:Min. Ratio Approx. 1.5:1 5:1 —

Motor Overload Protection Yes Yes Yes

Underload Protection — — Yes

Supply Protection — — Yes

Enhanced Phase Loss Protection —Yes Yes

Enhanced Phase Imbalance Protection —Yes Yes

Trip Class 10A Selectable 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 5 – 30

Reset Type Selectable Manual / Automatic Selectable Manual / Automatic Selectable Manual / Automatic / Programmable / Remote

Communications with I/O — — Yes (Modbus, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS)

Remote Display — — Yes

Ground Fault — — Yes

Alarm No Trip — — Yes (voltage & ground faults)

Jam — Yes Yes

Programmable Reset Timers — — Yes

Progammable Reset Attempts — — Yes

Current Monitoring — — Yes

Voltage Monitoring — — Yes

Power Monitoring — — Yes

Thermal Capacity Monitoring — — Yes

Motor Run Hours Monitoring — — Yes

Motor Control

197

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Overload Relays E9

Overload Releases, IrContact Configuration

For Use with Contactor Ampere

Range Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Frame B — Direct Mount to XTCE...B Contactor (DILM7-15)

0.1 – 0.16

0.16 – 0.24

0.24 – 0.4

0.4 – 0.6

1NO-1NC

7 – 15A

XTOBP16BC1

XTOBP24BC1

XTOBP40BC1

XTOBP60BC1

ZB12-0,16

ZB12-0,24

ZB12-0,4

ZB12-0,6

0.6 – 1

1 – 1.6

1.6 – 2.4

2.4 – 4

1NO-1NC

7 – 15A

XTOB001BC1

XTOB1P6BC1

XTOB2P4BC1

XTOB004BC1

ZB12-1

ZB12-1,6

ZB12-2,4

ZB12-4

4 – 6

6 – 10

9 – 12

12 – 16

1NO-1NC

7 – 15A

9 – 15A

12 – 15A

XTOB006BC1

XTOB010BC1

XTOB012BC1

XTOB016BC1

ZB12-6

ZB12-10

ZB12-12

ZB12-16

Frame C — Direct Mount to XTCE...C Contactor (DILM17-32)

0.6 – 1

1 – 1.6

1.6 – 2.4

2.4 – 4

1NO-1NC

18 – 32A

XTOB001CC1

XTOB1P6CC1

XTOB2P4CC1

XTOB004CC1

ZB32-1

ZB32-1,6

ZB32-2,4

ZB32-4

4 – 6

6 – 10

10 – 16

16 – 24

24 – 32

1NO-1NC

18 – 32A

25 – 32A

XTOB006CC1

XTOB010CC1

XTOB016CC1

XTOB024CC1

XTOB032CC1

ZB32-6

ZB32-10

ZB32-16

ZB32-24

ZB32-32

Frame D — Direct Mount to XTCE...D Contactor (DILM40-65)

6 – 10

10 – 16

16 – 24

1NO-1NC

40 – 72A

XTOB010DC1

XTOB016DC1

XTOB024DC1

ZB65-10

ZB65-16

ZB65-24

24 – 40

40 – 57

50 – 65

65 – 75

1NO-1NC

40 – 72A

50 – 72A

65 – 72A

72A

XTOB040DC1

XTOB057DC1

XTOB065DC1

XTOB075DC1

ZB65-40

ZB65-57

ZB65-65

ZB65-75

Frame F – G — Direct Mount to XTCE...F or XTCE...G Contactor (DILM80-150)

35 – 50

50 – 70

70 – 100

1NO-1NC

80 – 170A

XTOB050GC1

XTOB070GC1

XTOB100GC1

ZB150-50

ZB150-70

ZB150-100

95 – 125

120 – 150

145 – 175

1NO-1NC

80 – 170A

150 – 170A

XTOB125GC1

XTOB150GC1

XTOB175GC1

ZB150-125

ZB150-150

ZB150-175

Overload Relays

Bi-metallic Overload Relays

• Direct mount to XT & DILM contactors or separate mount

• Class 10A

• Up to 630A

• Ambient - compensated bi-metallic

Motor Control

198

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Overload Relays

Bi-metallic Overload Relays

Overload Relay (Continued) E9

Overload Releases, Ir Contact Configuration

For Use with Contactor Ampere

Range Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Frame F – G — Separate Mount (DILM80-150)

35 – 50

50 – 70

70 – 100

1NO-1NC

80 – 170A

XTOB050GC1S

XTOB070GC1S

XTOB100GC1S

ZB150-50/KK

ZB150-70/KK

ZB150-100/KK

95 – 125

120 – 150

145 – 175

1NO-1NC

80 – 170A

150 – 170A

XTOB125GC1S

XTOB150GC1S

XTOB175GC1S

ZB150-125/KK

ZB150-150/KK

ZB150-175/KK

Frame L — Direct Mount to XTC(E or S)...L or Separate Mount (DILM185-250)

50 – 70

70 – 100

95 – 125

1NO-1NC

185 - 250A

XTOB070LC1

XTOB100LC1

XTOB125LC1

Z5-70/FF250

Z5-100/FF250

Z5-125/FF250

120 – 160

160 – 220

200 – 250

1NO-1NC

185 - 250A

225 - 250A

XTOB160LC1

XTOB220LC1

XTOB250LC1

Z5-160/FF250

Z5-220/FF250

Z5-250/FF250

ote:N Short circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct device mounting. See MN03402001E for more information on overload relays for Frame B – G.

Trip Class: 10A.

Suitable for protection of EEx e-motors. EC prototype test certificate available upon request.

Observe manuals MN03402001E & MN03407001E, See Documentation — Manuals for Overload Monitoring of EEx e-motors.

Current Transformer Operated Overload Relay E9

Overload Releases, IrContact Sequence Contact Configuration

For Use with Contactor

Ampere Range Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Frame M – N — Separate Mount

160 – 240

190 – 290

270 – 400

360 – 540

420 – 630

1NO-1NC

300 – 500A

500A

630A

XTOT240C3S

XTOT290C3S

XTOT400C3S

XTOT540C3S

XTOT630C3S

ZW7-240

ZW7-290

ZW7-400

ZW7-540

ZW7-630

DIN-Rail or Panel-Mount Adapter, Frame C – D — Accessories E9

For Use with... Pkg. Qty. Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

XTOB...CC1 5 XTOBXDINC ZB32-XEZ

XTOB...DC1 2 XTOBXDIND ZB65-XEZ

 Can be snap ﬁtted on a top hat rail (DIN-Rail) or can be screw ﬁtted.

Motor Control

199

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

C396 Overload for Integrated Use with XT IEC Contactors & Moeller DILM Contactors E9

FLC Range (Amps) XT IEC Contactor Frame Size / Width Item No.

Direct Mount to XTCE...B Contactor (DILM7-15)

0.4 – 2.0

1 – 5

1.6 – 8

6.4 – 32

B / 45 mm

C396A2A002SELXB

C396A2A005SELXB

C396A2A008SELXB

C396A2A032SELXB

Direct Mount to XTCE...C Contactor (DILM17-32)

1.6 – 8

6.4 – 32

C / 45 mm

C396A2A008SELXC

C396A2A032SELXC

Direct Mount to XTCE...D Contactor (DILM40-65)

6.4 – 32

9 – 45

15 – 75

D / 55 mm

C396A2A032SELXD

C396A2A045SELXD

C396B2A075SELXD

Direct Mount to XTCE...F or XTCE...G Contactor (DILM80-150)

22 – 110 F – G / 90 mm C396B2A110SELXF

C396 Stand-Alone Overload Relay E9

FLC Range(Amps) Description Item No.

0.4 – 2.0

1 – 5

1.6 – 8

6.4 – 32

9 – 45

45 mm Frame Overload RelayC396A2A002SELAX

C396A2A005SELAX

C396A2A008SELAX

C396A2A032SELAX

C396A2A045SELAX

15 – 75

22 – 110

65 mm Frame Overload RelayC396B2A075SELAX

C396B2A110SELAX

30 – 150 110 mm Frame Overload RelayC396C2A150SELAX

 Overload comes with a panel / DIN-Rail mounting adapter assembled. No separate mounting adapter accessory offered.

 Panel-mount only! Overload comes with integrated pass-through holes for power wires. Bus Bar Kit (C396CBAR or C396CBARXT, and Lug Kit (C396CLUG) must be purchased separately

if customer prefers not to use pass-through capability.

Overload Relays

C396 Electronic Overload Relays

Item Numbering System C396 A 2 A P05 SEL AX

Device Type

C396 = C396 Electronic Overload Relay Frame Size

A = 45 mm

B = 65 mm

C = 110 mm

Reset Type

A = Auto

Feature Set

2 = Standard

Max. Amperes

Current Rating

Frame A (45 mm)

P05 = 0.1 – 0.5

002 = 0.4 – 2.0

005 = 1 – 5

008 = 1.6 – 8

032 = 6.4 – 32

045 = 9 – 45

Frame B (65 mm)

075 = 15 – 75

110 = 22 – 110

Frame C (110 mm)

150 = 30 – 150

Class

SEL = Selectable

Stand-Alone Overload Relay Suffix

AX = All Frame Sizes

XT IEC Adapter Suffix

Frame B

XB = 0.1 – 0.5A

0.4 – 2.0A

1 – 5A

1.6 – 8A

6.4 – 32A

Frame C

XC = 0.1 – 0.5A

0.4 – 2.0A

1 – 5A

1.6 – 8A

6.4 – 32A

Frame D

XD = 6.4 – 32A

9 – 45A

15 – 75A

Frame F – G

XF = 22 – 110A

• Direct mount to XT contactors & Moeller DILM Contactors

or separate mount

• Standard version: selectable trip class (5, 10, 20, 30) with selectable

manual or auto reset

• Broad 5:1 FLC range

• Self-powered design, will accept ac voltages from

12 – 690V 50/60 Hz

• Electrically isolated 1NO-1NC contacts (Push-to-Test)

• FLC range of 0.1 – 1500 amps

Motor Control

200

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Overload Relays

C396 Overload Relays

Current Transformer Kits for Use with Stand-Alone Overload Relay C396A2A005SELAX

FLC Range (Amps) Description Item No.

60 – 300 300: 5 Panel-mount CT kit with integrated, pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus bars, lugs & hardware to mount

C396A2A005SELAX(not included).

C396CTK300

120 – 600 600: 5 Panel-mount CT kit with integrated, pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus bars, lugs & hardware to mount

C396A2A005SELAX (not included).

C396CTK600

200 – 1000 1000: 5 Panel-mount CT kit with integrated, pass-through holes. Kit includes CT,

bus bars, lugs & hardware to mount C396A2A005SELAX (not included).

C396CTK1000

300 – 1500 1500: 5 Panel-mount CT kit with integrated, pass-through holes. Kit includes CT,

bus bars, lugs & hardware to mount C396A2A005SELAX (not included).

C396CTK1500

 C396A2A005SELAX is not included in the current transformer kits. This item must be ordered separately.

Accessories E9

Description Item No.

Reset Bar Kit

assembles to the top of the overload to increase reset area

C396ARST

110 mm XT Bus Bar KitC396CBARXT

C396ARST +

C396RR_ _ _ _ _

Assembled to a C396

Overload Relay

Remote Reset 24V dcC396RR024DC

Remote Reset 24V acC396RR024AC

Remote Reset 120V acC396RR120AC

Remote Reset 240V acC396RR240AC

 Bus bar kits do not include lugs. Order C396CLUG if lugs are needed (3 lugs per kit).

 Reset Bar Kit (C396ARST) required to use the Remote Reset modules.

Motor Control

201

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Overload Relays

Electronic motor-protective relay ZEV

• Protection against unbalance

• Overload protection

• Tripping class between 5 & 40

• Earth leakage protection

• Integrated thermistor connection allows the relay to be expanded to provide a full motor protection system

• LCD display with fault indication

• 2 standard contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C, 2 free programmable contacts for fault indication

• Phase failure protection

• PTB 01 ATEX 3233

Length Diameter n mm

Setting range overload releases, Ir, A

Part. No.

– – 1 – 820 ZEV

Current sensors

– 6 1 – 25 ZEV-XSW-25

– 13 3 – 65 ZEV-XSW-65

– 21 10 – 145 ZEV-XSW-145

– 110 40 – 820 ZEV-XSW-820

Connecting cables

200 – – ZEV-XVK-20

400 – – ZEV-XVK-40

800 – – ZEV-XVK-80

SSW core-balance transformers, for earth-leakage monitoring

– 40 – SSW40-0,3

–SSW40-0,5

–SSW40-1

65 – SSW65-0,5

65 – SSW65-1

120 – SSW120-0,5

120 – SSW120-1

Motor Control

202

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Overload Relays

Thermal overload relay EMT6 for machine protection

Thermistor overload relays for machine protection

3 A rated operational current for

AC-15, 240 V

AC-14, 415 V

Description Rated control voltage Us, V Item No.

Without automatic reset

Mains & fault LED display

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,

24 – 240 V DC

EMT6

Without automatic reset Mains & fault LED display

Trip with short-circuit in the sensor cable

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,

24 – 240 V DC

EMT6-K

Without automatic reset

Mains & fault LED display

230 V 50/60 Hz EMT6(230V)

Selector switch with/without automatic reset

For manual or remote resetting

Test button

Mains & fault LED display

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,

24 – 240 V DC

EMT6-DB

Selector switch with/without automatic reset

For manual or remote resetting

Test button

Mains & fault LED display

Trip with short-circuit in the sensor cable

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,

24 – 240 V DC

EMT6-KDB

Selector switch with/without automatic reset

For manual or remote resetting Test button

Mains & fault LED display

230 V 50/60 Hz EMT6-DB(230V)

Multifunction device

Selector switch with/without automatic reset

Trip with short-circuit in the sensor cable

Zero-voltage safe

For manual or remote resetting

Test button

Short-circuit recognition & zero-voltage safety can be

deactivated

Mains & fault LED display

24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz,

24 – 240 V DC

EMT6-DBK

Accessories, Screw adapter

For screw fixing – CS-TE

Motor Control

203

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Insight Power Monitoring Relays

Item Numbering System C441 B A

Device Type

C441 = Motor Insight Overload Relay Overload Relay Voltage

B = 240V

C = 480V

D = 600V

Communications Module

K = DeviceNet Module 4IN/2OUT 120V ac

L = DeviceNet Module 4IN/2OUT 24V dc

M = Modbus Module

N = Modbus Module 4IN/2OUT 120V ac

P = Modbus Module 4IN/2OUT 24V dc

Q = PROFIBUS Module 4IN/2OUT 24V dc

Accessory Type

1 = Type 1 and 12 Remote-Mounted Display

3 = Type 3R Kit for Remote Display

CMP1 = Mounting Plate

Overload Relay Current Rating

A = 2 – 9A

B = 20 – 90A

Motor Insight™ Overload Power Monitoring Relays

• Power, voltage & current monitoring, ground fault,

flexible communications, motor, load & line protection

in a single package

• Enhanced surge / sag withstand capacity ensures

reliable operation

• Finger proof IP20 rated terminals provide extra safety by

reducing shock hazard

• Adjustments to overload settings can be made without

disconnecting power

• User Interface

• Bright LED display

• Intuitive & highly customisable parameter configuration

• Remote display allows for configuration without opening the panel,

providing additional operator safety

Motor Insight E9

Voltage Current Range Item No.

240V ac (170 – 264)

480V ac (323 – 528)

600V ac (489 – 660)

2 – 9 Amps

20 – 90 Amps

2 – 9 Amps

20 – 90 Amps

2 – 9 Amps

20 – 90 Amps

C441BA

C441BB

C441CA

C441CB

C441DA

C441DB

Motor Insight CT Multiplier and Wire Wrap Schedule E9

Motor FLC Number of Loops

Number of Conductors, Through CT

Primary CT Multiplier, Setting Item No.

Current Range: 20 – 90A

5 – 22.5

6.67 – 30

10 – 45

20 – 90

C441_B

Current Range: 2 – 9A

1 – 5

2 – 9

60 – 135

120 – 270

240 – 540

150 – (150:5)

300 – (300:5)

600 – (600:5)

C441_A



Underscore indicates operating voltage code required.

Operating Voltage Codes:

Code Voltage

240V ac

480V ac

600V ac

Motor Control

Overload Relays

204

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Overload Relays

Modbus Communication Module

Description I/O Item No.

Modbus Communication Module

Modbus Communication Module 4IN / 2OUT

None

120V ac

240V dc

C441M

C441N

C441P

DeviceNet Modules

Description I/O Item No.

DeviceNet Communication Module

120V ac

24V dc

C441K

C441L

Motor Insight — Accessories

Description Item No.

Remote Display Type 1 C4411

Type 3R Kit for Remote Display

(remote display not included)

C4413

Adaptive Mounting Plate C441CMP1

Motor Control

205

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Manual Motor Protectors

Manual Motor Protectors Product Overview

Description XTPB Pushbutton Manual Motor Protector XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protector

Moeller type PKZM01 PKZM0

Page Page 244 Page 245

Operator Style Pushbutton Rotary

Components Manual Motor Protector Manual Motor Protector

Branch Motor

Circuit Functions

Disconnect

Controller (manual)

Short Circuit Protection

Motor Overload Protection

Disconnect

Controller (manual)

Short Circuit Protection

Motor Overload Protection

FLC Range 0.1 – 25A 0.1 – 65A

Motor Control

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Motor-protective circuit-breakers

8/2 System overview

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4

Motor protection, transformer protection, conductor and cable protection

Standard auxiliary

contact

PKZM0

PKZM01

Voltage

releases

Door coupling

rotary handle

Standard

auxiliary

contact

PKZM4

PKZM0

Current limiter

SK1158GB-INT.book Seite 2 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 2:27 14

PKZM01/XTPB

PKZMO/XTPR

PKZM4/XTPR

206

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Pushbutton Manual Motor Protectors

Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip E9

Rated

Uninterrupted

Current —

Iu = Ie (Amps)

FLC

Adjustment

Range /

Overload

Release —

Ir (Amps)

Short Circuit

Release —

Irm (Amps)

Maximum Motor Ratings

Screw Terminals

Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Maximum kW Rating

AC-3 — P (kW)

3-Phase

220 –

240V

380 –

415V 440V 500V

660 –

690V

Frame B

0.16

0.25

0.4

0.63

0.1 – 0.16

0.16 – 0.25

0.25 – 0.4

0.4 – 0.63

2.2

3.5

5.6

8.8

—

0.06

0.09

—

0.06

0.09

0.12

—

0.06

0.12

0.18

—

0.06

0.12

0.25

0.06

0.12

0.18

0.25

XTPBP16BC1

XTPBP25BC1

XTPBP40BC1

XTPBP63BC1

PKZM01-0,16

PKZM01-0,25 PKZM01-0,4

PKZM01-0,63

1.6

2.5

0.63 – 1

1 – 1.6

1.6 – 2.5

2.5 – 4

0.12

0.25

0.37

0.75

0.25

0.55

0.75

1.5

0.25

0.55

1.1

1.5

0.37

0.75

1.1

2.2

0.55

1.1

1.5

XTPB001BC1

XTPB1P6BC1

XTPB2P5BC1

XTPB004BC1

PKZM01-1

PKZM01-1,6

PKZM01-2,5

PKZM01-4

6.3

4 – 6.3

6.3 – 10

8 – 12

140

168

1.1

2.2

5.5

7.5

XTPB6P3BC1

XTPB010BC1

XTPB012BC1

PKZM01-6,3

PKZM01-10

PKZM01-12

10 – 16

16 – 20

20 – 25

224

280

350

5.5

7.5

12.5

XTPB016BC1

XTPB020BC1

XTPB025BC1

PKZM01-16

PKZM01-20

PKZM01-25

 Select manual motor protectors by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW) are for reference only.

ote:N Service Factor (SF) — Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:

SF = 1.15 -> Ir = 1 x In mot

SF = 1 -> Ir = 0.9 x In mot

IEC Manual Motor Protectors

• Class 10 overload protection

• Motor applications from 0.1A to 63A

• Built-in heater & magnetic trip elements to protect the motor

• Adjustment dial for setting motor FLC

Motor Control

207

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Manual Motor Protectors

Rotary Manual Motor Protectors

Motor Protective Device with Thermal & Magnetic Trip E9

Rated

Uninterrupted

Current —

Iu = Ie (Amps)

FLC

Adjustment

Range /

Overload

Release —

Ir (Amps)

Short Circuit

Release —

Irm (Amps)

Maximum Motor Ratings

Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No. 

Maximum kW Rating

AC-3 — P (kW)

3-Phase

220 –

240V

380 –

415V 440V 500V

660 –

690V

Frame B

0.16

0.25

0.4

0.63

0.1 – 0.16

0.16 – 0.25

0.25 – 0.4

0.4 – 0.63

2.2

3.5

5.6

8.8

—

0.06

0.09

—

0.06

0.09

0.12

—

0.06

0.12

0.18

—

0.06

0.12

0.25

0.06

0.12

0.18

0.25

XTPRP16BC1

XTPRP25BC1

XTPRP40BC1

XTPRP63BC1

PKZM0-0,16

PKZM0-0,25

PKZM0-0,4

PKZM0-0,63

1.6

2.5

0.63 – 1

1 – 1.6

1.6 – 2.5

2.5 – 4

0.12

0.25

0.37

0.75

0.25

0.55

0.75

1.5

0.25

0.55

1.1

1.5

0.37

0.75

1.1

2.2

0.55

1.1

1.5

XTPR001BC1

XTPR1P6BC1

XTPR2P5BC1

XTPR004BC1

PKZM0-1

PKZM0-1,6

PKZM0-2,5

PKZM0-4

6.3

4 – 6.3

6.3 – 10

8 – 12

10 – 16

140

168

224

1.1

2.2

5.5

7.5

5.5

7.5

12.5

XTPR6P3BC1

XTPR010BC1

XTPR012BC1

XTPR016BC1

PKZM0-6,3

PKZM0-10

PKZM0-12

PKZM0-16

16 – 20

20 – 25

25 – 32

280

350

448

5.5

7.5

12.5

XTPR020BC1

XTPR025BC1

XTPR032BC1

PKZM0-20

PKZM0-25

PKZM0-32

Frame D

10 – 16

16 – 25

25 – 32

32 – 40

224

350

448

560

5.5

7.5

12.5

17.5

12.5

XTPR016DC1

XTPR025DC1

XTPR032DC1

XTPR040DC1

PKZM4-16

PKZM4-25

PKZM4-32

PKZM4-40

40 – 50

50 – 58

55 – 65

700

812

882

18.5

XTPR050DC1

XTPR058DC1

XTPR063DC1

PKZM4-50

PKZM4-58

PKZM4-63

 Select manual motor protectors by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW) are for reference only.

ote:N Service Factor (SF) — Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:

SF = 1.15 -> Ir = 1 x In mot

SF = 1 -> Ir = 0.9 x In mot.

 Eaton Rotary Manual Motor Protectors include a padlockable handle. Moeller PKZM0 & PKZM4 handles are not padlockable. Order part no. AK-PKZ0 handle if a lockable handle is required.

Lockable Rotary Handle for Moeller MMPs E9

For use with Moeller Item No.

PKZM0 & PKZM4 AK-PKZ0

Motor Control

208

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Electronic Motor-protective circuit-breaker PKE

Switch & protect motors up to 65 A with electronic wide-range

overload protection. Modular design. Highest level of flexibility.

Highest level of performance.

The selection of a suitable motor-protective circuit-breaker is decisive for the functional

safety & service life of a motor. Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKE with electronic

overload protection offer an interesting alternative to the bimetal solution here &

complement the intelligent PKZ series from Moeller. The motor-protective circuit-breaker

PKE provides the highest level of flexibility featuring a compact & modular design with

plug-in control unit for motor currents up to 65 A.

The large current setting ranges decisively reduce the number of variants & minimise the

engineering work & costs accordingly.

PKE features & benefits:

• Autonomous supply via current transformer

• Large electronically controlled setting range

• Exchangeable control units

• Tripping classes greater than CLASS 10

• Precise & extremely long-time stable tripping characteristic curves

• Minimum heat losses

• Protection suited to individual starting conditions

• Motor starter design with standard components

• Common range of accessories from system PKZ0/XTPR

• Parameter data read out options

• Very service friendly

• Reduction of engineering time & costs

• Advanced control unit includes a COM interface for SmartWire

3 base units + 5 control units = current range up to 65A

PKE 12, 12A (45 mm) PKE 32, 32A (45 mm) PKE 65, 65A (55 mm)

0.3A 12A

0.09 - 5.5 kW (400 V)

3A 32A

1.5 - 15 kWa (400 V)

8A 65A

4 - 34 kW (400 V)

5 plug-in control units up to 65 A in 2 versions.

Standard Extended

0.3A 1.2A

1A 4A

3A 12A

8A 32A

16A 65A

Selection overview (available Q4 2010)

Motor

rating

Rated motor

current AC-3

Overload

release

setting range Base unit

Control unit

Standard

Control unit

Advanced

(with COM

interface)

240V 415V

kW A A

Motor-protective

circuit-breaker,

Coordination type

“1” & “2”

0.06 0.37 - 0.3 ... 1.2 A PKE12 PKE-XTU-1,2 PKE-XTUA-1,2

0.09 0.54 0.31

0.12 0.72 0.41

0.18 1.04 0.6

0.25 - 0.8

0.37 - 1.1

0.18 1.04 - 1 ... 4 A

PKE12 PKE-XTU-4 PKE-XTUA-4

0.25 1.4 -

0.37 2 1.1

0.55 2.7 1.5

0.75 3.2 1.9

1.1 - 2.6

1.5 - 3.6

0.75 3.2 - 3 ... 12 A PKE12 PKE-XTU-12 PKE-XTUA-12

1.1 4.6 -

1.5 6.3 3.6

2.2 8.7 5

3 11.5 6.6

4 - 8.5

5.5 - 11.3

2.2 8.7 - 8 ... 32 A PKE32 PKE-XTU-32 PKE-XTUA-32

3 11.5 -

4 14.8 8.5

5.5 19.6 11.3

7.5 26.4 15.2

11 - 21.7

15 - 29.3

Motor Control

209

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Manual Motor Protectors Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts E9

Contact Configuration Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Side-Mount

1NO-1NC XTPAXSA11 NHI11-PKZ0

Front-Mount

1NO-1NC XTPAXFA11 NHI-E-11-PKZ0

Trip indicating aux. contact XTPAXSATR20

XTPAXSATR02

AGM2-10-PKZ0

AGM2-01-PKZ0

IP65 Rotary Handle Mechanism E9

Description Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Complete Kits — Includes Handle, Shaft & Required Hardware

Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Black — For use on main switches to IEC / EN 60204. XTPAXRHMB PKZ0-XH

Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Red / Yellow — For use on main switch with Emergency-Stop function to IEC / EN 60204. XTPAXRHMRY PKZ0-XRH

Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Black — For use on main switches to IEC / EN 60204 where XTPR is mounted 90° from

vertical.

XTPAXRHM90B PKZ0-XH-MCC

Rotary Handle Mechanism IP65 Red / Yellow — For use on main switch with Emergency-Stop function to IEC / EN 60204

where XTPR is mounted 90° from vertical.

XTPAXRHM90RY PKZ0-XRH-MCC

 With ON/OFF switch position & “+” (tripped), lockable with 3 padlocks, 4 – 8 mm hasp. Can be locked in the OFF position, if required.

 Rotary handle mechanisms ship with door interlock disabled. See instruction publication with product for how to enable door interlock.

 Not for use with XTPAXFAEM20 early-make front-mount auxiliary contact.

Shunt Release E9

Voltage Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

120 vac

240 vac

480 vac

24 DC

XTPAXSR120V60H

XTPAXSR240V60H

XTPAXSR480V60H

XTPAXSR24VDC

A-PKZ0(230V50HZ)

A-PKZ0(24VDC)

Undervoltage Release E9

Voltage Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

120 vac

240 vac

480 vac

XTPAXUVR120V60H

XTPAXUVR240V60H

XTPAXUVR480V60H

U-PKZ0(240V50HZ)

Sealing facility E9

Description Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

To prevent tampering with the overload release & the test

function. For use with XTPB (PKZMO & PKZM4)

XTPAXSW PL-PKZ0

Motor Control

210

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Manual Motor Protectors Accessories

Three-Phase Commoning Links E9

For Use with... Qty. MMP

Length of Link

(mm) Unit Width (mm) Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Frame B

MMP With No Side-Mounted Auxiliaries or Voltage

Releases

2 90 45 XTPAXCLKA2 B3.0/2-PKZ0

3 135 45 XTPAXCLKA3 B3.0/3-PKZ0

4 180 45 XTPAXCLKA4 B3.0/4-PKZ0

5 225 45 XTPAXCLKA5 B3.0/5-PKZ0

For motor-protective circuit-breaker each with an auxiliary

contact or trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on the right

2--XTPAXCLKB2 B3.1/2-PKZ0

3--XTPAXCLKB3 B3.1/3-PKZ0

4--XTPAXCLKB4 B3.1/4-PKZ0

5--XTPAXCLKB5 B3.1/5-PKZ0

For PKZM0-... with one auxiliary contact each & a trip-

indicating auxiliary contact fitted on right or a voltage

release fitted on left

2--XTPAXCLKC2 B3.2/2-PKZ0

4--XTPAXCLKC4 B3.2/4-PKZ0

Shroud for unused terminals. Protection against direct contact.

For closing off non-used connections on the three phase commoning link. B3...-PKZ0

---XTPAXUTS H-B3-PKZ0

Frame D

MMP With No Side-Mounted Auxiliaries or Voltage

Releases

2 110 55 XTPAXCLKA2D B3.0/2-PKZ4

3 165 55 XTPAXCLKA3D B3.0/3-PKZ4

4 220 55 XTPAXCLKA4D B3.0/4-PKZ4

For motor-protective

circuit-breakers/starters each

with an auxiliary contact or

trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on the right & with

a DIL1(A)M contactor

2--XTPAXCLKB2D B3.1/2-PKZ4

3--XTPAXCLKB3D B3.1/3-PKZ4

4--XTPAXCLKB4D B3.1/4-PKZ4

For PKZM4 with one auxiliary contact each or trip-indicating

auxiliary contact fitted on right or

a voltage release fitted on left

2--XTPAXCLKB2D B3.2/2-PKZ4

4--XTPAXCLKB4D B3.2/4-PKZ4

Shroud for unused terminals. Protection against direct contact. To cover unused terminals on three-phase commoning link

- ---XTPAXUTSD H-B3-PKZ4



Protected against accidental contact. B-Frame short circuit proof Ue = 690V, Iu = 63A; D-Frame short circuit proof Ue = 690V, Iu = 128A. Frame B links can be combined by rotating mounting.

Frame D links cannot be combined.

+ MMP w/1 aux. (2, 3, 4, 5 module) + trip indicating etc. for frames B & D.

Incoming Terminal for Three-Phase Commoning Link E9

For Use with... Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

B-Frame XTPR, XTPB, PKZMO, PKZM01 XTPAXIT BK25/3-PKZ0

 For three-phase commoning link, protected against accidental contact, Ue = 690V, Iu = 63A; for conductor cross-sections: 2.5 – 25 mm2 stranded; 2.5 – 16 mm2 ﬂexible with ferrules, AWG 14-6.

Motor Control

211

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Manual Motor Protectors Accessories

Combination Connection Kits for Connection of Rotary MMP with IEC Contactor E9

For Use with... Description Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

Non-Reversing Starters

XTPR...B + XTCE...B

PKZMO + DILM7-15

Comprised of:

• Mechanical connection element for XTPR...B

& contactor

• Main current wiring between XTPR...B & contactor

in tool-less plug connection

• Cable guidance

Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_.

Control cable guidance: max. 6 cables up to 2.5 mm2 external diameter or 4 cables

up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter.

XTPAXTPCB PKZM0-XDM12

XTPR...B + XTCE...C

PKZMO + DILM17-32

Comprised of:

• DIN-Rail adapter plate

• Main current wiring between XTPR & contactor

XTPAXTPCC PKZM0-XDM32

XTPR...D + XTCE...D

PKZM4 + DILM40-65

XTPAXTPCD PKZM4-XDM65

Reversing & Star-Delta connections are available. Contact your local sales ofﬁce for more information.

Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting E9

Degree of

Protection For Use with... Description Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

XTPB Pushbutton Manual Motor Protectors

IP65

NEMA

3R, 4X, 12, 13

XTPB MMP Only or with: XTPAXFA...,

XTPBXFAEM20, XTPAXSA...,

XTPAXUVR..., XTPAXSR..., XTPAXCL

With actuating diaphragm XTPBXENAS65 CI-PKZ01-G

IP65

NEMA

3R, 4X, 12, 13

XTPB MMP Only or with: XTPAXFA...,

XTPBXFAEM20, XTPAXUVR...,

XTPAXSR..., XTPAXCL

With Emergency-Stop (E-Stop)

pushbutton actuator, Red-Yellow

XTPBXENASES65 CI-PKZ01-PVT

D-Frame (10 – 65A) XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors

- - Black XTPAXENCSD65B CI-K4-PKZ4-G

IP65 B-Frame XTPR Only or with:

XTPAXFA…, XTPAXSA…,

XTPAXSATR…,

XTPAXUVR…, XTPAXSR…,

XTPAXCL

With black/grey rotary handle XTPAXENCS65B CI-K2-PKZ0-G

With red/yellow rotary handle for use

as Emergency-Stop switches to IEC/

EN 60204

XTPAXENCS65RY CI-K2-PKZ0-GR

IP65

NEMA 1, 12, 3R, 4X

D-Frame XTPR Only or with: XTPAXFA...,

XTPAXFAEM20, XTPAXSA...,

XTPAXSATR..., XTPAXUVR..., XTPAXSR...,

XTPAXCL

With red/yellow rotary handle for use as Emergency-Stop switches to

IEC / EN 60204

XTPAXENCSD65RY CI-K4PKZ4-GR

 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection.



% Metric knockouts: Top ÷ bottom: M25/M32. In backplate: M25/M32. Control cable entry: M20.

MMP Enclosure Accessories (Rotary Manual Motor Protector Enclosure Padlock Attachment) E9

For Use with... Description Pkg. Qty. Eaton Item No. Moeller Item No.

XTPAXENCS65B,

XTPAXENCS65RY,

Padlocking feature. Up to 3 padlocks with

3 – 6 mm hasp thickness. For use as main switch to IEC/EN 60204.

3XTPAXPL1 SVB-PKZ0-CI

XTPAXENCSD65B,

XTPAXENCSD65RY

1XTPAXPL2 SVB-PKZ4-CI

More enclosures are available. Contact your local sales ofﬁce for more information.

 Lockable in the 0-position of the XTPR manual motor protector.

Motor Control

212

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Motor Control Busbar Adapters

Busbar adapter, 3 pole

Rated operational voltage Ue = 690 V. For mounting on CU flat busbars with 60 mm interval between busbar centres, suitable for 5 mm & 10 mm busbar thickness.

Busbar adapters E9

Rated operational

current, Ie, A Adapter width (mm) Adapter length (mm) For Use with... Item No.

For direct-on-line starters

25 45 200 PKZM0 + DILM7

PKZM0 + DILM9

PKZM0 + DILM12

PKZM0 + DILM15

MSC-D-0,25-M7... to

MSC-D-16-M15...

BBA0-25

32 45 200 PKZM0 + DILM17

PKZM0 + DILM25

PKZM0 + DILM32

MSC-D-16-M17... to

MSC-D-32-M32...

BBA0-32

63 55 260 PKZM4 + DILM17

PKZM4 + DILM25

PKZM4 + DILM32

PKZM4 + DILM40

PKZM4 + DILM50

PKZM4 + DILM65

BBA4L-63

63 72 260 PKZ2 + DILM7

PKZ2 + DILM9

PKZ2 + DILM12

PKZ2 + DILM15

PKZ2 + DILM17

PKZ2 + DILM25

PKZ2 + DILM32

PKZ2 + DILM40

BBA2L-63

For reversing starters

25 90 200 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM7-01

PKZM0 + 2 x DILM9-01

PKZM0 + 2 x DILM12-01

MSC-R-0,25-M7... to MSC-R-

12-M12...

BBA0R-25

32 90 200 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM17-01

PKZM0 + 2 x DILM25-01

PKZM0 + 2 x DILM32-01

MSC-R-16-M17... to MSC-R-

32-M32...

BBA0R-32

Empty module, without electrical contacts

– 45 200 – BBA0/2TS-L

– 54 200 – BBA4/2TS-L

Side mounted module, can be plugged into both sides

– 9 200 – BBA-XSM

Motor Control

213

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Motor Control

Contacts for safety-relevant control functions

Positive opening operation of the contacts

to IEC/EN 60947-5-1, Annex L.

Mirror contacts

to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, Annex F

Auxiliary break contact in the

auxiliary contact module 

to the main contacts Item No.

Integrated auxiliary switch in basic

unit to contacts in the auxiliary contact

module . Contactor with AC or DC operation,

with screw or cage clamp connections

Between the contacts within an

auxiliary contact module 

Integrated auxiliary break

contact  to the main

contacts. Contactor with AC or DC

operation, with screw or cage clamp

connections

Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILA22(31)

Yes Yes No auxiliary break contact available Yes DILM7-10 to DILM32-10

Yes Yes Yes Yes DILM7-01 to DILM32-01

No auxiliary contact available Yes No auxiliary break contact available Yes DILM40 to DILM65

Not currently available Not currently available Not currently available Not currently available DILM80 to DILM150

Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILER-22(31)

Yes Yes No auxiliary break contact available Yes DILE(E)M-10

Yes Yes Yes Yes DILE(E)M-01

Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILR-22(31)

Yes Yes No auxiliary break contact available Yes DIL00(A)(B)M-10

Yes Yes Yes Yes DIL00(A)(B)M-01

No integrated auxiliary contact available Yes No integrated auxiliary contact

available

Yes DIL0(A)M to DIL3M85

Yes Connect 1 right & 1 left SI

auxiliary switch contact in series

DIL4M115 & DIL4M145

Yes Yes DILM185 to DILM1000

Yes Yes DILH1400 to DILH2000

Currently not tested Currently not tested DILP160 to DILP800

 Generally does not apply for combinations with early-make contacts & late-break contacts.

214

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-29

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Miniature Controls

Dimensions

Figure 34-27. Non-reversing Mini Contactor

Figure 34-28. Star-Delta Starter Combinations

Figure 34-29. Reversing Mini Contactor

Figure 34-30. Non-reversing Mini Contactor with Overload Relay

Figure 34-31. XTMCXRSA, XTMCXVSA Mini Suppressors —

Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-32. XTMCXTSA Mini Sealable Shroud — Approximate

Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-33. XTMCXML Mechanical Interlock — Approximate

Dimensions in mm [in]

[1.38]

[2.28]

[1.97]

[1.77]

XTMC XTMCC

D 52 [2.05] 54 [2.13]

D1 83 [3.27] 86 [3.39]

[2.40]

108

[4.25]

180

[7.09]

[3.27]

[3.54]

[3.70]

[2.40]

108

[4.25]

5.5 [.22]

[2.28]

≥ 5 [.20]

[1.77]

[1.26]

[1.93]

106

[4.17]

[2.05]

[1.77]

62.5

[2.46]

[1.69]

[1.77]

[2.28]

[2.72]

[1.77]

[3.54]

[3.70]

[2.48]

[3.54]

[2.28]

Mini Contactor

Star-Delta Starter Combinations

Reversing Mini Contactor

Mini Contactor with Overload Relay

Motor Control

215

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

August 2006

34-82

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Contactors and Starters

Dimensions

XTCE Contactors

Figure 34-44. Frame B, XTCE007B – XTCE015B Contactors with Screw Terminals (7 – 15A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-45. Frame B, XTCEC007B – XTCEC012B Contactors with Spring Cage Terminals (7 – 12A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-46. Frame C, XTCE018C – XTCE032C Contactors (18 – 32A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

[.71] 45

[1.77]

[2.68]

45 [1.77]

36 [1.42]

8.7 [.34]

Typ. 5.1 [.20] 6.5 [.26]

75 [2.95]

3.2 [.13]

Auxiliary

Type

XTCEXFAC_

XTCEXFCC_

XTCEXFATC_

117 [4.61]

125 [4.92]

35 [1.38]

4 x M4 Dia.

60 [2.36]

[2.68]

6.5 [.26]

3.2 [.13]

75 [2.95]

125.2 [4.93]

26.4

[1.04]

52.3

[2.06]

45 [1.77]

5.1 [.20]

1.8

[.07]

1.8

[.07]

8.7 [.34]

Typ.

35 [1.38]

4 x M4 Dia.

60 [2.36]

11.6

[.46] 11.6

[.46]

4.5 [.17]

17.7 [.70]

10.6

[.42]

6.4

[.25]

[1.50]

[2.80]

60.4

[2.38]

[3.46]

45 [1.77]

4.8 [.19]

138.7 [5.46]

6.5 [.26]

97.4 [3.83]

Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [.39 in]

4.5 [.17]

35 [1.38]

2 x M4 Dia.

75 [2.95]

August 2006

34-82

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Contactors and Starters

Dimensions

XTCE Contactors

Figure 34-44. Frame B, XTCE007B – XTCE015B Contactors with Screw Terminals (7 – 15A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-45. Frame B, XTCEC007B – XTCEC012B Contactors with Spring Cage Terminals (7 – 12A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-46. Frame C, XTCE018C – XTCE032C Contactors (18 – 32A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

[.71] 45

[1.77]

[2.68]

45 [1.77]

36 [1.42]

8.7 [.34]

Typ. 5.1 [.20] 6.5 [.26]

75 [2.95]

3.2 [.13]

Auxiliary

Type

XTCEXFAC_

XTCEXFCC_

XTCEXFATC_

117 [4.61]

125 [4.92]

35 [1.38]

4 x M4 Dia.

60 [2.36]

[2.68]

6.5 [.26]

3.2 [.13]

75 [2.95]

125.2 [4.93]

26.4

[1.04]

52.3

[2.06]

45 [1.77]

5.1 [.20]

1.8

[.07]

1.8

[.07]

8.7 [.34]

Typ.

35 [1.38]

4 x M4 Dia.

60 [2.36]

11.6

[.46] 11.6

[.46]

4.5 [.17]

17.7 [.70]

10.6

[.42]

6.4

[.25]

[1.50]

[2.80]

60.4

[2.38]

[3.46]

45 [1.77]

4.8 [.19]

138.7 [5.46]

6.5 [.26]

97.4 [3.83]

Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [.39 in]

4.5 [.17]

35 [1.38]

2 x M4 Dia.

75 [2.95]

Frame B, XTCE007B - XTCE015B (DILM7-DILM15) Contactors (7 - 15A)

Frame C, XTCE018C - XTCE032C (DILM17-DILM32) Contactors (18 - 32A)

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-83

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Contactors and Starters

Figure 34-47. Frame D, XTCE040D – XTCE065D Contactors (40 – 65A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-48. Frame F – G, XTCE080F – XTCE150G Contactors (80 – 150A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

6.9 [.27]

4.7 [.19]

34.4 [1.35]

113.8 [4.48]

132.1 [5.20]

146.8 [5.78]

Note: Sideways distance to

grounded parts: 6 mm [.39 in]

55 [2.17]

[2.24]

86.4

[3.40]

104

[4.09]

45 [1.77]

4 x M4 Dia.

105 [4.13]

Note: Sideways distance to

grounded parts: 10 mm [.39 in]

90 [3.54]

111 [4.37]

82.5 [3.25]

85.5 [3.37]

142 [5.59]

160 [6.30]

76.5 [3.01]

57 [2.24]

170 [6.69]

156 [6.14]

4 x M6 Dia.

156 [6.14]

70 [2.79]

Frame D, XTCE040D - XTCE065D (DILM40-DILM65) Contactors (40 - 65A)

Frame F - G, XTCE080F - XTCE150G, (DILM80-DILM150) Contactors (80 - 150A)

Motor Control

216

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

June 2008

34-86

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Contactors and Starters

Figure 34-49. Frame L – M, XTCE185L – XTCE500M Contactors (185 – 500A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-50. Frame N, XTCE580N – XTCEC10N Contactors (580 – 1000A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

D8 [.31]

140 [5.51]

M6 Dia.

H1 H

11 [.43] Dia.

W W1 W2 W3 W4 H H1 H2 H3 D D1

Frame L

(185 – 250A)

140 [5.51] 160 [6.30] 120 [4.72] 20 [.79] 48 [1.89] 180 [7.09] 164 [6.46] 189 [7.44] 160 [6.30] 208 [8.19] 5 [.20]

Frame M

(300A – 400A)

160 [6.30] 180 [7.09] 130 [5.12] 25 [.98] 48 [1.89] 200 [7.87] 184 [7.24] 209 [8.23] 180 [7.09] 216 [8.50] 6 [.24]

Frame M

(500A)

160 [6.30] 180 [7.09] 130 [5.12] 38 [1.50] 57 [2.24] 200 [7.87] 189 [7.44] 219 [8.62] 180 [7.09] 216 [8.50] 6 [.24]

250 [9.84]

[3.15] W

A Dia.

232

[9.13]

232 [9.13]

140 [5.51]

256

[10.08]

270 [10.63]

165 [6.50]

215

[8.46]

Dia.

WH D1 A (Dia.)

XTCE580N 35 [1.38] 286 [11.26] 6 [.24] 11 [.43]

XTCE650N 35 [1.38] 286 [11.26] 6 [.24] 11 [.43]

XTCE750N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53]

XTCE820N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53]

XTCEC10N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 10 [.40] 13.5 [.53]

Frame L - M, XTCS185L - XTCS570M (DILM185-DILM500) Contactors (185 - 500A)

August 2006

34-84

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Contactors and Starters

Figure 34-49. Frame L – M, XTCE185L – XTCE500M Contactors (185 – 500A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-50. Frame N, XTCE580N – XTCEC10N Contactors (580 – 1000A) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

D8 [.31]

140 [5.51]

M6 Dia.

H1 H

11 [.43] Dia.

W W1 W2 W3 W4 H H1 H2 H3 D D1

Frame L

(185 – 250A)

140 [5.51] 160 [6.30] 120 [4.72] 20 [.79] 48 [1.89] 180 [7.09] 164 [6.46] 189 [7.44] 160 [6.30] 208 [8.19] 5 [.20]

250 [9.84]

[3.15] W

A Dia.

232

[9.13]

232 [9.13]

140 [5.51]

256

[10.08]

270 [10.63]

165 [6.50]

215

[8.46]

Dia.

W H D1 A (Dia.)

XTCE580N 35 [1.38] 286 [11.26] 6 [.24] 11 [.43]

XTCE650N 35 [1.38] 286 [11.26] 6 [.24] 11 [.43]

XTCE750N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53]

XTCE820N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53]

XTCEC10N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 10 [.40] 13.5 [.53]

Frame N, XTCE580N - XTCEC10N (DILM580-DILM1000) Contactors (580 - 1000A)

Moeller Eaton W H D1 A (Dia.)

DILM580 XTCE580N 35 [1.38] 286 [11.26] 6 [.24] 11 [.43]

DILM650 XTCE650N 35 [1.38] 286 [11.26] 6 [.24] 11 [.43]

DILM750 XTCE750N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53]

DILM820 XTCE820N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53]

DILM1000 XTCEC10N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 10 [.40] 13.5 [.53]

Motor Control

217

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-85

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Contactors and Starters

Figure 34-51. Frame P, XTCEC14P Contactor (1400A, AC-1) — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-52. Frame R, XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R Contactors — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

100

[3.94]

[2.36]

100

[3.94]

210

[8.27]

232

[9.13]

256

[10.08]

342

[13.46]

308

[12.13]

260 [10.24]

14 [.55]

Dia.

232 [9.13]

130 [5.12] 10

[.39]

165 [6.50]

215

[8.46]

M6 Dia.

125 [4.92]

172.5 [6.79]172.5 [6.79]

210

[8.27]

272

10.71]

352

[13.86]

392

[15.43]

14 [.55]

Dia.

300

[11.81]

252 [9.92]

150 [5.91] 10 [.39]

[1.57]

80 [3.15]

[1.57]

80 [3.15]

150 [5.90]

515 [20.28]

430 [16.93]

270

[10.63]

M6 Dia.

Frame P, XTCEC14P Contactor (1400A, AC-1)

Frame R, XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R Contactors

Motor Control

218

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-99

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Overload Relays — XTOB, XTOT

Dimensions

Figure 34-77. Frame B – C, XTOB…BC1 and XTOB…CC1 Overload Relays —

Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-78. Frame D, XTOB…DC1 Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-79. Frame B – C, XTOBXDINC DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter and Frame D,

XTOBXDIND DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

45 [1.77] 83 [3.27]

65 [2.56]

[1.89]

35.5

[1.40]

39.5

[1.56]

29.5

[1.16]

60 [2.36] 102 [4.02]

95.5 [3.76]

51.5

[2.03]

79.2

[3.12]

20.3

[.80]

5 [.20]

16.5 [.65]

42.5

[1.67]

H W D D1 D2

XTOB…CC1 85 [3.46] 45 [1.77] 90.5 [3.56] 58.3 [2.30] 3.8 [.15]

XTOB…DC1 86 [3.39] 60 [2.36] 112 [4.41] 80.5 [3.17] 4.7 [.19]

Frame B - C, XTOB...BC1 & XTOB...CC1 (ZB12-ZB32) Overload Relays

Frame D, XTOB...DC1 (ZB65) Overload Relays

Frame B - C, XTOBXDINC DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter & Frame D,

XTOBXDIND DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter

Moeller Eaton H W D D1 D2

ZB32-XEZ XTOB…CC1 85 [3.46] 45 [1.77] 90.5 [3.56] 58.3 [2.30] 3.8 [.15]

ZB65-XEZ XTOB…DC1 86 [3.39] 60 [2.36] 112 [4.41] 80.5 [3.17] 4.7 [.19]

August 2006

34-100

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Overload Relays — XTOB, XTOT

Figure 34-80. Frame F – G, XTOB…GC1 Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-81. Frame F – G, XTOB…G1CS Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

138

[5.43]

63 [2.48]

129 [5.08]

100 [3.94]

134 [5.28]

[2.91]

118 [4.65]

99 [3.90]

80 [3.15]

95 [3.74]

73 [2.87]

63 [2.48]

129 [5.08]

134 [5.28]

121

[4.76]

[2.91]

100 [3.94]

99 [3.90]

118 [4.65]

95 [3.74]

Frame F – G, XTOB…GC1 (ZB150) Overload Relay

Frame F – G, XTOB…G1CS (ZB150-.../KK) separate mounted Overload Relay

Motor Control

219

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-101

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Overload Relays — XTOB, XTOT

Figure 34-82. Frame L, XTOB…LC1 Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Current Transformer Operated Overload Relay

Figure 34-83. XTOT…C3S — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

110 [4.33]

121 [4.76]

96 [3.78]

128 [5.04]

[2.91]

144

[5.67]

169

[6.65]

48 [1.89]

[.98]

[.20] 16.5

[.65]

144 [5.67]

111 [4.37]

[3.70]

7 [.28]

7 [.28] Dia.

11 [.43] Dia.

** * = OFF

** = RESET/ON

7.5 [.30]

[1.02]

[2.17]

21 [.83]

[3.35]

185 [7.28]

[2.80] 44 [1.73] 33

[1.30]

8 [.31] 4.3 [.17] 185 [7.28]

[1.73]

26 [1.02]

[2.17]

1.5 [.06]

159 [6.26]

172 – 250

[6.77 – 9.84]

* = RESET/ON

90°90°

200 [7.87]

[2.56]

[2.80]

[1.06]

90°

Frame L, XTOB…LC1 (Z5-.../FF250) Overload Relay

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-105

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Overload Relays — C396

Dimensions

Figure 34-84. 45 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-85. 65 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

40.0

[1.57]

49.0

[1.93]

86.5

[3.41]

91.5

[3.60]

4.5

[.18]

23.8

[.94]

59.5

[2.34]

82.0

[3.23]

39.1

[1.54]

Mounting Holes for

#6 or M4 Screws

(2 Qty.)

5.0

[.20]

63.5

[2.50]

114.0

[4.49]

41.9

[1.65]

4.1

[.16]

40.4

[1.59]

65.0

[2.56]

[.03]

1.5

[.06]

108.7

[4.28]

119.9

[4.72]

Mounting Holes for

#10 or M5 Screws

(4 Qty.)

[.03

6.1

[.24]

XTOT…C3S (ZW7)

45 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay

65 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay

Motor Control

220

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

August 2006

34-106

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Overload Relays — C396

Figure 34-86. 110 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-87. 45 mm C396 (0.1 – 8A) Direct Connect to XT Frame B

Contactor — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-88. 45 mm C396 (6.4 – 32A) Direct Connect to XT Frame B

Contactor — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

217.0

[8.54]

47.9

[1.89]

31.9

[1.25]

154.9

[6.10]

4.0

[.16]

6.4

[.25]

1.0

[.04]

153.7

[6.05]

110.0

[4.33]

96.5

[3.80]

96.5

[3.80]

94.0

[3.70]

94.0

[3.70]

Mounting

Holes for

#10 or M5

Screws

(4 Qty.)

1.5

[.06]

3.0

[.12]

85.3

[3.36]

77.5

[3.05]

20.0

[.79]

82.4

[3.24]

45.0

[1.77]

2.0

[.08]

8.7

[.34]

8.4

[.33]

85.8

[3.38]

77.5

[3.05]

20.0

[.79]

82.4

[3.24]

45.0

[1.77]

3.0

[.12]

8.7

[.34]

8.4

[.33]

110 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay

45 mm C396 (0.1 – 8A) Direct Connect to XT

Frame B Contactor

45 mm C396 (6.4 – 32A) Direct Connect to XT

Frame B Contactor

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-107

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Overload Relays — C396

Figure 34-89. 45 mm C396 (0.1 – 8A) Direct Connect to XT Frame C

Contactor — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-90. 45 mm C396 (6.4 – 32A) Direct Connect to XT Frame C

Contactor — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-91. 45 mm C396 (6.4 – 45A) Direct Connect to XT Frame D

Contactor — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-92. 65 mm C396 (15 – 75A) Direct Connect to XT Frame D

Contactor — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

89.7

[3.41]

77.5

[3.05]

20.0

[.79]

82.4

[3.24]

45.0

[1.77]

2.0

[.08]

12.5

[.49]

12.1

[.48]

87.2

[3.43]

77.5

[3.05]

20.0

[.79]

82.4

[3.24]

45.0

[1.77]

3.0

[.12]

12.5

[.49]

12.1

[.48]

85.8

[3.38]

73.8

[2.91] 70.0

[2.76]

20.0

[.79]

80.0

[3.15]

45.0

[1.77]

3.0

[.12]

15. 0

[.59]

14.6

[.57]

96.0

[3.78]

106.0

[4.17]

106.0

[4.17]

65.0

[2.56]

55.6

[2.19]

7.0

[.28]

3.0

[.12]

17.6

[.69]

17.6

[.69]

45 mm C396 (0.1 – 8A) Direct Connect to XT

Frame C Contactor

45 mm C396 (6.4 – 32A) Direct Connect to XT

Frame C Contactor

45 mm C396 (6.4 – 45A) Direct Connect to XT

Frame D Contactor

65 mm C396 (15 – 75A) Direct Connect to XT

Frame D Contactor

Motor Control

221

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

Manual Motor Protectors — XTPR...DC1 (PKZM4)

August 2006

34-108

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Overload Relays — C396

Figure 34-93. 65 mm C396 (22 – 110A) Direct Connect to XT Frame F – G Contactor — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-94. 110 mm C396 (30 – 150A) + C396CBARXT Direct Connect to XT Frame G Contactor — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

103.4

[4.07]

74.3

[2.93]

73.8

[2.91]

108.0

[4.25]

65.0

[2.56]

3.0

[.12]

13.8

[.54]

201.0

[7.91]

93.0

[3.66]

226.3

[8.91]

151.7

[5.97]

49.0

[1.93]

128.0

[5.04]

49.0

[1.93]

77.8

[3.06]

29.9

[1.18]

29.9

[1.18]

98.0

[3.86]

110.0

[4.33]

4.0

[.16]

65 mm C396 (22 – 110A) Direct Connect to XT Frame F – G Contactor

110 mm C396 (30 – 150A) + C396CBARXT Direct Connect to XT Frame G Contactor

August 2006

34-166

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Manual Motor Protectors

Dimensions

Figure 34-107. Manual Motor Protectors — XTPB (Approximate

Dimensions in mm [in]) Figure 34-108. Manual Motor Protectors, Manual Transformer

Protectors — XTPR…B, XTPT and XTPM (Approximate Dimensions in

mm [in])

Figure 34-109. Manual Motor Protector — XTPR…DC1 (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-110. Current Limiter — XTPAXCL (Approximate Dimensions

in mm [in])

Figure 34-111. MMPs with Early-Make Auxiliary Contacts —

XTPR…BC1 + XTPAXFAEM20 (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

5.5

[.22]

[1.77]

[3.66]

[1.73]

74 [2.91]

85 [3.35]

XTPAXFA _XTPAXFA _

[1.77]

[3.66] 45

[1.77]

[1.97]

88 [3.46]

94 [3.70]

XTPAXFA _

[1.18] 7.5 [.30]

118 [4.65]

127 [5.00]

145 [5.71]

171 [6.73]

55 [2.17]

130

[5.12]

140

[5.57]

125

[4.92]

[2.56]

[1.77]

4 [.16]

XTPAXFA _

[3.66]

[1.10]

[1.77]

* IEC/EN 60715 DIN Rail

[3.54]

[2.87]

7.5

[.30]

7.5

[.30]

[1.73]

[2.76]

49.5

[1.95]

XTPAXFAEM20

[1.77]

[1.77] 55

[2.17]

[3.66]

[1.97]

68 [2.68]

86 [3.39]

80 [3.15]

Manual Motor Protectors, Manual Transformer

Protectors — XTPR…B, XTPT & XTPM (PKZM0)

Manual Motor Protectors — XTPB (PKZM01)

Motor Control

222

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-167

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Manual Motor Protectors

Figure 34-112. Standard Auxiliary Contact — XTPAXSA…

(Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-113. Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contact — XTPAXSATR…

(Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-114. Undervoltage / Shunt Release — XTPAXUVR…,

XTPAXSR…

(Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-115. Three-Phase Commoning Link — XTPAXCLKA4,

XTPAXCLKA2 (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-116. Three-Phase Commoning Link — XTPAXCLKB5,

XTPAXCLKB4, XTPAXCLKB3, and XTPAXCLKB2 (Approximate

Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-117. Three-Phase Commoning Link — XTPAXCLKC4,

XTPAXCLKC2 (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-118. Incoming Terminal, Line Side Adapter — XTPAXIT,

XTPAXLSA (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

[1.77]

[1.42] 90

[3.54]

[1.02]

68 [2.68]

[.35]

[1.42]

[1.77] 90

[3.54]

[1.02]

68 [2.68]

[.35]

[1.42]

[1.77] 90

[3.54]

[.71]

[1.93]

68 [2.68]

180 [7.09] (90 [3.54])

[1.06]

[1.77]

Overlapping Mounting

to Extend the Three-Phase

Commoning Link

261 [10.28] (207 [8.15],

153 [6.02], 99 [3.90])

[1.06]

[2.13]

234 [9.21] (108 [4.25])

[1.06]

[2.48]

XTPAXLSA

[2.87] 48

[1.89]

XTPAXIT

[1.22]

7.5

[.30]

[1.61]

≤

[2.20]

≤

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-169

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Manual Motor Protectors

Figure 34-122. Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Manual Motor Protectors (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-123. Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting of XTPB Manual Motor Protectors (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

158

[6.22]

80 [3.15] 116.5 [4.59]

158

[6.22]

80 [3.15] 116.5 [4.59]

177.2 [6.98]

158

[6.22]

80 [3.15] 116.5 [4.59]

129.5 [5.10]

XTPBXENCS40

XTPBXENCS65

XTPBXENAS41

XTPBXENAS65

XTPBXENCSEK65

XTPBXENCSES65

XTPBXENASEK65

XTPBXENASES65

XTPBXENCSLE65

XTPBXENCSLO65

XTPBXENASLE65

XTPBXENASO065

129

[5.08]

90.2

[3.55]

[2.72]

93 [3.66]

115.2 [4.54]

129

[5.08]

90.2

[3.55]

[2.72]

93 [3.66]

115.2 [4.54]

175.9 [6.93]

129

[5.08]

90.2

[3.55]

[2.72]

93 [3.66]

115.2 [4.54]

XTPBXENCF40

XTPBXENCF55 XTPBXENCFEK55

XTPBXENCFES55

XTPBXENCFLE55

XTPBXENCFLO55

Standard Auxiliary Contact — XTPAXSA…NHI11

Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contact — XTPAXSATR…

Undervoltage / Shunt Release — XTPAXUVR…, XTPAXSR…

(A-PKZ0, U-PKZ0)

Three-Phase Commoning Link — XTPAXCLKA4, XTPAXCLKA2 (B3.0/4 - PKZ0)

XTPBXENAS65 XTPBXENASES65

Three-Phase Commoning Link — XTPAXCLKB5,

XTPAXCLKB4, XTPAXCLKB3, and XTPAXCLKB2

Three-Phase Commoning Link — XTPAXCLKC4, XTPAXCLKC2

Incoming Terminal, Line Side Adapter — XTPAXIT, XTPAXLSA

Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Manual Motor Protectors

Motor Control

223

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IEC Power Control, dimensions

XTPR...B/MMP WITH XTCE...B contactor with XTPAXTPCB combination

connection kit

XTPR...B MMP with XTCE...C Contactor, with XTPAXTPCC Combination

Connection Kit

XTPR...D MMP with XTCE...D contactor, with XTPAXTPCD combination

connection kit

Rotary Handle Mechanism — XTPAXRHM…

August 2006

34-172

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Manual Motor Protectors

Figure 34-126. Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPR...D Manual Motor Protectors (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-127. Rotary Handle Mechanism — XTPAXRHM…

(Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

160 [6.30]

240

[9.45]

134 [5.28]

181 [7.13]

197 [7.76]

32 [1.26]

SVB-PKZ4-CI

98 [3.86]

[2.83]

3 [.12]

160 [6.30] 186 [7.32] 28 [1.10]

[1.18]

193

[7.60]

142 [5.60]

5.6 [.22]

Dia.

[2.83]

240

[9.45]

Drilling Dimensions

XTPAXENCSD65_ + XTPAXPL2

XTPAXENCSD65B

XTPAXENCSD65RY

XTPAXENCSD65

[1.89]

At least 100 [3.94]

up to Cover Hinge

Mounting Depth:

100 – 240 [3.94 – 9.45]

from the top edge of

the mounting rail to the

front edge of the panel

door/cover

[1.89]

43 [1.69] Dia.

[2.52]

19.5

[.77]

[2.44]

XTPAXENCSD65RY

August 2006

34-172

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Manual Motor Protectors

Figure 34-126. Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPR...D Manual Motor Protectors (Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

Figure 34-127. Rotary Handle Mechanism — XTPAXRHM…

(Approximate Dimensions in mm [in])

160 [6.30]

240

[9.45]

134 [5.28]

181 [7.13]

197 [7.76]

32 [1.26]

SVB-PKZ4-CI

98 [3.86]

[2.83]

3 [.12]

160 [6.30] 186 [7.32] 28 [1.10]

[1.18]

193

[7.60]

142 [5.60]

5.6 [.22]

Dia.

[2.83]

240

[9.45]

Drilling Dimensions

XTPAXENCSD65_ + XTPAXPL2

XTPAXENCSD65B

XTPAXENCSD65RY

XTPAXENCSD65

[1.89]

At least 100 [3.94]

up to Cover Hinge

Mounting Depth:

100 – 240 [3.94 – 9.45]

from the top edge of

the mounting rail to the

front edge of the panel

door/cover

[1.89]

43 [1.69] Dia.

[2.52]

19.5

[.77]

[2.44]

August 2006

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com

34-187

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Combination Motor Controllers

Figure 34-136. XTSC…DD_ — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-137. XTFC…BB_ — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

142.8

[5.62]

To Coil

Terminals

83.4 [3.28]

To Terminals

196 [7.72]

158.5

[6.24]

172.1 [6.78]

To Optional Aux. Contacts

Mounting Holes for

M5 Screws or #10 Screws

(4 Places)

55 [2.17]

43.4 [1.71]

Mounting

266 [10.47]

Mounting

9 [.35]

284

[11.18]

49.7 [1.96]

To Terminals

45 [1.77]

36.3 [1.43]

To Terminals

95.7 [3.77]

209.2

[8.24]

August 2006

34-186

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

XT IEC Power Control

Combination Motor Controllers

Figure 34-134. XTSC…BC_ — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Figure 34-135. XTSR…BC_ — Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]

Mounting Holes

for M4 Screws

or #8 Screws

(4 Places)

[1.34]

210.8 [8.30]

Mounting

9 [.35]

86.8

[3.42]

To Terminals

45.2

[1.78]

57.5 [2.26]

To Terminals

124.3

[4.89]

228.8

[9.01]

235.7

[9.28]

86.8 [3.42]

Terminals

89.6

[3.53]

[1.34]

[1.77]

[3.11]

5.3

[.21]

210.8 [8.30]

Mounting

9 [.35]

124.3

[4.89]

228.8

[9.01]

235.4

[9.27]

Mounting Holes for

M4 Screws or #8 Screws

(4 Places)

57.5 [2.26]

To Terminals

Motor Control

224

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

DOL Starters

IP65 Surface Mounting Starter, fitted with Start & Stop/Reset Pushbuttons.

DOL Starters C10

kW(400 - 415VAC) AC-3 Amps Coil Voltage Aux. Contacts Dimensions (W x H x D) mm Item No.

4 11 240 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL40NO240

5.5 12 240 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL55NO240

7.5 16 240 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL75NO240

11 22 240 1NO 100 x 194 x 123 EDOL11NO240

4 11 415 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL40NO415

5.5 12 415 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL55NO415

7.5 16 415 1NO 90 x 184 x 113 EDOL75NO415

11 22 415 1NO 100 x 194 x 123 EDOL11NO415

Order Overloads Separately.

Overload Relays C10

Full Load Current (A) Item No.

0.3 - 0.5 EDOL045TOL

0.5 - 0.7 EDOL067TOL

0.7 - 1.0 EDOL10TOL

1.0 - 1.5 EDOL15TOL

1.5 - 2.1 EDOL21TOL

2.1 - 2.7 EDOL27TOL

2.7 - 3.6 EDOL36TOL

3.5 - 5.0 EDOL50TOL

4.0 - 6.0 EDOL60TOL

5.5 - 8.5 EDOL85TOL

8.5 - 12.5 EDOL125TOL

13 - 18.0 EDOL18TOL

17.0 - 24.0 EDOL24TOL

22.0 - 30.0 EDOL30TOL

1NO/1NC Electrically Separated Auxiliary Contacts.

Single - phase sensitivity for phase imbalance & phase loss protection.

Temperature Compensated.

Spare Coils C10

Coil Voltage (AC) Item No.

24V EDOLCOIL24A

32V EDOLCOIL32A

110V EDOLCOIL110A

240V EDOLCOIL240A

415V EDOLCOIL415A

480V EDOLCOIL480A

12V EDOLCOIL12A

Coils suit all starter sizes.

Motor Control

225

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Contactor & Starter Assemblies

Reversing Contactors & Starters E9

Rated operational

current

Max. rating for three-phase

motors, 50 – 60 Hz Individual components of the combination AC operation  Item No.

AC-3, 415 V

Ie, A

AC-3, 380/415 V

P, kW

AC-4, 380/415 V

P, kW Contactor Q11 Item No. Contactor Q12 Item No.

Open units

9 4 2.5 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ) 

12 5.5 3 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ 

18 7.5 4.5 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ) 

25 11 6 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ) 

32 15 7 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ) 

40 18.5 9 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ) 

50 22 10 - - DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ) 

65 30 12 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ) 

Enclosed units

9 4 2.5 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ) 

12 5.5 3 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ) 

18 7.5 4.5 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ) 

25 11 6 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ) 

32 15 7 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ) 

40 18.5 9 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ) 

50 22 10 - - DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ) 

65 30 12 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ) 

 Specify voltage & frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz.

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz. V DC: 12 – 250 V.

For DC voltage add sufﬁx “-G” to Item No.

N.B. additional charge applies. Please enquire for non-standard conﬁgurations.



Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

5/10

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Contactors

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinations

Reversing combinations Reversing combinations

AC operation

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating for three-phase

motors, 50 – 60 Hz

Part no. Price ($)

Product

group 0

Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes Notes

AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical

interlock

415 V 380/415 V 380/415 V

IePP Part no. Part no.

AkW kW

Reversing combinations

Open units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 500.90 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ1) 578.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 634.50 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) 768.00 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)1) 957.20 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,035.10 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,246.60

65 30 12 DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,446.90 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Enclosed units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)1) 656.70 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 667.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 857.10 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,736.30

65 30 12 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,903.30 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

5/11

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 10 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15



Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

5/10

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Contactors

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinations

Reversing combinations Reversing combinations

AC operation

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating for three-phase

motors, 50 – 60 Hz

Part no. Price ($)

Product

group 0

Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes Notes

AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical

interlock

415 V 380/415 V 380/415 V

IePP Part no. Part no.

AkW kW

Reversing combinations

Open units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 500.90 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ1) 578.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 634.50 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) 768.00 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)1) 957.20 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,035.10 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,246.60

65 30 12 DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,446.90 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Enclosed units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)1) 656.70 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 667.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 857.10 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,736.30

65 30 12 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,903.30 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

5/11

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 10 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15



Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

5/10

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Contactors

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinations

Reversing combinations Reversing combinations

AC operation

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating for three-phase

motors, 50 – 60 Hz

Part no. Price ($)

Product

group 0

Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes Notes

AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical

interlock

415 V 380/415 V 380/415 V

IePP Part no. Part no.

AkW kW

Reversing combinations

Open units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 500.90 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ1) 578.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 634.50 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) 768.00 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)1) 957.20 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,035.10 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,246.60

65 30 12 DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,446.90 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Enclosed units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)1) 656.70 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 667.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 857.10 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,736.30

65 30 12 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,903.30 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

5/11

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 10 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15



Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

5/10

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Contactors

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinations

Reversing combinations Reversing combinations

AC operation

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating for three-phase

motors, 50 – 60 Hz

Part no. Price ($)

Product

group 0

Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes Notes

AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical

interlock

415 V 380/415 V 380/415 V

IePP Part no. Part no.

AkW kW

Reversing combinations

Open units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 500.90 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ1) 578.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 634.50 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) 768.00 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)1) 957.20 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,035.10 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,246.60

65 30 12 DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,446.90 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Enclosed units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)1) 656.70 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 667.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 857.10 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,736.30

65 30 12 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,903.30 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

5/11

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 10 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15



Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

5/10

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Contactors

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinations

Reversing combinations Reversing combinations

AC operation

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating for three-phase

motors, 50 – 60 Hz

Part no. Price ($)

Product

group 0

Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes Notes

AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical

interlock

415 V 380/415 V 380/415 V

IePP Part no. Part no.

AkW kW

Reversing combinations

Open units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 500.90 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ1) 578.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 634.50 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) 768.00 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)1) 957.20 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,035.10 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,246.60

65 30 12 DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,446.90 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Enclosed units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)1) 656.70 DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 667.80 DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 857.10 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

25 11 6 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

32 15 7 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

50 22 10 DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,736.30

65 30 12 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,903.30 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

––+

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

Q12

Q11

53 53

Q12

Q11

Q12

Reversing contactors

UVW

Q11

Q12

135

13 5

Q12

Q11

13 13

Q12

Q11

Q12

(-)N

5/11

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 10 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15

Motor Control

226

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Contactor & Starter Assemblies

Star-delta Contactors & Starters E9

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating

for

three-phase

motors,

50 – 60 Hz

Max.

changeover

time Individual components of the combination Item No. 

AC-3,

380/415 V

Ie, A

AC-3,

380/415 V

P, kW S

Mains contactor

Q11 Item No.

Delta contactor

Q15 Item No.

Star contactor

Q13 Item No.

Star-delta starter combinations

Open units

• Timing relay K1T: ETR4-51

• Complete with overload

12 5.5 20 DILM7-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES5.5/U(...) 

16 7.5 20 DILM9-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES7.5/U(...) 

22 11 20 DILM12-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES11/U(...) 

30 15 20 DILM17-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES15/U(...) 

45 22 20 DILM25-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES22/U(...) 

55 30 20 DILM32-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES30/U(...) 

70 37 20 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

SDES37/U(...) 

90 45 20 DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

SDES45/U(...) 

115 55 20 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

SDES55/U(...) 

140 75 20 DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

SDES75/U(...) 

Enclosed units

• Complete with pushbutton & overload

• According to IEC 60947

12 5.5 20 DILM7-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES5.5/I(...) 

16 7.5 20 DILM9-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES7.5/I(...) 

22 11 20 DILM12-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES11/I(...) 

30 15 20 DILM17-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES15/I(...) 

45 22 20 DILM25-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES22/I(...) 

55 30 20 DILM32-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES30/I(...) 

70 37 20 DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

SDES37/I(...) 

90 45 20 DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

SDES45/I(...) 

115 55 20 DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

SDES55/I(...) 

140 75 20 DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

SDES75/I(...) 

 Specify voltage & frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz, V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add sufﬁx “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies. Please enquire for non-standard conﬁgurations.

  

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

5/8

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Contactors

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinations

Star-delta combinations Star-delta combinations

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating for

three-phase

motors,

50 – 60 Hz

Max.

changeover

time

Part no. Price ($)

Product

group 0

Spare auxiliary

contacts

Individual components of the combination SDES5.5 – SDES30

AC-3 AC-3 Q11 Q13 Q15 Mains contactor

Q11

Delta contactor

Q15

Star contactor

Q13

380 V

415 V

380 V

415 V

IePPart no. Part no. Part no.

AkW s

Star-delta starter combinations

Open units

• Timing relay K1T: ETR4-51

• Complete with overload

12 5.51) 20 SDES5.5/U(...)1) 723.50 DILM7-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES37 – SDES75

16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/U(...)1) 723.50 DILM9-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

22 11 20 SDES11/U(...)1) 768.00 DILM12-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

30 15 20 SDES15/U(...)1) 946.10 DILM17-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

45 22 20 SDES22/U(...)1) 968.40 DILM25-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

55 30 20 SDES30/U(...)1) 1,101.90 DILM32-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

70 37 20 SDES37/U(...)1) 1,335.60 –– DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

90 45 20 SDES45/U(...)1) 1,558.20 –– DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

115 55 20 SDES55/U(...)1) 1,669.50 –– DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

140 75 20 SDES75/U(...)1) 3,172.10 –– DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

Enclosed units

• Complete with pushbutton and overload

• According to IEC 60947

12 5.5 20 SDES5.5/I(...)1) 990.60 DILM7-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/I(...)1) 990.60 DILM9-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

22 11 20 SDES11/I(...)1) 1,046.30 DILM12-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

30 15 20 SDES15/I(...)1) 1,224.30 DILM17-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

45 22 20 SDES22/I(...)1) 1,335.60 DILM25-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

55 30 20 SDES30/I(...)1) 1,613.90 DILM32-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

70 37 20 SDES37/I(...)1) 1,881.00 –– DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

90 45 20 SDES45/I(...)1) 2,181.50 –– DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

115 55 20 SDES55/I(...)1) 2,292.80 –– DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

140 75 20 SDES75/I(...)1) 3,661.80 –– DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

S11

(–)N

Q11

Q13

Q15

Q11

Q15

Q13

Q15

S11

(–)N

Q11

Q13

Q15

Q11

Q15

Q13

Q15

Overload relay settings Starting

A: IN x 0.58

Protection of the motor in Y- and d configuration

F 15 s

B: IN x 1

Only partial motor protection in star position

15 – 40 s

C: IN x 0.58

Motor not protected in star position

> 40 s

Timing relay set to approx. 10 s

Main circuit:

Depending on the coordination type required (i.e. Type “1” or Type “2”) it must be established

whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the mains contactor and delta contactor are to

be common or separate.

L1 L2 L3

Q13

0.58 x I

Q15Q11

135

246

135

246

135

246

B1 x I

5/9

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 8 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

5/8

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Contactors

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinations

Star-delta combinations Star-delta combinations

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating for

three-phase

motors,

50 – 60 Hz

Max.

changeover

time

Part no. Price ($)

Product

group 0

Spare auxiliary

contacts

Individual components of the combination SDES5.5 – SDES30

AC-3 AC-3 Q11 Q13 Q15 Mains contactor

Q11

Delta contactor

Q15

Star contactor

Q13

380 V

415 V

380 V

415 V

IePPart no. Part no. Part no.

AkW s

Star-delta starter combinations

Open units

• Timing relay K1T: ETR4-51

• Complete with overload

12 5.51) 20 SDES5.5/U(...)1) 723.50 DILM7-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES37 – SDES75

16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/U(...)1) 723.50 DILM9-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

22 11 20 SDES11/U(...)1) 768.00 DILM12-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

30 15 20 SDES15/U(...)1) 946.10 DILM17-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

45 22 20 SDES22/U(...)1) 968.40 DILM25-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

55 30 20 SDES30/U(...)1) 1,101.90 DILM32-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

70 37 20 SDES37/U(...)1) 1,335.60 –– DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

90 45 20 SDES45/U(...)1) 1,558.20 –– DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

115 55 20 SDES55/U(...)1) 1,669.50 –– DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

140 75 20 SDES75/U(...)1) 3,172.10 –– DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

Enclosed units

• Complete with pushbutton and overload

• According to IEC 60947

12 5.5 20 SDES5.5/I(...)1) 990.60 DILM7-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/I(...)1) 990.60 DILM9-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

22 11 20 SDES11/I(...)1) 1,046.30 DILM12-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

30 15 20 SDES15/I(...)1) 1,224.30 DILM17-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

45 22 20 SDES22/I(...)1) 1,335.60 DILM25-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

55 30 20 SDES30/I(...)1) 1,613.90 DILM32-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

70 37 20 SDES37/I(...)1) 1,881.00 –– DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

90 45 20 SDES45/I(...)1) 2,181.50 –– DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

115 55 20 SDES55/I(...)1) 2,292.80 –– DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

140 75 20 SDES75/I(...)1) 3,661.80 –– DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

S11

(–)N

Q11

Q13

Q15

Q11

Q15

Q13

Q15

S11

(–)N

Q11

Q13

Q15

Q11

Q15

Q13

Q15

Overload relay settings Starting

A: IN x 0.58

Protection of the motor in Y- and d configuration

F 15 s

B: IN x 1

Only partial motor protection in star position

15 – 40 s

C: IN x 0.58

Motor not protected in star position

> 40 s

Timing relay set to approx. 10 s

Main circuit:

Depending on the coordination type required (i.e. Type “1” or Type “2”) it must be established

whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the mains contactor and delta contactor are to

be common or separate.

L1 L2 L3

Q13

0.58 x I

Q15Q11

135

246

135

246

135

246

B1 x I

5/9

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 8 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

5/8

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Contactors

GST not included

Contactor combinations Contactor combinations

Star-delta combinations Star-delta combinations

Rated

operational

current

Max. rating for

three-phase

motors,

50 – 60 Hz

Max.

changeover

time

Part no. Price ($)

Product

group 0

Spare auxiliary

contacts

Individual components of the combination SDES5.5 – SDES30

AC-3 AC-3 Q11 Q13 Q15 Mains contactor

Q11

Delta contactor

Q15

Star contactor

Q13

380 V

415 V

380 V

415 V

IePPart no. Part no. Part no.

AkW s

Star-delta starter combinations

Open units

• Timing relay K1T: ETR4-51

• Complete with overload

12 5.51) 20 SDES5.5/U(...)1) 723.50 DILM7-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

SDES37 – SDES75

16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/U(...)1) 723.50 DILM9-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

22 11 20 SDES11/U(...)1) 768.00 DILM12-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

30 15 20 SDES15/U(...)1) 946.10 DILM17-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

45 22 20 SDES22/U(...)1) 968.40 DILM25-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

55 30 20 SDES30/U(...)1) 1,101.90 DILM32-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

70 37 20 SDES37/U(...)1) 1,335.60 –– DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

90 45 20 SDES45/U(...)1) 1,558.20 –– DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

115 55 20 SDES55/U(...)1) 1,669.50 –– DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

140 75 20 SDES75/U(...)1) 3,172.10 –– DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

Enclosed units

• Complete with pushbutton and overload

• According to IEC 60947

12 5.5 20 SDES5.5/I(...)1) 990.60 DILM7-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/I(...)1) 990.60 DILM9-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM9-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

22 11 20 SDES11/I(...)1) 1,046.30 DILM12-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM12-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM7-01

+ DILA-XHI20

30 15 20 SDES15/I(...)1) 1,224.30 DILM17-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

45 22 20 SDES22/I(...)1) 1,335.60 DILM25-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20

55 30 20 SDES30/I(...)1) 1,613.90 DILM32-10

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM32-01

+ DILA-XHI20

DILM25-01

+ DILA-XHI20

70 37 20 SDES37/I(...)1) 1,881.00 –– DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

90 45 20 SDES45/I(...)1) 2,181.50 –– DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

115 55 20 SDES55/I(...)1) 2,292.80 –– DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM65

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM40

+ DILM150-XHI11

140 75 20 SDES75/I(...)1) 3,661.80 –– DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI11

DILM80

+ DILM150-XHI31

DILM50

+ DILM150-XHI11

Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz

Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz

V DC: 12 – 250 V

For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.

N.B. additional charge applies.

Please enquire for non-standard configurations.

S11

(–)N

Q11

Q13

Q15

Q11

Q15

Q13

Q15

S11

(–)N

Q11

Q13

Q15

Q11

Q15

Q13

Q15

Overload relay settings Starting

A: IN x 0.58

Protection of the motor in Y- and d configuration

F 15 s

B: IN x 1

Only partial motor protection in star position

15 – 40 s

C: IN x 0.58

Motor not protected in star position

> 40 s

Timing relay set to approx. 10 s

Main circuit:

Depending on the coordination type required (i.e. Type “1” or Type “2”) it must be established

whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the mains contactor and delta contactor are to

be common or separate.

L1 L2 L3

Q13

0.58 x I

Q15Q11

135

246

135

246

135

246

B1 x I

5/9

SK1158AUS_05_008-011.fm Seite 8 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 3:38 15

Overload relay settings Starting

A: IN x 0.58 15 s

Protection of the motor in Y- and d conﬁguration

B: IN x 1 15 – 40 s

Only partial motor protection in star position

C: IN x 0.58 > 40 s

Motor not protected in star position.

Timing relay set to approx. 10 s.

Main circuit:

Depending on the coordination type required (i.e. Type “1” or

Type “2”) it must be established whether the fuse protection

and the input wiring for the mains contactor and delta contactor

are to be common or separate.

Motor Control

227

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

1000V Mining Contactors

Eaton Westinghouse V201 Vacuum Contactor

Eaton’s Westinghouse V201 Vacuum Contactors are known for quality & proven

performance. They are ideally suited for heavy-duty applications in harsh environments.

These contactors are most commonly used for mining applications.

• Rated for up to 1500V

• Small physical size

• Long life

• Reduced maintenance

• No atmospheric contamination of the contacts

• No noise, no arc flash

• Derating is not required at higher voltages

• Mounting in any position

Vacuum Contactors NETT

Description Item No.

160A V201KRCJZ1

320A V201KTCJZ1

540A V201KVCJZ1

110V AC Coil as standard. Vacuum Contactor Amp Ratings are AC3. Vacuum switch tubes cannot be replaced.

Auxiliary Contacts for V201 Vacuum Contactors & DPCK Air Break Contactors C4

Description Item No.

1NO/1NC J-11

2NO J-20

2NC J-02

Accessories C4

Description Item No.

For mechanically interlocking two 160A Vacuum Contactors 180C113G04

For mechanically interlocking two 320A Vacuum Contactors 180C113G16

For mechanically interlocking two 540A Vacuum Contactors 180C113G17

Interphase barriers for 160A Vacuum contactor. Contains a set of two interphase barriers. IPB1 

 A set is suitable for line OR load side of the contactor. For line AND load side interphase barriers, order two sets.

 Discount code is C5.

Air Break 1000V Mining Contactors, Air Break 1000V Contactors

DPCK Contactors C4

Description Poles Coil Voltage Item No.

35A 3 110V DPCK3035AW

35A 3 240V DPCK3035WW

35A 5 110V DPCK5035AW

100A 3 110V DPCK3100AW

250A 3 110V DPCK3250V

250A 3 240V DPCK3250W

Accessories C4

Description Item No.

Auxiliary contact 1NC/1NO J-11

Auxiliary contact 2NO J-20

Auxiliary contact 2NC J-02

Mechanical interlock for 35A contactor 180C113G09

Replacement contacts for 35A contactor (Kit of 3)* 180C180G02

Replacement contacts for 100A contactor (Kit of 3) 180C180G06

*For 5 pole 35A contactor, use 2 kits.

Motor Control

228

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IT, IEC Contactors & Starters

DC-Operated Full Voltage Non-Reversing 3-Pole

Open Type Contactors (A-F Frames)

• 24V DC Coil Control — safe, reliable

global standard

• No seal in auxiliary contacts required

— control wiring is not needed between

the contactor & overload relay

• Unique Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) coil

controller minimizes energy & coil

power consumption

• Microprocessor-based control

• High immunity to ESD, harmonics — minimal Total Harmonic

Distortion

• Built-in logic to provide either 2- or 3-wire control

• Easy field assembly of control wiring — plug & unplug lockable control

connector

• DIN rail mounting, 6 – 100A (A – D Frames)

• Common accessories

• IP20 Finger Protection

• Low wattage coils & minimal heat dissipation

• 24V DC power supply required with contactors, see page 271

DC-Operated Full Voltage Non-Reversing 3-Pole

Open Type Contactors (A-F Frames) C13

Max Amp. AC-3 Max Amp. AC-1 400/415V, Rating kW Item No.

Frame A (27 mm) - smallest contactor in the market

6 12 2.2 E111A06X3N

9 16 4 E111A09X3N

12 20 5.5 E111A12X3N

Frame B (45 mm)

18 25 9 E111B18X3N

25 40 12.5 E111B25X3N

32 50 15 E111B32X3N

Frame C (54 mm)

40 63 18.5 E111C40X3N

50 85 22 E111C50X3N

Frame D (76 mm)

65 100 33 E111D65X3N

85 115 45 E111D85X3N

100 130 55 E111D10X3N

Frame E (105 mm)

125 200 63 E111E12X3N

160 225 80 E111E16X3N

200 250 110 E111E20X3N

Frame F (140 mm)

250 300 140 E111F25X3N

315 375 160 E111F31X3N

420 450 220 E111F42X3N

All contactors must use a power supply page 271. 24V DC coil voltage. Accessories available page 267.

Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.

Control inputs (P, F) are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA). For reversing contactors, contact Eaton.

Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type

Starters (A – F Frames), with 3-Pole Solid-State

Overload Protection

• 115V AC – 600V AC, 1/4 – 350 hp/3/4 – 250 kW,

50/60 Hz

• 24V DC Coil Control — safe, reliable

global standard

• Phase loss & current unbalance protection,

user selectable

• Unique Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) coil

controller minimizes energy & coil power consumption

• Microprocessor-based control

• Motor temperature & power-up protection with thermal memory

• LED status indication — trip, trip class, motor thermal state, reset,

overload state

• Lockable overload cover protects against unauthorised adjustment &

reset functions

• No control wiring needed between contactor & overload relay —

eliminates seal in auxiliary contacts

• Minimal heat — no full voltage coils

• Wide 3.2:1 current adjustment range

• High immunity to ESD, harmonics — minimal Total Harmonic

Distortion

• DIN rail mounting, 6A – 100A (A – D Frames)

• Communication Interface with Starter Network Adapter Product

(SNAP)

• 2- or 3-wire control

• 24V DC power supply required with contactors, see page 271

Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type

Starters (A – F Frames), with 3-Pole Solid-State

Overload Protection C13

Max Amp. AC-3 FLC 400/415V, Rating kW Item No.

Frame A (27 mm)

6.25 – .8 2.2 E101A06A3A

.59 – 1.9 E101A06B3A

1.4 – 4.4 E101A06C3A

2.8 – 9.0 E101A06D3A

3.8 – 12 E101A06E3A

9.25 – .8 4E101A09A3A

.59 – 1.9 E101A09B3A

1.4 – 4.4 E101A09C3A

2.8 – 9.0 E101A09D3A

3.8 – 12 E101A09E3A

12 .25 – .8 5.5 E101A12A3A

.59 – 1.9 E101A12B3A

1.4 – 4.4 E101A12C3A

2.8 – 9.0 E101A12D3A

3.8 – 12 E101A12E3A

Frame B (45 mm)

18 .25 – .8 9E101B18A3A

.59 – 1.9 E101B18B3A

1.4 – 4.4 E101B18C3A

25 .25 – .8 12.5 E101B25A3A

.59 – 1.9 E101B25B3A

1.4 – 4.4 E101B25C3A

2.8 – 9.0 E101B25D3A

6.3 – 20 E101B25G3A

10 – 32 E101B25J3A

32 .25 – .8 15 E101B32A3A

.59 – 1.9 E101B32B3A

1.4 – 4.4 E101B32C3A

2.8 – 9.0 E101B32D3A

6.3 – 20 E101B32G3A

10 – 32 E101B32J3A

Accessories available page 267. For reversing contactors, contact Eaton.

Motor Control

229

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

IT, IEC Contactors & Starters

IT. IEC Starters C13

Max Amp. AC-3 400/415V, FLC 400/415V, Rating kW Item No.

Frame C (54 mm)

40 .25 – .8 22 E101C40A3A

.59 – 1.9 E101C40B3A

1.4 – 4.4 E101C40C3A

2.8 – 9.0 E101C40D3A

5.0 – 16 E101C40F3A

8.4 – 27 E101C40H3A

16 – 50 E101C40L3A

50 .25 – .8 25 E101C50A3A

.59 – 1.9 E101C50B3A

1.4 – 4.4 E101C50C3A

2.8 – 9.0 E101C50D3A

5.0 – 16 E101C50F3A

8.4 – 27 E101C50H3A

16 – 50 E101C50L3A

Frame D (76 mm)

65 5.0 – 16 33 E101D65F3A

8.4 – 27 E101D65H3A

14 – 45 E101D65K3A

31 – 100 E101D65N3A

85 5.0 – 16 45 E101D85F3A

8.4 – 27 E101D85H3A

14 – 45 E101D85K3A

31 – 100 E101D85N3A

100 5.0 – 16 55 E101D10F3A

8.4 – 27 E101D10H3A

14 – 45 E101D10K3A

31 – 100 E101D10N3A

Frame E (105 mm)

125 14 – 45 63 E101E12K3A

28 – 90 E101E12M3A

42 – 135 E101E12P3A

63 – 200 E101E12R3A

160 14 – 45 80 E101E16K3A

28 – 90 E101E16M3A

42 – 135 E101E16P3A

63 – 200 E101E16R3A

200 14 – 45 110 E101E20K3A

28 – 90 E101E20M3A

42 – 135 E101E20P3A

63 – 200 E101E20R3A

Frame F (140 mm)

250 42 – 135 140 E101F25P3A

84 – 270 E101F25S3A

131 – 420 E101F25T3A

315 42 – 135 160 E101F31P3A

84 – 270 E101F31S3A

131 – 420 E101F31T3A

420 42 – 135 220 E101F42P3A

84 – 270 E101F42S3A

131 – 420 E101F42T3A

For Reversing Contactors contact Eaton.

Accessories for IT Motor Control

IT IEC Contactors & Starters Accessories

IT Connect C13

Description Item No.

DeviceNet Starter Network Adapter Product

For IT Starters & S752 Soft Starters

D77B-DSNAP-X1

QCPort Starter Network Adapter Product For IT

Starters & S752 Soft Starters

D77B-QSNAP-X1

DeviceNet Adaptor - Concentrates all

data from IT devices into a single DeviceNet

node

D77D-DNA

Modbus Adaptor - Concentrates all data from

IT devices into a single Modbus node

D77D-EMA

EtherNet/IP Adaptor - Concentrates all date

from IT devices & I/O modules into a single

EtherNet/IP node

D77D-EIP

PROFIBUS Adaptor - Concentrates all IT

devices & I/O modules into a single node.

Supports Modbus as a slave device.

D77D-PNA

Motor Control

230 EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Power Control

Drives & Soft Starters

• Eaton’s variable speed drives are

software driven solid-state devices

that enable the OEM, contractor or

end user to control the speed of

motors used in industrial, mining

& HVAC applications. Drives are

an alternative to direct-on-line or

star-delta starters as a method to

control the motor & offer greatly

enhanced control capability along

with energy savings.

• From advanced starting & stopping

control to integrated motor protection

& communications capabilities, Eaton’s

line of soft starters provide a unique

combination of soft starting & flexible

protective features. Communications

capabilities enable integration into

building management systems for

easy monitoring & troubleshooting

& the small size permits the use

of smaller panels & enclosures,

for significant cost savings.

Total motor control

solutions for every

industry & application

231

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Soft starters

DS4 soft starters M03

For use with

Rated operational voltage

at 50/60 Hz Rated operational current

Rated power for three-

phase motors at AC-3

400 V Item No.

Ue ` 10 %, V AC AC–-51, Ie, A AC–-53, Ie, A P, kW

DS4 soft starters

600 switching operations/h at 6 x In for 0.5 s, 300 switching operations/h at 6 x In for 0.1 s, 20 starts/h at 6 x In for 5 s

Soft starters for three-

phase motors

110 – 500 11 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-M

17 9 4 DS4-340-4K0-M

22 12 5.5 DS4-340-5K5-M

29 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-M

41 23 11 DS4-340-11K-M

for three-phase motors,

fast control inputs, DC

actuation only

11 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-M-DC

Soft starter with reversing

function for three-phase

motors

– 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-MR

–94DS4-340-4K0-MR

– 12 5.5 DS4-340-5K5-MR

– 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MR

– 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MR

DS4 soft starters

10 starts/h at 3 x In for 5 s

Soft starters with built-in

bypass for three-phase

motors

110 – 500 – 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MX

– 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MX

– 31 15 DS4-340-15K-MX

Soft starter with built-

in bypass & reversing

function for three-phase

motors

– 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MXR

– 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MXR

– 31 15 DS4-340-15K-MXR

DS6 soft starters M03

Mains voltage at 50/60 Hz Rated operational current

Rated power for three-phase motors

at 3 AC 400 V Item No.

UL ` 10 %, V AC Ie, A P, kW

Soft starters for three-phase motors

with built-in bypass, 10 starts/h at 3 x In for 5 s

230 – 480 41 22 DS6-340-22K-MX

55 30 DS6-340-30K-MX

68 37 DS6-340-37K-MX

81 45 DS6-340-45K-MX

99 55 DS6-340-55K-MX

230 – 480 134 75 DS6-340-75K-MX

161 90 DS6-340-90K-MX

196 110 DS6-340-110K-MX

Drives & Soft Starters

232

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Drives & Soft Starters

Soft starters

DS7 Soft Starters

• Tool-less plug connection, ensuring easy connection & wiring with

other switching devices such as motor-protective circuit breakers

• Connection design, handling & the 45 mm device width match our

motor-protective circuit-breakers & contactors of the device series exactly

• The DS7 ensures a jerk-free increase in torque and effective current

reduction in the three-phase motor startup phase

• Nine device versions for motor ratings from 1.1kW to 15kW/ 400V or

3A to 32A/ 480V are available

• Furthermore, the DS7 is also

available with a 24 V AC/DC

or 110/230 V control voltage input

• Settings & status values can be remotely transferred via

SmartWire-Darwin gateway regardless of whether Profibus

DP or CANopen control commands are used

M03

Rated operational current

Rated power for three-phase motors at 3 AC

400 V Control supply Item No.

Ie, A P, kW

3 1.1 110/230V AC DS7-342SX003N0-N

4 1.5 110/230V AC DS7-342SX004N0-N

5 2.2 110/230V AC DS7-342SX005N0-N

73110/230V AC DS7-342SX007N0-N

94110/230V AC DS7-342SX009N0-N

12 5.5 110/230V AC DS7-342SX012N0-N

16 7.5 110/230V AC DS7-342SX016N0-N

24 11 110/230V AC DS7-342SX024N0-N

32 15 110/230V AC DS7-342SX032N0-N

36 18.5 110/230V AC DS7-342SX036N0-N

41 22 110/230V AC DS7-342SX041N0-N

55 30 110/230V AC DS7-342SX055N0-N

70 37 110/230V AC DS7-342SX070N0-N

81 45 110/230V AC DS7-342SX081N0-N

100 55 110/230V AC DS7-342SX100N0-N

135 75 110/230V AC DS7-342SX135N0-N

160 90 110/230V AC DS7-342SX160N0-N

200 110 110/230V AC DS7-342SX200N0-N

S811 Intelligent Technologies (IT) Soft Starters

• Built-in overload protection

• Built-in run bypass contactor

• Adjustable ramp times

• Adjustable torque control

• Adjustable kick start control

• Programmable overload settings, 31-100% of rated current

• Digital Interface Module (DIM) to safely configure, commission,

monitor and troubleshoot

• Soft start and Soft stop control

• Multiple trip class settings (5, 10, 20 and 30)

• Built-in comms. capability for

DeviceNet/Modbus/Ethernet/Profibus

(through the DIM or using CH Studio software)

• Six SCR control

• Ideal for pump protection and control

• 24V DC 55W power supply required

with soft starter see below

B57

Max current (amps) kW rating at 415V AC Item No.

Normal Duty Severe Duty Normal Duty* Severe Duty**

37 22 18.5 11 S811N37P3S

66 42 37 22 S811N66P3S

105 65 60 37 S811R10P3S

135 80 75 45 S811R13P3S

180 115 100 63 S811T18P3S

240 150 132 90 S811T24P3S

304 192 185 110 S811T30P3S

360 240 200 132 S811U36P3S

420 305 220 160 S811U42P3S

500 365 295 200 S811U50P3S

650 420 400 220 S811V65P3S

720 480 425 280 S811V72P3S

850 525 500 300 S811V85P3S

1000 600 600 375 S811V10P3S

Normal duty is 4 starts per hour at ramp current 300% of full load amps. Severe duty is 4 starts per hour at ramp current 450% of full load amps. For 6-wire inside-the-delta soft starters, please contact our sales ofﬁce.

Accessories for S811 Soft Starters B57

Description Item No.

Lug Kits, 3-phase 2 cable connection, up to 2 x 240mm dia(S8X1TXXX) EML24

-2 cable connection, up to 2 x 240mm dia(S8X1VXXX) EML28

Control Interface Module Panel Mounting Kits Kit with 2m Cable EMA69C

Control Wire Connectors 12-Pin Connector for Control Wiring EMA75L

233

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Soft Starters

Power Supplies B57

Continuous Wattage (Sealed) Amperes Inrush (Peak) Wattage Input Voltage Amperes VAC Item No.

10 0.4 20 0.8 240 PSS10E

10 0.4 20 0.8 415 PSS10F

25 1 165 6.5 240 PSS25E

25 1 165 6.5 415 PSS25F

55 2.3 250 10.4 240 PSS55B

55 2.3 250 10.4 415 PSS55C

DIN Rail power supply mounting kit PSSDIN

IT Connect B57

Description Item No.

DeviceNet Adaptor - Concentrates all data from IT devices into a single DeviceNet node D77D-DNA

Modbus Adaptor - Concentrates all data from IT devices into a single Modbus node D77D-EMA

EtherNet/IP Adaptor - Concentrates all date from IT devices & I/O modules into a single EtherNet/IP node D77D-EIP

Profibus Adaptor - Concentrates all IT devices & I/O modules into a single Profibus node. Supports Modbus

as a slave device.

D77D-PNA

Variable Speed Drives

NFX9000 1-ph OEM drives

• Out-of-the-box: factory settings loaded for quick startup

• Serial communication port RS485

• Constant torque, 150% overload for 1 min. rated

• 2 preset speeds, 2 adjustable linear or S-curves

• 3 jump frequencies, with adjustable width

• Stop modes: decel, coast or DC injection

• DIN rail mountable or panel-mount

• 4 programmable digital inputs, 1 programmable relay output,

1 analogue input

• Earth fault, over & undervoltage

& current, over temperature protection

• Diagnostics: last 3 trips with cause

• Status LEDs & alphanumeric display,

plus rotary potentiometer

• Inbuilt RFI filter supplied as standard

1-ph in, 3-ph out, 240V AC B57

Description H x W x D (mm) High overload Low overload Item No.

P(kW) I(H) P(kW) I(L)

NFX9000 Drive 240V 0.185kW CT IP20 132 x 68 x 128 0.185 1.6 0.185 1.6 NFXF25A0-2

NFX9000 Drive 240V 0.37kW CT IP20 132 x 68 x 128 0.37 2.5 0.37 2.5 NFXF50A0-2

NFX9000 Drive 240V 0.75kW CT IP20 132 x 68 x 128 0.75 4.2 0.75 4.2 NFX001A0-2

MVX9000 1ph/3-ph OEM drives

• Sensorless vector drive with auto-tuning, built-in PID

• Serial communication port RS485

• Constant torque, 150% overload for 1 min rated

• 7 preset speeds, 2 adjustable linear or S-curves

• 3 jump frequencies, with adjustable width

• Stop modes: decel, coast or DC injection

• Auto Restart: 4 selectable retry restart modes

• 6 programmable digital inputs, 1 digital

and 1 relay output, 2 analogue inputs

• Earth fault, over and undervoltage and

current, overtemperature protection

• Diagnostics: last 3 trips with cause

• Status LEDs and alphanumeric display,

plus rotary potentiometer

1-ph in, 3-ph out, 240V AC B57

Description H x W x D (mm) High overload Low overload Item No.

P(kW) I(H) P(kW) I(L)

MVX9000 Drive 240V 0.37kW CT IP20 161 x 100 x 143 0.37 2.5 0.37 2.5 MVXF50A0-2

MVX9000 Drive 240V 0.75kW CT IP20 161 x 100 x 143 0.75 5 0.75 5 MVX001A0-2

MVX9000 Drive 240V 1.5kW CT IP20 161 x 100 x 143 1.5 7 1.5 7 MVX002A0-2

MVX9000 Drive 240V 2.2kW CT IP20 235 x 125 x 192 2.2 10 2.2 10 MVX003A0-2

Drives & Soft Starters

234

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Drives & Soft Starters

Variable Speed Drives

3-ph in, 3-ph out, 415V AC B57

Description H x W x D (mm) High overload Low overload Item No.

P(kW) I(H) P(kW) I(L)

MVX9000 Drive 415V 0.75kW CT IP20 161 x 100 x 143 0.75 3 0.75 3 MVX001A0-4

MVX9000 Drive 415V 1.5kW CT IP20 161 x 100 x 143 1.5 4 1.5 4 MVX002A0-4

MVX9000 Drive 415V 2.2kW CT IP20 161 x 100 x 143 2.2 5 2.2 5 MVX003A0-4

MVX9000 Drive 415V 3.7kW CT IP20 235 x 125 x 192 3.7 8.2 3.7 8.2 MVX005A0-4

MVX9000 Drive 415V 5.5kW CT IP20 235 x 125 x 192 5.5 13 5.5 13 MVX007A0-4

MVX9000 Drive 415V 7.5kW CT IP20 235 x 125 x 192 7.5 18 7.5 18 MVX010A0-4

Options & accessories B57

Description Item No.

MVX9000 Copy/Paste Keypad MVXCOPY

MVX9000 Standard Keypad MVXKPD

MVX9000 Keypad Remote Mount Kit MVXRM

MVX9000 Extension I/O MVXEIO

MVX9000 Devicenet Comms. Module MVXDN

MVX9000 IP21 Enclosure FR1 MVXENCS

MVX9000 IP21 Enclosure FR2 MVXENCL

Braking Resistors & Braking Units - 240V Series B57

App. Motor kW Resistor Qty. Resistance & Wattage Braking Torque Full Load Item No.

0.37 1 80W 200 ohm 220% .216 K13-000034-0821

0.75 1 80W 200 ohm 125% .427 K13-000034-0821

1.5 1 300W 20 ohm 125% .849 K13-000034-0824

2.2 1 300W 70 ohm 125% 1.262 K13-000034-0824

Braking Resistors & Braking Units - 415V Series B57

App. Motor kW Resistor Qty. Resistance & Wattage Braking Torque Full Load Item No.

0.75 1 80W 750 ohm 125% .427 K13-000034-0841

1.5 1 300W 250 ohm 125% .849 K13-000034-0843

2.2 1 300W 250 ohm 125% 1.262 K13-000034-0843

3.7 1 400W 150 ohm 125% 2.080 K13-000034-0844

5.5 2 in parallel 500W 100 ohm 125% 3.111 K13-000034-0845

7.5 3 in parallel 1000W 75 ohm 125% 4.148 K13-000034-0846

EMI Filters B57

Description Item No.

MVX9000 EMI Filter 1PH 240V 0.37KW 20DRT1W3S

MVX9000 EMI Filter 1PH 240V 0.75KW 20DRT1W3S

MVX9000 EMI Filter 1PH 240V 1.5KW 20DRT1W3S

MVX9000 EMI Filter 1PH 240V 2.2KW 32DRT1W3C

MVX9000 EMI Filter 3PH 415V 0.75KW 11TDT1W4S

MVX9000 EMI Filter 3PH 415V 1.5KW 11TDT1W4S

MVX9000 EMI Filter 3PH 415V 2.2KW 11TDT1W4S

MVX9000 EMI Filter 3PH 415V 3.7KW 17TDT1W44

MVX9000 EMI Filter 3PH 415V 5.5KW 17TDT1W44

MVX9000 EMI Filter 3PH 415V 7.5KW 26TDT1W4B4

235

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Variable Speed Drives

GVX9000 3-ph industrial drives

• Sensorless vector drive with auto-tuning, built-in PID

• Serial communication port RS485

• High overload Constant torque & Low overload Variable torque ratings

• 7 preset speeds, 2 adjustable linear or S-curves

• 3 jump frequencies, with adjustable width

• Stop modes: decel, coast or DC injection

• Auto Restart: 4 selectable retry restart modes

• 10 digital inputs, 2 digital & 2 relay outputs, 3 analogue inputs & 1 analogue output

• Earth fault, over & undervoltage & current, over temperature protection

• Diagnostics: last 3 trips with cause

• Status LEDs & Plain English text display, copy/paste keypad

3-ph in, 3-ph out, 415V AC B57

Description H x W x D (mm) High overload Low overload Item No.

P(kW) I(H) P(kW) I(L)

GVX9000 Drive 415V 0.75kW VT IP20 260 x 150 x 174 0.75 2.7 0.75 2.2 GVX001A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 1.5kW VT IP20 260 x 150 x 174 1.5 4.2 1.5 4.2 GVX002A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 2.2kW VT IP20 260 x 150 x 174 2.2 5.5 2.2 5.5 GVX003A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 3.7kW VT IP20 260 x 150 x 174 3.7 8.5 3.7 8.5 GVX005A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 7.5kW VT IP20 323 x 200 x 197 5.5 13 7.5 18 GVX007A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 11kW VT IP20 323 x 200 x 197 7.5 18 11 24 GVX010A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 15kW VT IP20 323 x 200 x 197 11 24 15 32 GVX015A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 18.5kW VT IP20 404 x 250 x 220 15 32 18.5 38 GVX020A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 22kW VT IP20 404 x 250 x 220 18.5 38 22 45 GVX025A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 30kW VT IP20 404 x 250 x 220 22 45 30 60 GVX030A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 37kW VT IP20 589 x 370 x 260 30 60 37 73 GVX040A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 45kW VT IP20 589 x 370 x 260 37 73 45 91 GVX050A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 55kW VT IP20 589 x 370 x 260 45 91 55 110 GVX060A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 75kW VT IP20 589 x 370 x 260 55 110 75 150 GVX075A1-4

GVX9000 Drive 415V 90kW VT IP20 589 x 370 x 260 75 150 90 180 GVX100A1-4

Options & accessories B57

Description Item No.

GVX9000 Copy/Paste Keypad GVXKPD

GVX9000 Keypad Remote Mount Kit GVXRM

GVX9000 Encoder Feedback Card GVXPG

GVX9000 Devicenet Comms. Card GVXDN

GVX9000 Profibus Comms. Card GVXPB

GVX9000 Lonworks Comms. Card GVXLON

GVX9000 240V Braking Unit GBM2022

GVX9000 415V Braking Unit GBM4045

GVX EMI Filter 415V 9A 0.75-3.7KW GVXEMI-4A

GVX EMI Filter 415V 16A 5.5-7.5KW GVXEMI-4B

GVX EMI Filter 415V 32A 11-15KW GVXEMI-4C

GVX EMI Filter 415V 50A 18.5-22KW GVXEMI-4D

GVX EMI Filter 415V 60A 30KW GVXEMI-4E

GVX EMI Filter 415V 80A 37-45KW GVXEMI-4F

GVX EMI Filter 415V 112A 55KW GVXEMI-4G

GVX EMI Filter 415V 136A 75KW GVXEMI-4H

GVX EMI Filter 415V 160A 90KW GVXEMI-4I

Drives & Soft Starters

236

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Drives & Soft Starters

Variable Speed Drives

M-Max Machinery Drives

• Ease of use — plug & play, start-up wizard, advanced diagnostic capability,

copy/paste parameters without powering drive

• Compact, space-saving design

• Rugged & reliable — 50°C rating, 150% overload for 1 min., 200% starting current

for 2 secs. in every 20 sec. period, conformal coated boards, 2 year warranty

• RS485/Modbus & PI-controller inbuilt as standard

• Internal EMC filter complying with IEC61800-3

• RoHS compliance

1-ph in, 3-ph out, 240V AC B57

Description H x W x D (mm) High overload Low overload Item No.

P(kW) I(H) P(kW) I(L)

M-Max Drive 240V 0.25 kW CT IP20 157 x 66 x 102 0.25 1.7 0.25 1.7 MMX12AA1D7F0-0

M-Max Drive 240V 0.37 kW CT IP20 157 x 66 x 102 0.37 2.4 0.37 2.4 MMX12AA2D4F0-0

M-Max Drive 240V 0.55 kW CT IP20 157 x 66 x 102 0.55 2.8 0.55 2.8 MMX12AA2D8F0-0

M-Max Drive 240V 0.75 kW CT IP20 157 x 66 x 102 0.75 3.7 0.75 3.7 MMX12AA3D7F0-0

M-Max Drive 240V 1.1 kW CT IP20 195 x 90 x 105 1.1 4.8 1.1 4.8 MMX12AA4D8F0-0

M-Max Drive 240V 1.5 kW CT IP20 195 x 90 x 105 1.5 7 1.5 7 MMX12AA7D0F0-0

M-Max Drive 240V 2.2 kW CT IP20 263 x 100 x 112 2.2 9.6 2.2 9.6 MMX12AA9D6F0-0

3-ph in, 3-ph out, 415V AC B57

Description H x W x D (mm) High overload Low overload Item No.

P(kW) I(H) P(kW) I(L)

M-Max Drive 415V 0.37 kW CT IP20 157 x 66 x 102 0.37 1.3 0.37 1.3 MMX34AA1D3F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 0.55 kW CT IP20 157 x 66 x 102 0.55 1.9 0.55 1.9 MMX34AA1D9F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 0.75 kW CT IP20 157 x 66 x 102 0.75 2.4 0.75 2.4 MMX34AA2D4F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 1.1 kW CT IP20 157 x 66 x 102 1.1 3.3 1.1 3.3 MMX34AA3D3F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 1.5 kW CT IP20 195 x 90 x 105 1.5 4.3 1.5 4.3 MMX34AA4D3F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 2.2 kW CT IP20 195 x 90 x 105 2.2 5.6 2.2 5.6 MMX34AA5D6F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 3.0 kW CT IP20 263 x 100 x 112 3 7.6 3 7.6 MMX34AA7D6F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 4.0 kW CT IP20 263 x 100 x 112 4949MMX34AA9D0F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 5.5 kW CT IP20 263 x 100 x 112 5.5 12 5.5 12 MMX34AA012F0-0

M-Max Drive 415V 7.5 kW CT IP20 263 x 100 x 112 7.5 14 7.5 14 MMX34AA014F0-0

M-Max PC Comms. & Copy/Paste Adaptor -----MMX-COM-PC

The 9000X Family of Drives includes

SVX9000, SLX9000, SPX9000 &

LCX9000 drives. With the 9000X series

sensor-less vector control, Eaton’s expanded

drive offering now covers a complete line of

PWM adjustable frequency (speed) drives in

ratings from 0.75 to 1400 kW constant torque;

1.1 to 1600 kW variable torque at 415V AC.

The liquid-cooled LCX9000 drive is our

most space-saving AC drive, well suited for

locationswhereair-coolingwouldbedifcult

or expensive, or where the installation space is

at a premium.

As no air channels are required, the

LCX9000drives are extremely compact &

suitable for ships & in the offshore industry,

in mines or in heavy industry.

Equipped with high processing power, the

SPX9000 can use information from an encoder

or a resolver in order to provide very precise

motor control. Typical applications requiring

high performance are: master-slave drives,

positioning applications, winder tension control

& synchronization. The SPX9000 supports fast

drive-to-drive communication.

For further Information:

0508 328 6669

www.eaton.co.nz

Total drive solutions for every

industry & application.

237

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Power Control

Control & Indication

• Control at your fingertips

• Rugged, durable, reliable

• A wide range of operators to suit your application

• IP65 to IP67 rated pushbutton operators

• Cam switches can be custom made to suit your unique applications

Control

& Indication

238

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Control & Indication

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Control circuit devices

1/2 System overview

RMQ-Titan

Contact blocks

Enclosure

Contact blocks

Contact block

Contact blocks

Top-hat rail

adaptor

Telescopic clip

Centring

adaptor

Fixing adaptor

Complete

legend plate

Fixing adaptor

Key-operated

actuator

Selector switch

actuator

Pushbutton

actuator

Emergency-Stop

actuator

4-way joystick

4-way pushbutton

4-way

selector switch

Button plate/

button lens

Indicator

light

Buzzer

Acoustic

indicator

Acoustic indicator cap

Potentiometer

(Titanium appearance standard, black and gold options)

Front rings

SK1158GB-INT.book Seite 2 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 2:27 14

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan, system overview

239

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan, system overview

Competitively priced, Moeller’s RMQ-Titan range comprises pushbuttons, selector switches, joysticks, Emergency-Stop &

key-operated actuators. The system includes a variety of indicator lights & illuminated pushbuttons in white, red, yellow,

blue & green. They are available in two voltage ranges 12 – 30 V AC/DC & 85 – 264 V AC covering all standard applications.

Meeting all relevant international standards, this attractive, co-ordinated product range will add significant value to any machine

or system.

Features & benefits:

• Ergonomic design ensuring ease of operation & bright illumination

• IP66 degree of protection as standard (many devices IP67, IP69K) for use in the harshest of industrial environments

• Vibration resistant LEDs giving a minimum life of 100,000 hours for improved reliability & high integrity

• Fitting in the standard 22.5 mm hole, the snap fitting modular system saves both assembly & fitting time

M00

Colour Description Contact Blocks LED Light Unit Legend Plate(s) VISTA Item No.

Pushbutton

Black Flush 1NO/1NC - Run, 1 M22-D-S-K11-P

Red Extended 1NO/1NC - Stop, Off M22-DH-R-K11-P

Green Flush 1NO/1NC -Start, On M22-D-G-K11-P

Illuminated Pushbutton

Red Extended 1NO/1NC 12-30V AC/DC Stop, Off M22-DLH-R-K11-R-P

Red Extended 1NO/1NC 85-264VAC Stop, Off M22-DLH-R-K11-230R-P

White Flush 1NO/1NC 12-30V AC/DC Run, 1 M22-DRL-W-K11-W-P

White Flush 1NO/1NC 85-264VAC Run, 1 M22-DRL-W-K11-230W-P

Indicating Light

Red --12-30V AC/DC Stop, Off, Fault M22-L-R-R-P

Green --12-30V AC/DC Start, On, Run M22-L-G-G-P

Red - - 85-264VAC Stop, Off, Fault M22-L-R-230R-P

Green - - 85-264VAC Start, On, Run M22-L-G-230G-P

Emergency Stop

Red Non-Illuminated Twist-to-

release

1NO/2NC - Emergency Stop M22-PVT-K12-P

Red Illuminated Push-Pull 1NO/2NC 12-30V AC/DC Emergency Stop M22-PVL-K12-R-P

Red Illuminated Push-Pull 1NO/2NC 85-264VAC Emergency Stop M22-PVL-K12-230R-P

Selector Switch

Black 2 Position Momentary 1NO/1NC - 0 I, Man Auto M22-WKV-K11-P

Black 3 Position Momentary 1NO/1NC - I 0 II, Hand 0 Auto M22-WK3-K22-P

Complete units M00

Description Button Plate Contacts Item No.

Complete units for front mounting

Pushbutton actuators Start Green 1NO M22-D-G-X1/K10

Stop Red 1NC M22-D-R-X0/K01

Double actuators With white LED element lens,

85 – 264 V AC

Green

White

Red

1NO/1NC M22-DDL-GR-X1/X0/K11/230-W

Emergency-Stop actuators Key-release mushroom button

with 1 key, MS1 individual lock

mechanism

Red 1NC M22-PVS/K01

Pull to release Red 1NC M22-PV/K01

Pull to release Red 1NO/1NC M22-PV/K11

Selector switch actuators Two positions, stay-put – 1NO M22-WRK/K10

Three positions, stay-put – 2NO M22-WRK3/K20

Key-operated actuators Two positions, stay-put, with

1 key

– 1NO/1NC M22-WRS/K11

Control & Indication

240

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Enclosed units M00

Description Button Plate Contacts Item No.

Enclosed units for surface mounting

Pushbutton actuators Start 1NO/1NC M22-D-G-X1/KC11/I

Stop 1NO/1NC M22-D-R-X0/KC11/I

Emergency-Stop actuator Pull to release, yellow

enclosure

– 1NO/1NC M22-PV/KC11/IY

Emergency-Stop key-release

mushroom button

Red actuator with 1 key – 1NO/1NC M22-PVS/KC11/IY

Key-operated selector switch 2 positions, stay-put, with

1 key

– 1NO/1NC M22-WRS/KC11/I

Two-way pushbutton stations Without indicator light – - M22-I2-M1

With indicator light, white

LED element, 85 – 264 V AC

– - M22-I3-M2

Three-way pushbutton station Without indicator light – - M22-I3-M1

Four-way pushbutton station Without indicator light – - M22-I4-M1

Control & Indication

241

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Pushbutton actuators, IP67

• Front ring titanium, also available in black

• Snap-fitting modular system

• Mounting diameter 22.3 mm

• Minimum grid dimensions 30 x 40 mm

• Up to six contacts per location

• Switching of different potentials

• Worldwide approval

Actuators M00

Description

Colour of button

plate/mushroom head Item No.

Flush design

Flush actuator Spring-return Green M22-D-G

Red M22-D-R

(I) Green M22-D-G-X1

(O) Red M22-D-R-X0

Black M22-D-S

Yellow M22-D-Y

White M22-D-W

Blue M22-D-B

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Control circuit devices

1/2 System overview

RMQ-Titan

Contact blocks

Enclosure

Contact blocks

Contact block

Contact blocks

Top-hat rail

adaptor

Telescopic clip

Centring

adaptor

Fixing adaptor

Complete

legend plate

Fixing adaptor

Key-operated

actuator

Selector switch

actuator

Pushbutton

actuator

Emergency-Stop

actuator

4-way joystick

4-way pushbutton

4-way

selector switch

Button plate/

button lens

Indicator

light

Buzzer

Acoustic

indicator

Acoustic indicator cap

Potentiometer

(Titanium appearance standard, black and gold options)

Front rings

SK1158GB-INT.book Seite 2 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 2:27 14

Flush actuator Spring-return Without button plate M22-D-X

button plate for use with M22-D-X Black M22-XD-S

White M22-XD-W

Red M22-XD-R

Green M22-XD-G

Yellow M22-XD-Y

Blue M22-XD-B

Extended Design

Extended actuator Spring-return Black M22-DH-S

Red M22-DH-R

Green M22-DH-G

Spring-return, with guard ring Without M22-DG-X

Mushroom actuators, IP67

- Spring-return Green M22-DP-G

Red M22-DP-R

Black M22-DP-S

Yellow M22-DP-Y

Stay-put Black M22-DRP-S

Red M22-DRP-R

Green M22-DRP-G

Double actuator, IP66

Stop-start button plate. Optional

indicator light M22-LED230-W

see page 281 Spring return, with

indicator light, white lens

Green

White

Red

M22-DDL-GR-X1/X0

Control & Indication

242

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Actuators M00

Description Colour of mushroom head Item No.

Emergency-Stop actuators, IP66. Snap-action & positive non-tease action, yellow base

Pull to release. After actuation, plunger remains in the actuated

position.

Red M22-PV

Twist to release. One or two contact blocks can be fitted. Red M22-PVT

Illuminated. Pull to release. After actuation, plunger remains in the

actuated position. One or two contact blocks can be fitted.

Red M22-PVL

Key-operated, with 1 key Red M22-PVS

Sealable shroud. Transparent with collapse point, reusable after

Emergency-Stop operation. Suitable for M22-PV & M22-PVL

Emergency-Stop actuators & M22-PVS key-release mushroom

actuator.

– M22-PL-PV

Foot & palm switches, IP67

Spring-return mushroom head Red FAK-R/KC11/I

Black FAK-S/KC11/I

Emergency-Stop actuators, IP67

Stay-put, pull to release Red FAK-R/V/KC01/IY

Stay-put, pull to release Red FAK-R/V/KC11/IY

Control & Indication

243

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Fixing adapters, contact blocks M00

Description Contacts Item No.

Fixing adapters

Front fixing, for 3 M22-K... contact elements & M22-LED... LED elements. – M22-A

For 4 contact blocks – M22-A4

Contact blocks with screw terminals

Front fixing 1 NO M22-K10

1 NC M22-K01

Base fixing 1 NO M22-KC10

1 NC M22-KC01

Complete modules. Combination of contact elements with screw terminals & fixing adapter

Front fixing 1 NO, 1 NC M22-AK11

1 NO M22-AK10

1 NC M22-AK01

LED elements M00

Description

Rated operational

voltage, Ue, V Colour Item No.

LED elements with screw terminals

Front fixing 12 – 30 V AC/DC White M22-LED-W

Red M22-LED-R

Green M22-LED-G

Blue M22-LED-B

85 – 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz White M22-LED230-W

Red M22-LED230-R

Green M22-LED230-G

Blue M22-LED230-B

Base fixing 12 – 30 V AC/DC White M22-LEDC-W

Red M22-LEDC-R

Green M22-LEDC-G

Blue M22-LEDC-B

85 – 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz White M22-LEDC230-W

Red M22-LEDC230-R

Green M22-LEDC230-G

Blue M22-LEDC230-B

LED test elements

For non-interacting function test (lamp test) for connection to: 12 – 240 V AC/DC – M22-XLED-T

85 – 264 V AC – M22-XLED230-T

Control & Indication

244

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Pilot Devices

TITAN-CAT-NA-0807 moellerNA.com A77 Discount Schedule C10

Accessories

Coding Adapters

Adapter Description For Use With… Catalog Number Price

Maintained to Momentary Operation

Supplied with standard

switches

Used to convert Main-

tained operation to

Momentary operation

•

M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-Y 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for Momentary

Remove for Maintained

The same slots

on keyed selector

switches are shared

between these two

dierent sets of

coding adapters.

All possible

combinations and

their eects are

detailed in the

tables below.

Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw

Used to convert

Key withdraw position

to non-key withdraw

position

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for no key withdraw

Remove for key withdraw

Two-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Two-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

maintained

momentary

Key Withdraw Positions

O I O I O I

Top Slot

(aects right position)

–

Bottom Slot

(not implemented with

2-position switches)

–––

Three-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Three-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

momentary

I II

Key Withdraw Positions

I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II

Top Slot

(aects right position)

– – –

Bottom Slot

(aects left position)

– – –

Pilot Devices

TITAN-CAT-NA-0807 moellerNA.com A77 Discount Schedule C10

Accessories

Coding Adapters

Adapter Description For Use With… Catalog Number Price

Maintained to Momentary Operation

Supplied with standard

switches

Used to convert Main-

tained operation to

Momentary operation

•

M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-Y 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for Momentary

Remove for Maintained

The same slots

on keyed selector

switches are shared

between these two

dierent sets of

coding adapters.

All possible

combinations and

their eects are

detailed in the

tables below.

Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw

Used to convert

Key withdraw position

to non-key withdraw

position

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for no key withdraw

Remove for key withdraw

Two-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Two-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

maintained

momentary

Key Withdraw Positions

O I O I O I

Top Slot

(aects right position)

–

Bottom Slot

(not implemented with

2-position switches)

–––

Three-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Three-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

momentary

I II

Key Withdraw Positions

I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II

Top Slot

(aects right position)

– – –

Bottom Slot

(aects left position)

– – –

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, indicator lights M00

Description Colour Item No.

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, IP67

Flush design Spring-return White M22-DL-W

Green M22-DL-G

Red M22-DL-R

Yellow M22-DL-Y

Blue M22-DL-B

Stay-put, press again to release. White M22-DRL-W

Green M22-DRL-G

Red M22-DRL-R

Yellow M22-DRL-Y

Blue M22-DRL-B

Extended design Spring-return White M22-DLH-W

Green M22-DLH-G

Red M22-DLH-R

Yellow M22-DLH-Y

Blue M22-DLH-B

Indicator lights, IP67

Flush - White M22-L-W

Green M22-L-G

Red M22-L-R

Yellow M22-L-Y

Blue M22-L-B

Extended, conical - White M22-LH-W

Green M22-LH-G

Red M22-LH-R

Yellow M22-LH-Y

Blue M22-LH-B

Set of coding adapters for selector switches M00

Description Colour Item No.

For converting between stay-put,

spring-return & key release function

--M22-XC-R

For converting between stay-put &

spring-return function

--M22-XC-Y

Control & Indication

245

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Pilot Devices

TITAN-CAT-NA-0807 moellerNA.com A77 Discount Schedule C10

Accessories

Coding Adapters

Adapter Description For Use With… Catalog Number

Price

Maintained to Momentary Operation

Supplied with standard

switches

Used to convert Main-

tained operation to

Momentary operation

•

M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-Y

2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for Momentary

Remove for Maintained

The same slots

on keyed selector

switches are shared

between these two

dierent sets of

coding adapters.

All possible

combinations and

their eects are

detailed in the

tables below.

Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw

Used to convert

Key withdraw position

to non-key withdraw

position

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R

2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for no key withdraw

Remove for key withdraw

Two-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Two-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

maintained

momentary

Key Withdraw Positions

O I O I O I

Top Slot

(aects right position)

–

Bottom Slot

(not implemented with

2-position switches)

–––

Three-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Three-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

momentary

I II

Key Withdraw Positions

I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II

Top Slot

(aects right position)

– – –

Bottom Slot

(aects left position)

– – –

Pilot Devices

TITAN-CAT-NA-0807 moellerNA.com A77 Discount Schedule C10

Accessories

Coding Adapters

Adapter Description For Use With… Catalog Number Price

Maintained to Momentary Operation

Supplied with standard

switches

Used to convert Main-

tained operation to

Momentary operation

•

M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-Y 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for Momentary

Remove for Maintained

The same slots

on keyed selector

switches are shared

between these two

dierent sets of

coding adapters.

All possible

combinations and

their eects are

detailed in the

tables below.

Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw

Used to convert

Key withdraw position

to non-key withdraw

position

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for no key withdraw

Remove for key withdraw

Two-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Two-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

maintained

momentary

Key Withdraw Positions

O I O I O I

Top Slot

(aects right position)

–

Bottom Slot

(not implemented with

2-position switches)

–––

Three-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Three-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

momentary

I II

Key Withdraw Positions

I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II

Top Slot

(aects right position)

– – –

Bottom Slot

(aects left position)

– – –

22.5mm Pushbuttons

2, 3 & 4 positions

Selector switch actuators M00

Description

Function:

= Stay-put

= Spring-return

= V position Button plate

Front ring: titanium

Item No.

Selector switch actuators, 2 positions, IP66

Rotary button – 40° M22-W

– 60° M22-WR

Thumb-grip – 40° – M22-WK

– 60° – M22-WRK

Thumb-grip, V position – 60° – M22-WKV

Selector switch actuators, 3 positions, IP66

Rotary button 40° 40° M22-W3

60° 60° M22-WR3

Thumb-grip 40° 40° – M22-WK3

60° 60° – M22-WRK3

Selector switch actuators, 4 positions, IP66.

Rotary button 45° – M22-WR4

Thumb-grip 45° – M22-WRK4

Key-operated actuators, IP66, with 1 key

2 positions, 60° turn,

stay-put

– 60° –M22-WRS

3 positions, 60° turn,

stay-put

60° 60° –M22-WRS3

Key for MS1 individual

lock mechanism

––––M22-ES-MS1

Control & Indication

246

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Illuminated selector switch actuators, key-operated actuators M00

Description

Function:

= Stay-put

= Spring-return Colour of thumb-grip Item No.

Illuminated selector switch actuators, IP66. Thumb grip handle

2 positions

– Spring-return – 40° White M22-WLK-W

– 40° Green M22-WLK-G

– 40° Red M22-WLK-R

– 40° Yellow M22-WLK-Y

– 40° Blue M22-WLK-B

Stay-put – 60° White M22-WRLK-W

– 60° Green M22-WRLK-G

– 60° Red M22-WRLK-R

– 60° Yellow M22-WRLK-Y

– 60° Blue M22-WRLK-B

3 positions

– Spring-return 40° 40° White M22-WLK3-W

40° 40° Green M22-WLK3-G

40° 40° Red M22-WLK3-R

40° 40° Yellow M22-WLK3-Y

40° 40° Blue M22-WLK3-B

Stay-put 60° 60° White M22-WRLK3-W

60° 60° Green M22-WRLK3-G

60° 60° Red M22-WRLK3-R

60° 60° Yellow M22-WRLK3-Y

60° 60° Blue M22-WRLK3-B

Control & Indication

Pilot Devices

TITAN-CAT-NA-0807 moellerNA.com A77 Discount Schedule C10

Accessories

Coding Adapters

Adapter Description For Use With… Catalog Number Price

Maintained to Momentary Operation

Supplied with standard

switches

Used to convert Main-

tained operation to

Momentary operation

•

M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-Y 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for Momentary

Remove for Maintained

The same slots

on keyed selector

switches are shared

between these two

dierent sets of

coding adapters.

All possible

combinations and

their eects are

detailed in the

tables below.

Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw

Used to convert

Key withdraw position

to non-key withdraw

position

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for no key withdraw

Remove for key withdraw

Two-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Two-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

maintained

momentary

Key Withdraw Positions

O I O I O I

Top Slot

(aects right position)

–

Bottom Slot

(not implemented with

2-position switches)

–––

Three-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Three-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

momentary

I II

Key Withdraw Positions

I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II

Top Slot

(aects right position)

– – –

Bottom Slot

(aects left position)

– – –

Pilot Devices

TITAN-CAT-NA-0807 moellerNA.com A77 Discount Schedule C10

Accessories

Coding Adapters

Adapter Description For Use With… Catalog Number Price

Maintained to Momentary Operation

Supplied with standard

switches

Used to convert Main-

tained operation to

Momentary operation

•

M22(S)-WR(L)(K)(3)

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-Y 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for Momentary

Remove for Maintained

The same slots

on keyed selector

switches are shared

between these two

dierent sets of

coding adapters.

All possible

combinations and

their eects are

detailed in the

tables below.

Key Withdraw to Non-Key Withdraw

Used to convert

Key withdraw position

to non-key withdraw

position

M22(S)-WRS(3) M22-XC-R 2.50

Bottom

aects Left

position (I)

Top

aects Right

position (II)

Insert for no key withdraw

Remove for key withdraw

Two-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Two-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

maintained

momentary

Key Withdraw Positions

O I O I O I

Top Slot

(aects right position)

–

Bottom Slot

(not implemented with

2-position switches)

–––

Three-position adapter congurations

(shading indicates standard switch conguration)

Three-Position

Adapter

Congurations

Switching Positions

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

maintained

I II

momentary

I II

Key Withdraw Positions

I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II I O II

Top Slot

(aects right position)

– – –

Bottom Slot

(aects left position)

– – –

247

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

4 positions

Four-way operators M00

Description Inscription

Function:

= Stay-put

= Spring-return For use with Front ring: titanium Item No.

Joysticks, IP66

2 positions – – M22-WJ2H

– – M22-WJ2V

4 positions – – M22-WRJ4

– – M22-WJ4

Pushbuttons, 4-way, IP66

–No inscription, actuator

colour black

– M22-D4-S

Inscription with direction

arrows, actuator colour: black

– M22-D4-S-X7

Inscription with direction

arrows, actuator colour:

black, opposing buttons

mechanically interlocked

– M22-DI4-S-X7

Labels

– Blank – Joystick 4-way selector

switch actuators

M22-XCK

Direction arrows –Joystick 4 positions M22-XCK1

Joystick 2 positions M22-XCK3

0-1-0-2-0-3-0-4 – 4-way selector switch

actuators

M22-XCK2

Control & Indication

248

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Accessories M00

Description Number of ways Item No.

Shrouds, IP55

Plastic, light grey 1 M22-H1

Plastic, light grey 2 M22-H2

Blanking plugs, IP66. Round style, for blanking off reserve locations

Grey – M22-B

Black – M22S-B

Actuator diaphragms, IP67. Transparent diaphragms for severe environmental conditions & use in the food industry. Do not use with legend plates since degree of protection

is not guaranteed

For use with M22(S)-D(R)-... pushbutton actuators, M22(S)-DL-..., M22(S)-DRL-...,

illuminated pushbutton actuators, M22-D(C)-... flush indicator lights

– M22-T-D

For use with M22(S)-DD(L)-... double actuators – M22-T-DD

Telescopic clips. For adjusting depth of rear mounting devices in CI enclosures & panels with a mounting depth of 115 – 155 mm. Stepless adjustment, screw fixing & snap

fitting (top hat rails to IEC/EN 60715). Maximum of 10 x M22-TC per enclosure, 5 of which can hold stay-put actuators. Do not use with Emergency-Stop actuators

For 3 contacts/LED elements, base fixing, with centering adapter – M22-TC

Extension for telescopic clip; for mounting depths up to 205 mm – M22-TCV

Adapter rings. Set of adapter rings 30/22.3 mm, black, consists of adapter ring & lock nut

For fitting 22.3 mm diameter buttons into 30.5 mm diameter holes – M22S-R30

Threaded ring

M22 x 1.5 mm – M22-GR

Acoustic indicator housing IP40 

Black front, without buzzer

- - M22-AMC

Buzzer - for use with M22-AMC

18 - 30 V AC/DC, 83 dB / 10 cm, 100 % DF, Positive pole connected to X1

Continuous tone -M22-XAM

Pulsed tone -M22-XAMP

 NEMA/UL Type 1.

Control & Indication

249

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Accessories M00

Description Item No.

Combination box spanner

For threaded ring M22-MS

Top-hat rail adapter

IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail, for front fixing M22-IVS

Plunger bridge. For actuating the middle contact element of the M22-W...3 non-illuminated 3-position selector switch actuator

Middle contact of 3-position selector switch, non-illuminated, (1 off) black M22-XW

Guard ring, IP66. To protect against accidental operation

For pushbutton & selector switch actuators M22-XGWK

Front ring: gold (24 carat). Front ring not supplied individually: To order exclusively via Moeller Sales Offices as M22-Combination-* (customised complete units).

– M22-FR-AU

IP65 external reset button

–M22-DZ-B-GB14

Description Circuit symbol Resistance, R, kWItem No.

Potentiometers, IP66

3 individual screw terminals, Pmax =

0.5 W Accuracy of resistance value:

±10% (linear)

1 M22-R1K

4.7 M22-R4K7

10 M22-R10K

47 M22-R47K

100 M22-R100K

470 M22-R470K

Description Inscription Colour Item No.

Emergency-Stop labels, IP66

Lettering black, 30 X 50 mm Emergency-Stop Yellow M22-XZK-GB99

Blank Yellow M22-XZK

Diameter = 90 mm Emergency-Stop in 4 languages Yellow M22-XAK1

Legend holders without label, IP66. Round, black

For actuators, 30 x 50 mm – Black M22S-ST-X

For double actuators, 30 x 75 mm – Black M22S-STDD-X

Insert plate for legend holder Blank Aluminium M22-XST

Control & Indication

250

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

22.5mm Pushbuttons

RMQ - Titan

Surface mounting enclosures, flush mounting plates M00

Number of ways Qty. Colour Item No.

Surface mounting enclosures

1 White M22-I1

2M22-I2

3M22-I3

4M22-I4

6M22-I6

Description Number of ways Qty. Colour Item No.

Flush mounting plates: Legend plates cannot be used if pushbuttons are fitted in vertical column without apertures, if required.

Aluminium with yellow paint

finish for Emergency-Stop buttons

1 Yellow M22-EY1

Aluminium, light anodized 1 White M22-E1

2 M22-E2

3 M22-E3

4 M22-E4

5 M22-E5

6 M22-E6

Control & Indication

For further Information:

0508 328 6669

www.eaton.co.nz

SmartWire-Darwin.

Cost-optimized communication for switchgear

Manufacturers of machines and systems strive to achieve a balance between

the maximum level of functionality and cost optimization. SmartWire-Darwin

is a communication system for industrial switchgear based on the concept of

continued development in the control panel and in the peripherals:

from control through to protection and switching, and extending to driving,

operation and monitoring.

A technology that beneﬁ ts you, both now, and in the future.

Protecting Operation &

monitoring

Controlling

Switching Drives

SmartWire-Darwin: The easy way to connect.

SmartWire-Darwin reduces the wiring effort and expense with many switchgear systems by more than 60% and helps

along the entire value-added chain – from the design to the construction, to the commissioning up to system expansion –

in the reduction of costs. SmartWire-Darwin relies on the tried-and-tested Eaton Moeller industrial switchgear and grants

intelligent communication features.

Efﬁ cient planning and

engineering

Comfortable

operation

Quick to commission

Simple to expand

Fault-free mounting

and wiring

Maintenance with

direct diagnostics

W0211-7601.indd 2 01.04.2010 14:23:36 Uhr

SmartWire-Darwin.

Cost-optimized communication for switchgear

Manufacturers of machines and systems strive to achieve a balance between

the maximum level of functionality and cost optimization. SmartWire-Darwin

is a communication system for industrial switchgear based on the concept of

continued development in the control panel and in the peripherals:

from control through to protection and switching, and extending to driving,

operation and monitoring.

A technology that beneﬁ ts you, both now, and in the future.

Protecting Operation &

monitoring

Controlling

Switching Drives

SmartWire-Darwin: The easy way to connect.

SmartWire-Darwin reduces the wiring effort and expense with many switchgear systems by more than 60% and helps

along the entire value-added chain – from the design to the construction, to the commissioning up to system expansion –

in the reduction of costs. SmartWire-Darwin relies on the tried-and-tested Eaton Moeller industrial switchgear and grants

intelligent communication features.

Efﬁ cient planning and

engineering

Comfortable

operation

Quick to commission

Simple to expand

Fault-free mounting

and wiring

Maintenance with

direct diagnostics

W0211-7601.indd 2 01.04.2010 14:23:36 Uhr

Darwin Technology

The easy way to connect.

SmartWire-Darwin

The cost-optimised communication system for switchgear

252

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Control circuit devices

1/18 System overview

SL signal towers

Gasket

Caps with grooved lenses for enhanced light distribution

Gasket

Continuous

light module

Top cover

Flashing

light module

Strobe

light module

Acoustic

indicator

module

Base

module

Stand with

100 mm spacer

250 mm spacer option

90 metal fixing bracket

SK1158GB-INT.book Seite 18 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 2:27 14

SL signal towers

Control & Indication

253

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

SL signal towers

Signal tower modules

Mounted on top of a machine or control panel SL signal towers provide operating staff,

working near or at a distance, with information about a machine’s operation, stoppage,

interruption in material flow or, for example, fault alarms. Consequently any problems or

faults can be indicated & resolved quickly.

The user has the choice of four types of indicator: continuous, flashing, or strobe light

&/or an audible alarm. Choose between filament bulbs, or LEDs for more critical

applications – specially shaped lenses ensure excellent visibility from all directions.

Features & benefits:

• Individual modules can be combined as required, enabling users to

assemble their own combinations

• Modules are freely programmable by simply setting jumpers on the

module board

• Fitting modules together is quick & easy with no tools required

– simply plug on the bayonet fitting & turn slightly

• Rated as standard to IP54, with an IP65 option for use in harsher environments

M00

Description Colour Item No.

Base module, IP54

With screw terminals & top cover Black SL-B

Continuous light modules, IP54

Without filament lamp/LED Blue SL-L-B

Green SL-L-G

Red SL-L-R

White SL-L-W

Yellow SL-L-Y

Control & Indication

254

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

SL signal towers

M00

Description Colour Item No.

Flashing light modules, IP54

24 V AC/DC Without filament lamp/LED Blue SL-BL24-B

Green SL-BL24-G

Red SL-BL24-R

White SL-BL24-W

Yellow SL-BL24-Y

110 – 130 V AC Without filament lamp/LED Blue SL-BL130-B

Green SL-BL130-G

Red SL-BL130-R

White SL-BL130-W

Yellow SL-BL130-Y

240 V AC Without filament lamp/LED Blue SL-BL230-B

Green SL-BL230-G

Red SL-BL230-R

White SL-BL230-W

Yellow SL-BL230-Y

Strobe light modules, IP54

24 V AC/DC With flash tube Red SL-FL24-R

White SL-FL24-W

Yellow SL-FL24-Y

110 – 130 V AC With flash tube Red SL-FL130-R

White SL-FL130-W

Yellow SL-FL130-Y

240 V AC With flash tube Red SL-FL230-R

White SL-FL230-W

Yellow SL-FL230-Y

Acoustic indicator modules, IP20

Continuous tone

12 – 36 V AC/DC SL-A24

110 – 240 V AC/DC SL-A110-230

Pulsed tone

12 – 36 V AC/DC SL-AP24

110 – 240 V AC/DC SL-AP110-230

Control & Indication

255

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

SL signal towers

Accessories M00

Description Colour Item No.

Stand with spacer

100 mm Black SL-F100

250 mm Black SL-F250

Fixing brackets

90°, metal –SL-FW

Filament lamps, BA 15d, 5 – 7 W

24 V DC –SL-L24

110 – 130 V AC –SL-L130

240 V AC –SL-L230

Multiple LED, BA 15d

18 – 30 V AC/DC Blue SL-LED-B

Green SL-LED-G

Red SL-LED-R

White SL-LED-W

Yellow SL-LED-Y

Set of gaskets

For increasing the degree of protection to IP65

(not for the acoustic indicator), 4 gaskets for use

with 3 modules

–SL-IP65

Control & Indication

256

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Eaton’s 30.5mm pushbuttons are versatile, durable, rugged, & stand the test of time in

even the most hostile environments.

The range includes momentary, illuminated & mushroom head pushbuttons, selector

switches, indicating lights & push-pull units.

The T Series Chrome 30.5 mm pushbutton line features a zinc die cast construction with

chrome-plated housing & mounting nut. The same durable construction is also available with

the corrosive resistant E34 line of pushbuttons.

All operators are IP66 rated to protect against dirt & moisture. Additionally, most devices

come complete with grounding hardware to prevent electrical shock. Rugged metal

construction, handsome appearance, extra features, & competitive prices makes Eaton’s

30.5mm range of pushbuttons the logical choice for OEM’s & board builders looking for

value, durability, & reliability.

Features

• Die-cast metal housings create robust & heavy-duty devices that can

endure repetitive & heavy handed use in industrial environments.

• IP66 rated for protection against dirt & moisture.

• The corrosion resistant E34 range can with stand extremely harsh

environments.

• Contact blocks are colour coded (green for N.O. & red for N.C.) to

permit easy identification & troubleshooting.

• Up to 6 contact blocks can stack on each other, allowing for up to 12

circuits per operator.

• Heavy-duty zinc die cast construction

• Enclosed silver contacts with reliability nibs

• All normally closed contacts have positive opening operation, i.e.,

normally closed contacts are forced open in the event of contact weld

or spring breakage.

• Diaphragm seals with drainage holes

• Grounding nibs on the operator casing.

• Logic level contact blocks have palladium tipped contacts to ensure

circuit integrity down to 1mA @ 5V AC/DC.

• Bright, long-lasting & vibration-proof LED’s are available for illuminated

operators.

Standards

• CE EN60947-5-1

• UL 508 — File No. 131568

• CSA C22.2 No. 14 — File No. LR68551

Contact Blocks

Eaton’s contact blocks feature enclosed silver contacts with pointed “reliability nibs” for

reliable performance from logic level up to 600V. To ensure reliable switching, nibs bite

through oxide which can form on silver contacts, eliminating the need for expensive logic

level blocks for most applications. Reliability nibs improve performance in dry circuit,

corrosive, fine dust & other contaminated atmospheres. Under normal environmental

conditions, the minimum operational voltage is 5V & the minimum operational current is

1 mA, AC/DC. For operation under a wider range of environmental conditions, logic level

contact blocks with inert palladium tipped contacts are recommended. Diaphragm Seal with

Drainage Holes Eaton’s pushbutton operators offer front-of-panel drainage via holes in the

operator bushing. Hidden from view by the mounting nut, these holes prevent buildup of

liquid inside the operator, which can prevent operation in freezing environments. The holes

also provide a route for escaping liquid in high pressure washdowns, effectively relieving

pressure from the internal diaphragm seal, ensuring reliable sealing every time.

Grounding Nibs

Most operators have green earthing screws to prevent electrical shock. Operators also have

“grounding nibs” — four metal points on the operator casting designed to bite through

most paints & other coatings on metal panels to enhance the ground connection when the

operator is securely tightened.

Standard Pushbuttons

Chrome, T Series Pushbuttons

Chrome

The 30.5 mm pushbutton line features a zinc die cast construction with chrome-plated

housing & mounting nut.

Applications for the Chrome Operators:

Aggregate

Automotive

Construction Vehicles

Industrial Equipment

Material Handling

Metal Forming

Metal Stamping

Mining

Petrochemical

Pulp & Paper

Corrosion Resistant, E34 Pushbuttons

Corrosion Resistant

Eaton’s Corrosion Resistant E34 Range of 30.5 mm pushbuttons features the same rugged

die cast construction of our T Series with an additional two-layer 100% solid thermosetting

cathodic epoxy coating. This coating provides a smooth flat black smooth, flat back,

corrosion resistant surface that has passed a demanding 600 hour salt spray test.

Applications for Corrosion Resistant Operators:

Automotive

Chemical Plants

Food & Beverage

Food Service Equipment

Industrial Equipment

Mining

Pulp & Paper

Waste Water Treatment Plants

Ultraviolet Light

E34 cathodic coating is not recommended for use in applications where exposure to

ultraviolet light exists, use chrome operators.

Control & Indication

257

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Standard Pushbuttons, Flush, Extended & Half-Shrouded Buttons

Flush Button C11

Colour Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Black T101 E34PB1

Red T102 E34PB2

Green T103 E34PB3

Yellow T104 E34PB4

Grey T105 -

White T106 E34PB5

Brown T107 -

Blue T108 E34PB6

Extended Button C11

Colour Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Black T111 E34EB1

Red T112 E34EB2

Green T113 E34EB3

Yellow T120 E34EB4

White T116 -

Blue T118 E34EB6

Half-Shrouded C11

Colour Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Black T501 E34EVB1

Red T502 E34EVB2

Green T503 E34EVB3

Yellow T504 E34EVB4

Blue T508 E34EVB6

Step 2

Select Pushbutton

operator above.

Select contact block

from Page 295

Step 1

Contact Blocks

Standard Contact Blocks C11

Description Part. No.

1NO 1NC T1P

2NO T2P

2NC T3P

1NC T51P

1NO T53P

2NO 2NC T44

1LONC 1ECNO T55

1ECNO 1NO T57

1LONC T71

2LONC T45

Base Mounted Contact Blocks C11

Description Part. No.

1NO 1NC T6

2NO T7

2NC T8

1NC T52

1NO 1NC T54

1LONC 1ECNO T56

1LONC 1ECNO T58

Logic Level Contact Blocks C11

Description Part. No.

1NO 1NC T1E

2NO T2E

2NC T3E

1NC T51E

1NO T53E

NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed, LONC = Late Open Normally Closed,

ECNO = Early Close Normally Open, Logic Level contact blocks have palladium contacts.

T1P T44 T57

Control & Indication

258

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Mushroom Operators Momentary

Mushroom Button 38.1mm C11

Colour Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Black T121 E34LB1

Red T122 E34LB2

Green T123 E34LB3

Yellow T124 E34LB4

Blue T129 E34LB6

Palm Head Button 63.5mm Zinc C11

Colour Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Black T171 E34JB1

Red T172 E34JB2

Red (Emergency Stop) T17213 E34JB2N

Green T173 E34JB3

Push-Pull Mushroom Operators Maintained

T129P T176P

Push-Pull Operators Complete Padlockable C11

Head Diameter Colour Material Chrome

Corrosion

Resistant

45mm Red Zinc T129P E34129P

63.5mm Red Zinc T176P E34176P

T129M E34129S

Push-Pull Operators Complete Non-Padlockable C11

Head Diameter Colour Material Chrome

Corrosion

Resistant

38mm Red Plastic T129S E34129S

45mm Red Zinc T129M E34129M

63.5mm Red Zinc T176M E34176M

Step 2

Select pushbutton

operator above.

Select contact block

from Page 295

Step 1

Standard Pushbuttons, Mushroom Operators Accessories

Accessories for Complete Push-Pull Operators* C11

Description Item No.

Padlock Assembly Kit 6-A474

Replacement Locking Tongue 6-A475

Padlock with Chain 52-A1617

Legend Plates C11

Engraving Material Item No.

STOP Pull to reset Metal D2179-53CP

STOP Pull to reset Plastic E34LP179

* For use with push-pull mushroom operators maintained.

Control & Indication

259

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Mushroom Operator Components

Bare Shaft Operator for Mushroom or Palm Pushbutton C11

Description Item No.

Momentary, Spring Return T100

Auto-Latch - Twist Base to Release T140

38.1 Mushroom Button for bare shaft operators C11

Colour Item No.

Black T281

Red T282

Green T283

Yellow T284

Blue T288

63.5mm Palm Button (Anodized Aluminium)

for bare shaft operators C11

Colour Item No.

Black T291

Red T292

Green T293

Step 1

Select bare

shaft operator

above

Step 2

Select

Mushroom

button from

above

Step 3

Select contact

block from

page 295

Push-Pull Operator Components

Push-Pull Operators C11

Description Position Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Maintained Push & Pull 2 T5 E34GDB

Momentary Push & Pull 3 T4 E34GEB

Maintained Push &

Momentary Pull

3 T9 E34GFB

38.1mm Mushroom Button for Push-Pull Operators C11

Description Colour Item No.

38.1mm Operator Head Black E34C1

38.1mm Operator Head Red E34C2

38.1mm Operator Head Red (Emergency Stop) 10250TB63

38.1mm Operator Head Green E34C3

63.5mm Palm Button (Anodized Aluminium)

for Push-Pull Operators C11

Description Colour Item No.

65mm Operator Head Red E34J2

65mm Operator Head Red (Emergency Stop) E34J2N8

Step 1

Select push-

pull operator

above

Step 2

Select

Mushroom

button from

above

Step 3

Select contact

block from

page 295

Control & Indication

260

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Illuminated Operators, Indicating Light Lenses

Plastic Lenses C11

Colour Plastic

Red E34H2

Green E34H3

Amber E34H9

Clear E34H0

Yellow E34H4

White E34H5

Blue E34H6

Glass Lenses (Chrome) C11

Colour Glass (Chrome)

Red TC7N

Green TC8N

Amber TC9N

Clear TC11N

White TC12N

Blue TC10N

Glass Lenses (Corrosion Resistant) C11

Colour Glass (Corrosion Resistant)

Red E34G2

Green E34G3

Amber E34G9

Clear E34G0

Yellow E34G4

White E34G5

Blue E34G6

Select lens from

this page

Step 1 Step 2

Select indicating

light from above

Select contact block

from page 295

Step 4

Select bulb if not

supplied with

indicating light

Step 3

Indicating Light Units

Direct Voltage Indicating Light Unit C11

Description Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Direct voltage - order

bulb separately

6 - 240V T197N E34FB197L*

See page 301 for bulbs. Can be used with LEDs.

*LED only 6-240V

Incandescent Bulb Indicating Light Units C11

Description Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

With incandescent

bulb supplied

6T197N/2 E34FB06

12 T197N/3 E34FB12

24 T197N/4 E34FB24

48 T197N/5 E34FB48

110 T197N/7 E34FB110

240 T197N/8 E34FB240

Transformer Type Indicating Light Units C11

Description Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Transformer Type

6V Secondary

bulb supplied

110/120 T181N E34TB120

220/240 T182N E34TB240

380/415 T183N E34TB380

440/480 T184N E34TB480

550/600 T185N E34TB600

415 - E34TB415

Resistor Type Indicating Light Units C11

Description Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Resistor Type

120V bulb supplied

110/120 T201N E34RB120

220/240 T202N E34RB240

Control & Indication

261

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Illuminated Operators, Illuminated Pushbutton Lenses

Plastic Illuminated Lenses C11

Colour Plastic

Red E34V2

Green E34V3

Amber E34V9

Clear E34V0

Yellow E34V4

White E34V5

Blue E34V6

Glass Illuminated Lenses (Chrome) C11

Colour Glass (Chrome)

Red TC13N

Green TC14N

Amber TC15N

Clear TC17N

White TC18N

Blue TC16N

Glass Illuminated Lenses (Chrome)

(Corrosion Resistant) C11

Colour Glass (Chrome)

Red E34P2

Green E34P3

Amber E34P9

Clear E34P0

Yellow E34P4

White E34P5

Blue E34P6

Select lens from

this page

Step 1 Step 2

Select light from

this page

Select contact block

from page 295

Step 4

Select bulb if not

supplied with

indicating light

Step 3

Illuminated Pushbutton Light Units

Illuminated Pushbuttons - Direct Voltage C11

Description Supply Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Direct Voltage

Order bulb separately

6-240V T441 E34CB497L*

See page 301 for bulbs. Can be used with LEDs.

*LED only 6-240V.

Illuminated Pushbuttons - Transformer Type C11

Description Supply Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Transformer type

6V secondary

bulb supplied

110/120 T411 E34XB120

220/240 T412 E34XB1240

380/415 T413 E34XB380

440/480 T414 E34XB480

Press-To-Test Light Units

Press-To-Test Indicating Lights - Direct Voltage C11

Description Supply Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Direct voltage

order bulb separately

6-240V T230N E34FPB

380/415 T413 E34XB380

See page 301 for bulbs. Can be used with LEDs.

Press-To-Test Indicating Lights - Transformer Type C11

Description Supply Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Transformer Type

6V, 1W secondary

bulb supplied

110/120 T221N E34TPB120

220/240 T222N E34TPB240

380/415 T223N E34TPB380

Press-To-Test Indicating Lights -Resistor Type C11

Description Supply Voltage Chrome Corrosion Resistant

Resistor Type

120V, bulb supplied

110/120 T231N E34RPB120

220/240 T240N E34RPB240

Control & Indication

262

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Illuminated Operators, Push-Pull Mushroom Lenses

Standard Push-Pull Lenses C11

Colour Item No.

Red E34M2

Red (Emergency Stop) E34M2N8

Green E34M3

Amber E34M9

Clear E34M0

White E34M5

Blue E34M6

Side Lighted Anodised Aluminium Lenses C11

Colour Item No.

Red 10250TC57

Red (Emergency Stop) 10250TC63

Green 10250TC58

Amber 10250TC64

Clear 10250TC62

White 10250TC61

Blue 10250TC59

Illuminated Push-Pull Operators

Illuminated Push-Pull Operators C11

Description Supply Voltage Chrome

Corrosion

Resistant

Maintained Push & Pull 2T5 E34GDB

Momentary Push & Pull 3T4 E34GEB

Maintained Push & Momentary

Pull

3T9 E34GFB

Select lens from

this page

Step 1 Step 2

Select push-pull

operator from

this page

Select contact block

from page 295

Step 5

Select light unit

from above

Step 3

Select bulb if not

supplied with

light unit

Step 4

Light Units for Illuminated Push-Pull Operators

Direct Voltage Light Modules for Push-Pull Operators C11

Description Voltage Item No.

Direct Voltage 6-240V 10250T70

ote:N Order bulb separately. See page 301 for bulbs. Can be used with LEDs.

Transformer Type Light Modules

for Push-Pull Operators C11

Description Voltage Item No.

Transformer Type

6V secondary

bulb supplied

110/120 10250T63

220/240 10250T65

380/415 10250T66

440/480 10250T67

Resistor Type Light Modules for Push-Pull Operators C11

Description Voltage Item No.

Resistor Type

120V bulb

supplied

120 10250T80

240 10250T81

Control & Indication

263

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Illuminated Operators, Bulbs

Incandescent Bulbs C11

Supply Voltage Watts Item No.

6.3V 0.9W 28-2225-33

12V 1.2W 21BA9S12

24V 1.2W 28-2225-13

30V 1.2W 21BA9S30

130V 2.2W 28-2225-24

Bright LED Bulbs - Single Chip (AC/DC) C11

Colour 6V 12V 24V

Red BA9SL6R BA9SL12R BA9SL24R

Green BA9SL6V BA9SL12V BA9SL24V

Yellow BA9SL6G BA9SL12G BA9SL24G

White BA9SL6W BA9SL12W BA9SL24W

Bright LED Bulbs - Single Chip (AC/DC) C11

Colour 110V 240V

Red BA9SL110R BA9SL240R

Green BA9SL110V BA9SL240V

Yellow BA9SL110Y BA9SL240A

White BA9SL110W BA9SL240W

Super Bright LED Bulbs (Recognisable in outdoor

daylight applications - AC/DC) C11

Colour 6-12V 24V 120V

Red E22LED612RN E22LED024RN E22LED120RN

Green E22LED612GN E22LED024GN E22LED120GN

Yellow E22LED612YN E22LED024YN E22LED120YN

White - - E22LED120WN

Neon Bulbs C11

Supply Voltage Colour Item No.

110V Clear 21BA9S110N

240V Clear 21BA9S240N

240V Green 21BA9S240NG

240V Red 21BA9S240NR

Control & Indication

264

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Selector Switch Operators

2 Position Selector Switches C11

Description

(M = Maintained,

S = Spring Return) Chrome

Corrosion

Resistant

M M

M S

S S

T4011 E34VFB

M M

M S

S S

T4081 E34VEB

3 Position Selector Switches C11

Description

(M = Maintained,

S = Spring Return)

Cam

Code* Chrome

Corrosion

Resistant

M M

M S

S S

2T4022 E34VGB

3T4023 E34VHB

4T4024 -

6T4026 -

M M

M S

S S

2T4032 E34VJB

3T4033 E34VKB

M M

M S

S S

2T4042 E34VLB

3T4043 E34VMB

M M

M S

S S

2T4052 E34VNB

3T4053 E34VPB

4 Position Selector Switches C11

Description

(M = Maintained,

S = Spring Return)

Cam

Code* Chrome

Corrosion

Resistant

Maintained 7 T4067 E34VTB

* See Cam Selection Chart to determine cam code.

Selector Switch Knobs & Levers

Knobs & Levers C11

Description Material Image Item No.

Knob Plastic 1 E34K1

Metal 2 T341M

Lever Plastic 3 E34L1

Plastic 4 E34A1*

* For maintained operators only.

Selector Switches & Joystick Operators, Cam Selection Guide

Cam Selection Chart Showing Contact Sequence C 11

Item No. of

contact block Circuit 

2 position

selector

switch 3 position selector switch

4 position

selector

switch

Cam

code

no. 1

Cam

code

no. 2

Cam

code

no. 3

Cam

code

no. 4

Cam

code

no.6

Cam

code

no.7

T1P A.N.C. XO OXO OXX XOO XOO XOOO

B.N.O. OX OOX OOX OXO OXO OXOO

T1P A.N.O. OX XOX XOO OXX OOX OOXO

B.N.C. XO XXO XXO XOX OOX OOOX

T2P A.N.O. OX XOX XOO OXX OOX OOXO

B.N.O. OX OOX OOX OXO OXO OXOO

T3P A.N.C. XO OXO OXX XOO XOO XOOO

B.N.C. XO XXO XXO XOX OOX OOOX

Switching angle 60o between each position. Rated for AC only. Refer to actual installation instructions given with

each switch for additional switching combinations. To determine the number of the cam you require & the correct

contact block, select the contact sequence desired from table above. O = contacts open, X = contacts closed. The

cam number is shown at top of column. The Item number of the appropriate contact block is shown in column 1.

at extreme left of table.

 Each contact block contains two contact circuits. The top set of contacts is identiﬁed as ‘Circuit A’ & the lower

set as ‘Circuit B’ is indicated in the table. The chart shows the contact arrangements with the three contact

blocks available & in each operator position. Additional contacts are obtainable by stacking contact blocks up to a

maximum of 6 blocks (12 circuits). A maximum of 2 can be used with cam 6.

1 2 3 4

Step 2

Choose cam based on contact

sequence from cam selection

guide table above (applies to 3

position selector switches only)

Step 1

Choose selector

switch operator

from previous page

Select contact block

according to cam

selection guide

above

Step 4

Choose knob or lever

from above

Step 3

Control & Indication

265

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Key Operated Selector Switches

2 Position Key Operated Selector Switches

C11

2 Position Cam Key Removal Chrome

Corrosion

Resistant

M M

M S

S S

-Right & Left T15113 E34KFB3

M M

M S

S S

-Left Only T15712 E34KEB2

3 Position Key Operated Selector Switches

C11

3 Position Cam* Key Removal Chrome

Corrosion

Resistant

M M

M S

S S

2Left Right &

Centre

T15227 E34KGB7

3Left Right &

Centre

T15237 E34KHB7

4Left Right &

Centre

T15247 -

6Left Right &

Centre

T15267 -

M M

M S

S S

2Right & Centre T15325 E34KJB5

3Right & Centre T15335 E34KKB5

M M

M S

S S

2Centre Only T15424 E34KLB4

3Centre Only T15434 E34KMB4

* See page 302 for cam selection guide.

Spare Key

C11

Description Item No.

Replacement Keys (2) TA152

ote:N Other key codes are available contact Eaton for more information.

Step 2

Choose cam based on contact

sequence from cam selection

guide table on page 302

(applies to 3 position selector

switches only)

Step 1

Choose key

selector switch

operator

from this page

Select contact block

according to cam

selection guide on

page 302

Step 3

Control & Indication

266

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons

Selector Switches & Joystick Operators, Joystick Operators

Two-Position Joystick Operators

The device mounts in the standard 30.5 mm mounting hole.

Four-Position Joystick Operators

The joystick operated control unit is intended for AC application only. The panel area required

for the 4-position operator is equivalent to two standard pushbutton operators.

Latched Joystick Operators

The latch holds the lever in the centre position. The trigger latch must be released before

lever can moved into any position.

2 position Operator

2 Position Joystick Operator C 11

Description Item No.

2 position Operator - Momentary Up & Down T452

Latched Operator

4 Position Joystick Operators (Spring Return ONLY) C11

Description Item No.

4 position - Without Latch T450

4 position - With Latch T460

4 position without latch

4 Position Joystick Operators (Maintained) C11

Description Item No.

4 position - Without Latch 10250T451_*

4 position - With Latch 10250T461_*

*Maintained Position

For maintained position (non-spring return), locate required maintained position or positions of operating lever in

the Maintained table below & add appropriate Sufﬁx Number to the Item Number selected from the table above.

Maintained Positions C11

Up Down Left Right Suffix No.*

X — — — 1

— X — — 2

— — X — 3

— — — X 4

X X — — 5

X — X — 6

X — — X 7

— X X — 8

— X — X 9

— — X X 10

X X X — 11

X X — X 12

X — X X 13

— X X X 14

X X X X 15

Two-Position Joystick Operators - Contact Block Operation

Figure 47-97. A and B Mounting Location

Center

Down

Locating Nib

Top

Contacts

Bottom

Contacts

Centre

All NC and NO

Contacts Are

Open (1/2 Way),

Late Opening

NC Is Closed

Down

NC Contact

at Bottom

Is Closed,

NO at Top

Is Closed

NC Contact

at Top Is

Closed, NO

at Bottom

Is Closed

Figure 1, A and B Mounting Location

Contact Block Selection & Mounting

Handle Position Contact Block Mounting Location

Up Centre Down Item No. Type Top Bottom

A B

Left Centre Right

X O O T51P 1NC

O O X T51P 1NC

O X O T45 2LONC

T3P 1NC

1NC

T45 1LONC

1LONC

T44 1NC

1NO

1NC

1NO

X = closed circuit, O = open circuit.

NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed, LONC = Late Opening Normally Closed.

Four circuits in single block depth — rated 300V max.

Four-Position Joystick Operators - Contact Block Operation

Contact blocks mount directly on the back of the operator. For reliable operation, the

maximum number of contact blocks that should be installed behind each operator lever is

2 (4 contacts total). Figure 2 identifies the circuits activated by each of the eight possible

lever positions. Contact block plungers 1, 2, 3, 4 are depressed (change state) when handle

is in the position indicated by arrows in Figure 2.

:tisiv noitamrofni erom roFE10020180AC www.eaton.com

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 47-148

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

Figure 2, Circuit Activation

Application Caution

Joystick operators are not recommended on certain DC applications above 24V DC which

may involve lightly engaging the contacts (teasing) to achieve speed control, positioning,

jogging, etc. Excessive arcing & deterioration of the contacts will occur.

Control & Indication

267

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons Control Stations & Enclosures

Diecast Aluminium Enclosures

Standard C11

No. of Holes

Single - Depth

T Series Corrosion Resistant

1TN1 E34N1

2TN2 E34N2

3TN3 E34N3

4TN4 E34N4

Corrosion Resistant C11

No. of Holes

Double Depth

T Series Corrosion Resistant

1TN11 E34N11

2TN12 E34N12

3TN13 E34N13

4TN14 E34N14

6 TN15 -

1-2 hole: 3/4 inch conduit entry hole, 2-6 hole: 1 inch conduit bottom-entry hole, 1.5 inch UNF Thread IP66.

Stainless Steel Enclosures

Stainless Steel C11

No. of Holes 316 Stainless

1XBS130

2XBS230

3XBS330

4XBS430

316: 25mm non-threaded conduit bottom-entry hole, IP67. 304: 1-2 hole: 3/4 inch conduit entry hole, 2-4 hole: 1

inch conduit bottom-entry hole, 1.5 inch UNF Thread IP66.

Fibreglass Enclosures

Fibreglass C11

No. of Holes Item No.

1TFG11

2TFG12

3TFG13

20mm non-threaded conduit bottom-entry hole IP66, UV Stabilised.

Assembled Control Stations

Push-Pull Stop Stations (Non-Padlockable) C11

Operator Head Contacts Item No.

Metal mushroom

45mm

1LONC 10250T700M

1ECNO,1LONC 10250T701M

Metal palm

63.5mm

1LONC 10250T700P

1ECNO,1LONC 10250T701P

“Staylock” Push-Pull Stop Stations

(Non-Padlockable) C11

Operator Head Contacts Padlock Included Item No.

Metal Mushroom

45mm

1LONC NO ESM9/5

1LONC YES ESM9/5P

1ECNO,1LONC NO ESM9/6

1ECNO,1LONC YES ESM9/6P

Metal Palm

63.5mm

1LONC NO ESP6/5

1LONC YES ESP6/5P

1ECNO,1LONC NO ESP6/6

1ECNO,1LONC YES ESP6/6P

Stop Start Pushbutton Station C11

Description Item No.

Fibreglass Enclosure

Start: green pushbutton with boot

Stop: red padlockable

mushroom with boot

T3500

Control & Indication

268

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons Accessories

Padlock Attachments & Boots

Padlock Attachment Accessories C11

Padlock Attachments Description Cat. No

With hinged transparent flap. For flush or extended

pushbuttons, & knob-operated selector switches

Plastic

Cover

TA38

For flush stop button. Permits locking NC contacts

in open position with padlock. Prevents operation of

button. Will not lock NO contact

Chrome TA2

Corrosion

Resistant

E34TA2

For extended pushbutton. Permits locking NC

contacts in open position with padlock

Chrome TA26

For illuminated pushbuttons. Locks in down position

only

Chrome 10250TA64

Boots C11

Boots Colour Cat. No

Protective boot for flush pushbutton operators Clear TA46

Black TA47

Red TA48

Green TA49

Yellow TA50

Protective boot for extended pushbutton operators Black TA3

Red TA4

Green TA10

Clear TA85

Protective boot for illuminated pushbuttons. Clear TA25

Protective boot for momentary mushroom operators

on page 295. Not suitable for use with T140 operator.

Black TA88

Shrouds & Guards

C11

Title Description Item No.

Shroud for

Mushroom

Head

Operator

Prevents accidental operation. Not for push-pull

operators. Momentary operators only

10250TA6

E34TA6

Extended

Retaining

Nut

Replaces standard nut &

provides guard for flush head pushbutton

operators.

10250TA12

E34TA12

Guard for

Illuminated

Pushbutton

Guard for Illuminated Pushbutton 10250TA15

E34TA15*

Shroud For jumbo mushroom head

operator. Available in Grey & Yellow (Not for push-

pull operators, momentary operators only.)

TA56

10250TA56Y

Half Shroud

– Yellow

For jumbo mushroom head operator. 10250ED1241

Hardware & Kits

C11

Title Description Item No.

Fingerproof

Shroud

10 per Package Fits new style contact blocks &

light units.

10250TA101

Spacer Ring Used when legend plate is not required. Set of 5 TA8

Base

Mounting

Spacers

Equivalent to contact block in depth — Complete

with screws, washers, etc. For use in pushbutton

stations for base mounting contact blocks.

1 Block Deep

2 Blocks Deep

TA22

TA23

Control & Indication

269

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons Accessories

Special Operators & Attachments

Special Operators & Attachments C11

Title Description Item No.

Wobble

Stick

Complete with retaining nut —

fits standard button.

TA5

Maintained

Contact

Attachment

Mechanically interlocks two buttons &

provides position indication for one. Use with

two pushbutton operators & one or more

contact blocks.

TA1

Hole Plugs & Tools

Special Operators & Attachments C11

Title Description Item No.

Plug For unused holes — Steel, painted grey 10250TA7

Stainless

Steel Plug

For unused holes — Stainless Steel - Square E30KT5

Tools C11

Title Description Item No.

Octagonal

Tool

Octagonal notched to fit over selector switch

lever

10250TA95

Tool for

Tightening

Boots

Used to install boot TA96

Allen Key Used for removal of jumbo mushroom head. 10250TA102

Special Light Modules

Special Light Modules C11

Title Description Item No.

Flasher

Module

Changes any AC illuminated device to a

controlled flashing light.

24V s

120V

TFL2

TFL1

Legend Plates C11

Description Item No.

Aluminium T-Range, large size, black unless marked “red” TJ_ _

Custom Legends TJ36X*

Aluminium T-Range, medium size,

black unless marked “red”

TM_ _

Custom Legends TM36X*

Stainless steel T-Range, medium size, red, blank TM36S

Stainless steel T-Range, medium size, black, blank TM37S

Plastic E34 range universal size, black unless marked “red” E34SP_ _

*Specify text on order.

C11

Legend

T-Range Large

Item No.

T-Range Medium

Item No.

E34 Universal

Item No.

Blank TJ36 TM36 TSP76

Blank (red) TJ37 TM37 TSP77

Off (red) TJ24 TM24 E34SP24

On TJ25 TM25 E34SP25

Run TJ31 TM31 E34SP31

Start TJ33 TM33 E34SP33

Stop (red) TJ34 TM34 E34SP34

Control & Indication

270

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons, dimensions & technical data

47-161

Approximate Dimensions in mm

19.1 21.3 23.9

41.4

22.6

Adjustable

52.3

9.7

21.3

22.4

for Each

Additional

Contact

Block

27.2

24.6

38.1

6.4

26.9

35.1

28.7

35.1

28.7

35.1

28.7

A27.7 38.9

9.7

Long

Button

Only

49.8

47.8 40.4

33.840.4 41.4

44.5

52.3

95.3

63.5

main.

55.9

mom. 101.6

35.1

54.1

31.8

98.622.6

22.4

per Block

1.5 to 6.6

Panel Thickness

Key Operated

Selector Switch

2-Position Joystick Operator

Lever Operator

(For Use with Two Vertically

Mounted Flush Pushbuttons)

Catalog No. 10250TA14

Flexible Boot for

Protecting Flush or

Long Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA3

Typical

Transparent Flexible Boot

for Illuminated Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA25

Padlock Attachment

for Knob Selector Switch

Catalog No. 10250TA11

Maintained Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA66 Typical

Padlock Attachment

for Flush Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA2

Padlock Attachment

for Extended Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA26

Maintained Contact

Attachment

Catalog No. 10250TA17 Typical

kcitS elbboWrotarepO kcitsyoJ noitisoP-4

Catalog No. 10250TA5

Illuminated Selector

Switch

Roto-Push

Lever

Knob

47.8 95.3

31.8

36.6

30.2

22.4

Per Unit

55.6 91.2

Cam

37.3

47.8 11.2

Contact

Block

23.1

41.4

Min.

58.7

Max.

41.1

Min.

63.5

Max.

21°

28.7

Operator Dim. A

Knob 35.1

Lever 38.1

47-161

Approximate Dimensions in mm

19.1 21.3 23.9

41.4

22.6

Adjustable

52.3

9.7

21.3

22.4

for Each

Additional

Contact

Block

27.2

24.6

38.1

6.4

26.9

35.1

28.7

35.1

28.7

35.1

28.7

A27.7 38.9

9.7

Long

Button

Only

49.8

47.8 40.4

33.840.4 41.4

44.5

52.3

95.3

63.5

main.

55.9

mom. 101.6

35.1

54.1

31.8

98.622.6

22.4

per Block

1.5 to 6.6

Panel Thickness

Key Operated

Selector Switch

2-Position Joystick Operator

Lever Operator

(For Use with Two Vertically

Mounted Flush Pushbuttons)

Catalog No. 10250TA14

Flexible Boot for

Protecting Flush or

Long Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA3

Typical

Transparent Flexible Boot

for Illuminated Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA25

Padlock Attachment

for Knob Selector Switch

Catalog No. 10250TA11

Maintained Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA66 Typical

Padlock Attachment

for Flush Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA2

Padlock Attachment

for Extended Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA26

Maintained Contact

Attachment

Catalog No. 10250TA17 Typical

kcitS elbboWrotarepO kcitsyoJ noitisoP-4

Catalog No. 10250TA5

Illuminated Selector

Switch

Roto-Push

Lever

Knob

47.8 95.3

31.8

36.6

30.2

22.4

Per Unit

55.6 91.2

Cam

37.3

47.8 11.2

Contact

Block

23.1

41.4

Min.

58.7

Max.

41.1

Min.

63.5

Max.

21°

28.7

Operator Dim. A

Knob 35.1

Lever 38.1

Diecast Aluminium Enclosure Dimensions

Wide High Single Depth Double Depth

1 98.6 101.6 57.2 76.3

2 98.6 149.4 57.2 76.3

3 98.6 196.9 57.2 76.3

4 98.6 244.6 57.2 76.3

Fibreglass Enclosure Dimensions

Wide High Deep

1 97 100 75

2 97 150 75

3 97 200 75

316 Stainless Steel Enclosure Dimensions

Wide High Deep

1 120 120 84

2 120 160 84

3 120 220 84

4 120 280 84

Approximate Dimensions in mm

Flush and Long Pushbutton

Half Shroud Is Same as Long Pushbutton

with Lower Half of Guard Ring Cut Back

46 27.7 26.9 9.7

35.1

28.7

22.4

for Each

Additional

Contact Block

44.5

66.8

41.9

45.26.4

41.4

38.1

63.5

45.2

Long

Button

Only

48.5

Pushbutton with

Cylinder Lock

Mushroom and

Jumbo Head Pushbutton

Flush Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Push-Pull Switch Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Jumbo Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Press-To-Test Indicating Light – Tr ansformer Type

Press-To-Test Indicating Light – Resistor Type

Indicating Light – Transformer Type

epyT noeN dna rotsiseR – thgiL gnitacidnI

Illuminated Pushbutton

45.7

47.8

47.8 39.6

27.9

28.7

27.7 27.7 17.5

28.7

35.1

1.5 to 6.4

Panel Thickness

1.5 to 6.4

Panel Thickness

51.6 50.8 38.127.7

22.4 22.4 28.7

45.2

27.9 55.6 49.3 39.6

63.5

58.7 60.5

45.2 35.1 45.2 35.1

35.1 35.1

44.5

45.2

41.4

63.5 50.8

44.5

28.7

Lens Dimension A

Plastic 35.1

Glass 39.6

Approximate Dimensions in mm

Flush and Long Pushbutton

Half Shroud Is Same as Long Pushbutton

with Lower Half of Guard Ring Cut Back

46 27.7 26.9 9.7

35.1

28.7

22.4

for Each

Additional

Contact Block

44.5

66.8

41.9

45.26.4

41.4

38.1

63.5

45.2

Long

Button

Only

48.5

Pushbutton with

Cylinder Lock

Mushroom and

Jumbo Head Pushbutton

Flush Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Push-Pull Switch Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Jumbo Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Press-To-Test Indicating Light – Transformer Ty pe

Press-To-Test Indicating Light – Resistor Type

Indicating Light – Transformer Type

epyT noeN dna rotsiseR – thgiL gnitacidnI

Illuminated Pushbutton

45.7

47.8

47.8 39.6

27.9

28.7

27.7 27.7 17.5

28.7

35.1

1.5 to 6.4

Panel Thickness

1.5 to 6.4

Panel Thickness

51.6 50.8 38.127.7

22.4 22.4 28.7

45.2

27.9

55.6 49.3 39.6

63.5

58.7 60.5

45.2 35.1 45.2 35.1

35.1

44.5

45.2

41.4

63.5 50.8

44.5

28.7

Lens Dimension A

Plastic 35.1

Glass 39.6

Approximate Dimensions in mm

Flush and Long Pushbutton

Half Shroud Is Same as Long Pushbutton

with Lower Half of Guard Ring Cut Back

46 27.7 26.9 9.7

35.1

28.7

22.4

for Each

Additional

Contact Block

44.5

66.8

41.9

45.26.4

41.4

38.1

63.5

45.2

Long

Button

Only

48.5

Pushbutton with

Cylinder Lock

Mushroom and

Jumbo Head Pushbutton

Flush Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Push-Pull Switch Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Jumbo Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Press-To-Test Indicating Light – Tr ansformer Type

Press-To-Test Indicating Light – Resistor Type

Indicating Light – Transformer Type

epyT noeN dna rotsiseR – thgiL gnitacidnI

Illuminated Pushbutton

45.7

47.8

47.8 39.6

27.9

28.7

27.7 27.7 17.5

28.7

35.1

1.5 to 6.4

Panel Thickness

1.5 to 6.4

Panel Thickness

51.6 50.8 38.127.7

22.4 22.4 28.7

45.2

27.9 55.6 49.3 39.6

63.5

58.7 60.5

45.2 35.1 45.2 35.1

35.1 35.1

44.5

45.2

41.4

63.5 50.8

44.5

28.7

Lens Dimension A

Plastic 35.1

Glass 39.6

Approximate Dimensions in mm

Flush and Long Pushbutton

Half Shroud Is Same as Long Pushbutton

with Lower Half of Guard Ring Cut Back

46 27.7 26.9 9.7

35.1

28.7

22.4

for Each

Additional

Contact Block

44.5

66.8

41.9

45.26.4

41.4

38.1

63.5

45.2

Long

Button

Only

48.5

Pushbutton with

Cylinder Lock

Mushroom and

Jumbo Head Pushbutton

Flush Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Push-Pull Switch Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Jumbo Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator

with Padlock Attachment

Press-To-Test Indicating Light – Transformer Ty pe

Press-To-Test Indicating Light – Resistor Type

Indicating Light – Transformer Type

epyT noeN dna rotsiseR – thgiL gnitacidnI

Illuminated Pushbutton

45.7

47.8

47.8 39.6

27.9

28.7

27.7 27.7 17.5

28.7

35.1

1.5 to 6.4

Panel Thickness

1.5 to 6.4

Panel Thickness

51.6 50.8 38.127.7

22.4 22.4 28.7

45.2

27.9 55.6 49.3 39.6

63.5

58.7 60.5

45.2 35.1 45.2 35.1

35.1 35.1

44.5

45.2

41.4

63.5 50.8

44.5

28.7

Lens Dimension A

Plastic 35.1

Glass 39.6

Control & Indication

271

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons, dimensions & technical data

Approximate Dimensions in mm

44.5

38.1

21.3

9.7

Protecting Shroud for

Illuminated Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA15

Protecting Shroud for

Mushroom Head Button

Catalog No. 10250TA6

Padlock Cover Guard

for Flush Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA36

Padlock Hasp or

Flip-Up Guard

Catalog No. TA38

Extended Retaining Nut

Catalog No. 10250TA12

38.9

38.1

29.5 25.4

44.5

42.9

48.5

35.1

55.6

33.3

19.1

41.9

Protecting Shroud for

Jumbo Mushroom Head Button

Catalog No. 10250TA56

82.6

23.1

Padlock Attachment

for Maintained Push-Pull Operator

Catalog No. 10250TA64

55.6

37.3 31.8

9.7

23.9

31.8

41.4

6 Mounting Holes

45.2 A

33.3

Master Test Module,

Flasher Module

Legend Plate

Min.

15.2

Min. 31

Min.

Horizontal Rows Vertical Rows

Terminals on Top

Terminals at

Side

54.9

33.3

47.8

19.1

Multiple Button Guard

A C

Chain Hook Bracket

9.7

Dia. Hole

Panel Drilling and Minimum Spacing

If Jumbo plates are to be placed one

above the other vertically, add 3.3

to minimum dimensions listed.

Note: Locating nib hole or notch is

3.45 – 3.56 mm #29 drill.

Legend

Plate

Dim. in mm

A Min. B Min.

1 or 2 Circuit Contact Blocks

Small or None

Standard

Jumbo

Extra Large

41.4

44.5

57.2

63.5

57.2

4 Circuit Contact Block 10250T44

Small or None

Standard

Jumbo

Extra Large

47.8

57.2

63.5

57.2

Enclosure Size

(No. of

Elements)

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting

For plastic legend plate, Dimension B is

28.4

Legend

Plate

Dim. in mm

1/2 Round Legend Plates

Small

Standard

Jumbo

39.6

40.4

52.3

23.1

27.2

38.9

Square Legend Plates

Small

Standard

Jumbo

Extra Large

40.4 Sq.

44.5 Sq.

55.6 Sq.

62.0 Sq.

22.9

26.9

38.1

41.4

Number of

Elements

Dimension

101.6

149.4

200.2

339.9

Approximate Dimensions in mm

44.5

38.1

21.3

9.7

Protecting Shroud for

Illuminated Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA15

Protecting Shroud for

Mushroom Head Button

Catalog No. 10250TA6

Padlock Cover Guard

for Flush Pushbutton

Catalog No. 10250TA36

Padlock Hasp or

Flip-Up Guard

Catalog No. TA38

Extended Retaining Nut

Catalog No. 10250TA12

38.9

38.1

29.5 25.4

44.5

42.9

48.5

35.1

55.6

33.3

19.1

41.9

Protecting Shroud for

Jumbo Mushroom Head Button

Catalog No. 10250TA56

82.6

23.1

Padlock Attachment

for Maintained Push-Pull Operator

Catalog No. 10250TA64

55.6

37.3 31.8

9.7

23.9

31.8

41.4

6 Mounting Holes

45.2 A

33.3

Master Test Module,

Flasher Module

Legend Plate

Min.

15.2

Min. 31

Min.

Horizontal Rows Vertical Rows

Terminals on Top

Terminals at

Side

54.9

33.3

47.8

19.1

Multiple Button Guard

A C

Chain Hook Bracket

9.7

Dia. Hole

Panel Drilling and Minimum Spacing

If Jumbo plates are to be placed one

above the other vertically, add 3.3

to minimum dimensions listed.

Note: Locating nib hole or notch is

3.45 – 3.56 mm #29 drill.

Legend

Plate

Dim. in mm

A Min. B Min.

1 or 2 Circuit Contact Blocks

Small or None

Standard

Jumbo

Extra Large

41.4

44.5

57.2

63.5

57.2

4 Circuit Contact Block 10250T44

Small or None

Standard

Jumbo

Extra Large

47.8

57.2

63.5

57.2

Enclosure Size

(No. of

Elements)

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting

For plastic legend plate, Dimension B is

28.4

Legend

Plate

Dim. in mm

1/2 Round Legend Plates

Small

Standard

Jumbo

39.6

40.4

52.3

23.1

27.2

38.9

Square Legend Plates

Small

Standard

Jumbo

Extra Large

40.4 Sq.

44.5 Sq.

55.6 Sq.

62.0 Sq.

22.9

26.9

38.1

41.4

Number of

Elements

Dimension

101.6

149.4

200.2

339.9

Control & Indication

272

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

30.5mm Pushbuttons, dimensions & technical data

Features

• Heavy-duty zinc die cast construction

• Enclosed silver contacts with reliability nibs

• Diaphragm seals with drainage holes

• Grounding nibs on the operator casing

Benefits

• Reliability nibs improve contact reliability even under dry circuit & fine

dust conditions

• Drainage holes prevent buildup of liquid inside the operator which can

prevent operation in freezing environments

• Grounding nibs bite through paint & other coatings to provide secure

ground

Contact Operation

Slow make & break. All normally closed contacts have positive opening operation, i.e.,

normally closed contacts are forced open in the event of contact weld or spring breakage.

Standards & Certifications

• CE EN60947-5-1

• UL 508 — File No. 131568

• CSA C22.2 No. 14 — File No. LR68551

Ingress Protection (When mounted in similarly rated enclosure):

• Standard Indicating Lights: UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X,

12, 13, IEC IP65

• All Other Operators: UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13,

IEC IP65

Technical Data & Specifications

Mechanical Ratings:

• Frequency of operation: All pushbuttons 6000 operations/hr, Key &

lever selector switches 3000 operations/hr, Auto-latch devices 1200

operations/hr.

• Life: Pushbuttons 10 x 106 operations, Contact blocks: 10 x 106

operations, PresTest units 10 x 106 operations, Lever & key selector

switches 0.25 x 106 operations, Twist to release pushbuttons 0.3 x

106 operations,

• Shock resistance: Duration 20 mS 5g

Climate Conditions:

• Operating Temperature (-17° to 66°C), Storage Temperature (-40° to

80°C), Altitude 2,000m (6,562 ft.), Humidity Max. 95% RH @ 60°C

Terminals:

• Marking: NC-NO on the contact block to meet the NEMA

requirements. Dual marking system 1 – 2 for normally closed, 3 – 4

for normally open to meet BS5472 (Cenelec EN50 005)

• Clamps: Terminals are saddle clamp type for 1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2)

to 2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) conductors

• Torque = 7 lb-in (0.8 Nm)

• Degree of protection against direct electrical contact: IP2X with

fingerproof shroud

Light Units:

• Transformers: will withstand short circuit for 1 hour per IEC 60997-5-1

• Bulbs — average life: Transformer type 20,000 hrs., Resistor/direct

voltage type 2500 hrs. minimum @ rated V, LED 60,000 to 100,000

hrs.

Electrical Ratings:

• Insulation: Ui = 660V AC or DC

• Thermal: lth = 10A

Short Circuit Coordination to IEC/EN 60947-5-1:

• Rated conditional short circuit current: 1 kA

• Fuse type: GE Power Controls TIA 10, Red Spot Type gG, 10A, 660V

AC, 460V DC, BS88-2, IEC 60269-2-1

• UL rating: A600, P600: AC load life duty cycle 1200 operations/hour

(– 10A: 110V pf 0.4 – 1 x 106 operations, – 5A: 250V pf 0.4 – 1 x 106

operations, – 2A: 660V pf 0.4 – 1 x 106 operations)

• Switching capacity: AC15 rated make/break (11 x le at 1.1 x Ue),

(– 6A: 120V pf 0.3, – 4A: 240V pf 0.3, – 2A: 660V pf 0.3).

DC13 rated make/break (1.1 x le at 1.1 x Ue), (– 1.0A: 125V L/R 0.95

at 300 mS, – .55A: 250V L/R 0.95 at 300 mS, – .1A: 660V L/R 0.95 at

300 mS, – 10A: 110V pure resistive)

• Maximum ratings for logic level & hostile atmosphere application:

Maximum amperes: 0.5A

Maximum volts: 120V AC/DC

Technical Data

Features

Heavy-duty zinc die cast construction

Enclosed silver contacts with

reliability nibs

Diaphragm seals with drainage

holes

Grounding nibs on the operator

casing

Beneﬁts

Reliability nibs improve contact

reliability even under dry circuit and

ﬁne dust conditions

Drainage holes prevent buildup of

liquid inside the operator which

can prevent operation in freezing

environments

Grounding nibs bite through paint

and other coatings to provide

secure ground

Contact Operation

Slow make and break. All normally

closed contacts have positive opening

operation, i.e., normally closed contacts

are forced open in the event of contact

weld or spring breakage.

Standards and Certiﬁcations

CE EN60947-5-1

UL 508 — File No. 131568

CSA C22.2 No. 14 — File No. LR68551

Ingress Protection

When mounted in similarly rated

enclosure —

Standard Indicating Lights

UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4,

4X, 12, 13

IEC IP65

All Other Operators

UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X,

12, 13

IEC IP65

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations

Mechanical Ratings

Frequency of operation

All pushbuttons:

6000 operations/hr.

Key and lever selector switches:

3000 operations/hr.

Auto-latch devices:

1200 operations/hr.

Life

Pushbuttons: 10 x 106 operations

Contact blocks: 10 x 106 operations

PresTest units: 10 x 106 operations

Lever and key selector switches:

0.25 x 106 operations

Twist to release pushbuttons:

0.3 x 106 operations

Shock resistance

Duration: 20 mS ≥ 5g

Climate Conditions

Operating Temperature:

(-17° to 66°C)

Storage Temperature:

(-40° to 80°C)

Altitude: 2,000m (6,562 ft.)

Humidity: Max. 95% RH @ 60°C

Terminals

Marking

NC-NO on the contact block to meet

the NEMA requirements. Dual

marking system 1 – 2 for normally

closed, 3 – 4 for normally open to

meet BS5472 (Cenelec EN50 005)

Clamps

Terminals are saddle clamp type

for 1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) to 2 x 14

AWG (2.5 mm2) conductors

Torque = 7 lb-in (0.8 Nm)

Degree of protection against

direct electrical contact: IP2X

with ﬁngerproof shroud

Light Units

Transformers: will withstand short

circuit for 1 hour per IEC 60997-5-1

Bulbs — average life

Transformer type: 20,000 hrs.

Resistor/direct voltage type:

2500 hrs. minimum @ rated V

LED: 60,000 to 100,000 hrs.

Electrical Ratings

Insulation: Ui = 660V AC or DC

Thermal: lth = 10A

Short Circuit Coordination to

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

Rated conditional short circuit cur-

rent: 1 kA

Fuse type: GE Power Controls TIA

10, Red Spot Type gG, 10A,

660V AC, 460V DC, BS88-2,

IEC 60269-2-1

UL rating: A600, P600

AC load life duty cycle

1200 operations/hour

– 10A: 110V pf 0.4 – 1 x 106

operations

– 5A: 250V pf 0.4 – 1 x 106

operations

– 2A: 660V pf 0.4 – 1 x 106

operations

Switching capacity

AC15 rated make/break

(11 x le at 1.1 x Ue)

– 6A: 120V pf 0.3

– 4A: 240V pf 0.3

– 2A: 660V pf 0.3

DC13 rated make/break

(1.1 x le at 1.1 x Ue)

– 1.0A: 125V L/R ≥ 0.95 at 300 mS

– .55A: 250V L/R ≥ 0.95 at 300 mS

– .1A: 660V L/R ≥ 0.95 at 300 mS

– 10A: 110V pure resistive

Maximum ratings for logic level

and hostile atmosphere application

Maximum amperes: 0.5A

Maximum volts: 120V AC/DC

Contact Block

Fuse

Meet or Exceed NEMA Rating Designations A600, A300 and B300 for AC and P600 for DC

CD stloVzH 06 ro 05 CA stloVnoitpircseD

120240 48060 24

Make and Emerg. Interrupting Capacity (Amp)

Normal Load Break (Amp)

Thermal Current (Amp)

Voltamperes (VA):

Make and Emerg. Interrupting Capacity

Normal Load Break

7200

720

7200

720

1.5

7200

720

1.2

7200

720

5.7

5.0

138

1.1

5.0

138

0.55

5.0

138

125250

Control & Indication

273

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Control & Indication

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Cam switches

7/2 System overview

T cam switches

Isolators: T0, T3, T5B, T5

Control switches: T0, T3, T5B, T5

Main switch (assembly kit)

Thumb-grip, for use as

Emergency-Stop device

Thumb-grip with front plate

Safety switch

Surface mounting

Door mounting

Rear mounting

Service distribution

board mounting

Coupling drive

Main switch (assembly kit),

for use as Emergency-Stop device

Rear mounting

Coupling drive

Thumb-grip with

front plate

Service distribution

board mounting

Door mounting

Surface mounting

SK1158GB-INT.book Seite 2 Donnerstag, 2. Oktober 2008 2:27 14

Cam switches

274

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

The reliable and robust T&P isolators are quick and easy to install and, together with simple selection, offer savings in both time and cost.

Current ratings are from 20 A to 100 A with power ratings from 4 kW to 37 kW. They are suitable for main, maintenance and

Emergency-Stop switches, being available in their own enclosures or for mounting in control cabinets, either on the door or rear

of the panel with cover interlock.

The T0 range of control switches is suitable for many different switching and control functions, such as ON/OFF, Hand/Auto

and changeover. Manufactured in the UK, this highly flexible system satisfies a wide range of applications, and can be customised

to suit specific needs.

Features and benefits:

Isolators

• All switches to IEC/EN 60204 & IEC/EN 60947.

• Padlockable in the OFF position (using up to three padlocks) for safe, secure maintenance.

• Available in insulated enclosures to meet all applications.

• With a high protection standard of IP65, they can be used in most environments including the food industry.

Control switches

• Sharing the same design criteria as the RMQ-Titan range, T0 switches can be combined with this system to offer even greater functionality.

• A broad range of mounting and fitting options speeds assembly and meets every operational requirement.

On-off switches, main switches M00

Number of poles

AC-3

415 V

Rated

uninterrupted

current, IuItem No.

Flush mounting, Front

IP65,

Mounting form

Rear mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

kW A

Mounting forms I and I./SVB

1 1.3 20 T0-1-8200/... E Z

3.6 32 T3-1-8200/... E Z

7.3 63 T5B-1-8200/... E Z

12.3 100 T5-1-8200/... E Z

2 2.2 20 T0-1-102/... E Z

5.5 32 T3-1-102/... E Z

11 63 T5B-1-102/... E Z

18.5 100 T5-1-102/... E Z

All other mounting forms

2 2.2 20 T0-1-15108/... E Z

5.5 32 T3-1-15108/... E Z

22 63 T5B-1-15108/... E Z

18.5 100 T5-1-15108/... E Z

3 4 20 T0-2-1/... E Z

7.5 25 P1-25/... E Z

13 32 P1-32/... E Z

30 63 P3-63/... E Z

37 100 P3-100/... E Z

3 + N 4 20 T0-2-15042/... E Z

11 32 T3-2-15042/... E Z

4 4 20 T0-2-8324/... E Z

11 32 T3-2-8324/... E Z

Control & Indication

275

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

On-off switches, main switches M00

Surface mounting, IP65,

Mounting form

Centre mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

For use as emergency-stop

devices , Surface mounting, IP65,

(totally insulated)

Mounting form

For use as emergency-stop

devices , Flush mounting, Front

IP65,

Mounting form

For use as emergency-stop

devices , Rear mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

I1 EZ I1/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I2 EZ I2/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I4 – I4/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I5 – I5/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I1 EZ I1/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I2 EZ I2/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I4 – I4/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I5 – I5/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I1 EZ – – –

I2 EZ – – –

I4 – – – –

I5 – – – –

I1 EZ I1/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I2 EZ I2/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I4 – I4/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I5 – I5/SVB EA/SVB V/SVB

I1 EZ – – –

I2 EZ – – –

I1 EZ – – –

I2 EZ – – –

 To IEC/EN 60204-1, VDE 0113, Part 1 with red rotary handle and yellow locking collar, lockable in the 0 position.

Control & Indication

276

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

M00

Number of poles AC-3, 415 V

Rated

uninterrupted

current, IuItem No.

Flush mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

kW A

Changeover switches with centre off position

Mounting forms I and I./SVB

1 1.3 20 T0-1-8210/... E

3.6 32 T3-1-8210/... E

7.3 63 T5B-1-8210/... E

2 2.2 20 T0-2-8211/... E

5.5 32 T3-2-8211/... E

11 63 T5B-2-8211/... E

All other mounting forms

3 4 20 T0-3-8212/... E

12 32 T3-3-8212/... E

22 63 T5B-3-8212/... E

30 100 T5-3-8212/... E

37 125 T6-3-8212/... E

55 315 T8-3-8212/... E

4 4 20 T0-4-8213/... E

12 32 T3-4-8213/... E

22 63 T5B-4-8213/... E

30 100 T5-4-8213/... E

Reversing switches with center off position

2 2.2 20 T0-2-8400/... E

5.5 32 T3-2-8400/... E

11 63 T5B-2-8400/... E

3 4 20 T0-3-8401/... E

11 32 T3-3-8401/... E

22 63 T5B-3-8401/... E

30 100 T5-3-8401/... E

Reversing switches for single phase motors 240 V

2 2.4 20 T0-3-8622/... E

4.4 32 T3-3-8622/... E

Control & Indication

277

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

M00

Rear mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

Surface mounting, IP65,

Mounting form

Centre mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 –

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 –

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 –

Z I5 –

– – –

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 –

Z I5 –

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 –

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 –

Z I5 –

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Control & Indication

278

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

M00

Number of poles AC-3, 415 V

Rated

uninterrupted

current, IuItem No.

Flush mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

kW A

Star-delta switches

Mounting forms I and I./SVB

3 5.5 20 T0-4-8410/... E

18.5 32 T3-4-8410/... E

37 63 T5B-4-8410/... E

Reversing star-delta switches

3 5.5 20 T0-5-15876/... E

18.5 32 T3-5-15876/... E

30 63 T5B-5-15876/... E

3 with interlock

provision

5.5 20 T0-6-15877/... E

18.5 32 T3-6-15877/... E

22 63 T5B-7-15897/... E

Multi-speed switches

Two-speed, non-reversing, all other mounting forms

3, for two separate

windings

4 20 T0-3-8451/... E

12 32 T3-3-8451/... E

22 63 T5B-3-8451/... E

3, for one-tapped

winding

4 20 T0-4-8440/... E

12 32 T3-4-8440/... E

22 63 T5B-4-8440/... E

Reversing multi-speed switches

Two-speed, reversing

3 4 20 T0-5-8453/... E

12 32 T3-5-8453/... E

22 63 T5B-6-71/... E

3 4 20 T0-6-15866/... E

12 32 T3-6-15866/... E

Control & Indication

279

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

M00

Rear mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

Surface mounting, IP65,

Mounting form

Centre mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 -

Z - EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z - -

Z - EZ

Z - -

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 -

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 -

Z - EZ

Z - -

Z - EZ

Control & Indication

280

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

M00

Number of poles Steps AC-3, 415 V

Rated

uninterrupted

current, IuItem No.

Flush mounting, Front

IP65,

Mounting form

kW A

Starting switches

For single phase motor with auxiliary winding

Mounting forms I and I./SVB

2, non-reversing - 4 20 T0-2-15121/... E

5.5 32 T3-2-15121/... E

22 63 T5B-2-15121/... E

2, reversing 4 20 T0-3-8426/... E

5.5 32 T3-3-8426/... E

22 63 T5B-3-8426/... E

Step switches

All other mounting forms

1 2 - - T0-1-8240/... E

1 3 T0-2-8241/... E

1 4 T0-2-8242/... E

1 5 T0-3-8243/... E

1 6 T0-3-8244/... E

1 7 T0-4-8245/... E

1 8 T0-4-8246/... E

1 9 T0-5-8247/... E

3 2 T0-3-8280/... E

3 3 T0-5-8281/... E

3 4 T0-6-8282/... E

3 5 T0-8-8283/... E

Control & Indication

281

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

M00

Rear mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

Surface mounting, IP65,

Mounting form

Centre mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 -

Z I1 EZ

Z I2 EZ

Z I4 -

Z I1 EZ

Z - EZ

Z I1 EZ

Z - EZ

Control & Indication

282

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

M00

Number of poles Item No. Stock Code

Flush mounting, Front

IP65,

Mounting form

Instrument selector switches

Voltmeter

Mounting forms I and II./SVB

3 x phase against phase with OFF position T0-2-15920/... Q E

3 x phase against phase without OFF position T0-2-15922/... Q E

3 x phase against neutral with OFF position T0-2-15921/... Q E

3 x phase against neutral without OFF position T0-2-15923/... Q E

3 x phase against phase plus 3 x phase against neutral with OFF position T0-3-8007/.. Q E

3 x phase against phase plus 3 x phase against neutral without OFF position T0-3-15924/... Q E

Ammeter

All other mounting forms

3-pole, measurement via current transformers T0-3-8048/... Q E

3-pole, direct measurement

3 main circuits, 12 A

T0-5-15925/... Q E

3-pole, direct measurement

3 main circuits, 25 A

T3-5-15925/... Q E

3-pole, direct measurement

3 main circuits, 63 A

T5B-6-183/... Q E

Accessories M00

Description For use with Item No.

Key operation

Front protected to IP 53 T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../I..., .../Z S-T0

Padlockable handle

Red handle, yellow locking collar T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../I..., .../Z SVB-T0

T5(B) and P3-.../E, .../I..., .../Z SVB-P3

Control & Indication

283

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

M00

Rear mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

Surface mounting, IP65,

Mounting form

Centre mounting, Front IP65,

Mounting form

Z I1 EZ

Z I1 -

Z I1 EZ

Z I1 -

Z I1 EZ

Z - EZ

Z - -

Accessories M00

Description For use with Item No.

Neutral poles

Early-make, late-break, side mounting. Can be fitted to left and/or right of 3-pole. P switch-

disconnectors

P1-.../E, .../EA, .../EZ N-P1E

P1-.../Z, .../V, .../I2 N-P1Z

P3-.../E, .../EA N-P3E

P3-.../Z, .../V, .../I... N-P3Z

Auxiliary contacts

1 N/O, 1 N/C. Can be fitted to left and/or right of 3-pole. P switch-disconnectors P1-.../E, .../EA, .../EZ

P3-.../E, .../EA

HI11-P1/P3E

P1-.../Z, .../V, .../I2

P3-.../I, .../Z, .../V, .../I...

HI11-P1/P3Z

Control & Indication

284

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cam switches

Accessories M00

Description For use with Item No.

Thumb-grips

Black-handle T0, T3-.../E, .../EZ, .../IVS, ..../Z, .../I1 KNB-T0

Serviceman’s key

Includes hollow drive shaft tube plus black KNB

handle

P1, when door is open KNK-T0

P3, when door is open KNK-P3

Coupling drive

-T0 and T3 DE-T0

T5B and P3 DE-P3

Drive shaft

37 mm overall length P1-.../EA AE-T0

37 mm overall length P3-.../EA AE-P3

Interlocks with N and PE terminals

T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../EZ UV-T0

T5(B) and P3-.../E UV-P3

Interlock extensions

Push-fit, up to 4 units, 25 mm UV-T0 ZVV-T0

UV-P3 ZVV-P3

Shaft extensions

Plug-in, 25 mm T0, T3 and P1-.../Z ZAV-T0

T5(B) and P3-.../Z ZAV-P3

Sleeves

For flush mounting switches, up to four contact

units

T0-..., T3-... and P1-.../E H3-T0

Insulated enclosures

-T0, up to 2 contact units CI-K1-T0-2

T0, up to 4 contact units CI-K1-T0-4

T3, P1 up to 2 contact units CI-K2-T3-2

T3, up to 5 contact units CI-K2-T3-5

T5B, P3 up to 2 contact units CI-K4-T5B-2

T5B, up to 4 contact units CI-K4-T5B-4

T5, P3 up to 2 contact units CI-K5-T5-2

T5, up to 4 contact units CI-K5-T5-4

Control & Indication

Multi-Voltage, Hardwired Power Conditioners for Industrial Applications

Pushbutton Dimensions

Take Control

22.5mm Modular Pushbuttons

Eaton/Moeller’s M22 Titan 22.5mm industrial heavy-duty

pushbutton line offers a wide array of functional, attractive

& ergonomically designed illuminated & non-illuminated

pushbuttons, selector switches, push-pulls, alternate action

& twist-to-release operators.

The complete illuminated line is only offered in LED light units

to ensure high-quality brightness & up to 100,000 hours of LED

illumination. The space-saving modular construction of the

22.5mm line makes on-the-job assembly fast & simpliﬁes the

stocking of both components & complete devices.

Rugged & Reliable

For further Information:

1300 332 866

www.eaton.co.nz

286 EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Power Control

• Today’s marketplace is all about

how you interface with customers,

suppliers & your machinery. Meeting

customers’ needs means creating

products that interface seamlessly.

That’s why Eaton’s complete line

of automation & control products

includes everything from sophisticated

logic controllers & operator interfaces

to monitoring relays, timers, limit

switches & terminal blocks, all the

latest in technology.

• With the ever present need to be

connected to your machinery &

processes, communications are

more important than ever. All our

controllers, touchscreens & drives

provide Ethernet connectivity to

stay in control of your processes

& machinery wherever you are.

Our new & expanded range, now

including Moeller’s industrial

automation products, provides a

one-stop shop for all your automation

& control requirements.

Control, Monitor,

Protect.

Automation & Control

287

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Automation & Control

Easy Relay controllers

System overview, easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display (See legend overleaf).

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

3/2

Control relays, displays

Compact and modular PLC

System overview

easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display

ESC

DEL

ALT

ESC

POW

BUS

POWER

COM-ERR

ADR

ERR

78 9

10 11 12 13

System overview

1. Separately mounted display MFD(-AC)-CP4-500

2. Ethernet gateway EASY209-SE

3. Separately mounted display MFD(-AC)-CP4-800

4. Base units EASY500

5. Base units EASY700

6. Base units EASY800

7. Output expansion EASY202-RE

8. Input/output expansion EASY6...

9. Coupling unit EASY200-EASY

10. Bus modules EASY204-DP

11. Bus modules EASY205-ASI

12. Bus modules EASY221-CO

13. Bus modules EASY222-DN

288

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Easy Relay controllers

System overview, easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display

Specifications (refer previous page)

1. Separately mounted display: MFD(-AC)-CP4-500,

24 V DC, 100/240 V AC, serial interface, cage clamp terminals, programming port connection to easy500/

easy700 as display repeater with MFD-80-… (ASCII characters), CP8-… as display extension with MFD,

with integral extension cable (5m, can be cut to length)

2. Ethernet gateway: EASY209-SE,

24 V DC, serial interface, protocols (ARP, Auto-IP, DHCP, HTTP, ICMP, SNMP, TCP, Telnet, TFTP, UDP)

3. Separately mounted display: MFD(-AC)-CP4-800, 24 V DC, 100/240 V AC,

serial interface, cage clamp terminals, terminal connection to easy800/MFD-…, 80… (ASCII characters).

With integral extension cable (5m, can be cut to length)

4. Base unit: easy500,

stand alone, inputs/outputs & bus systems easy-NET on board, DA: 12 V DC, DC: 24 V DC, AB: 24 V AC,

AC: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 8 digital inputs, 2 usable as analogue inputs (all AB, DA or DC versions),

4 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or 4 transistor outputs, LCD display, X versions without LCD, bolt-on & top-hat

rail mounting, screw terminals

5. Base unit: easy700,

expandable: Inputs/outputs & bus systems, DA: 12 V DC, DC: 24 V DC, AB: 24 V AC, 12 digital inputs, 4

usable as analogue inputs (all AB, DA & DC versions), 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or 8 transistor outputs,

LCD display, X versions without LCD, bolt-on & top-hat rail mounting, screw terminals

6. Base unit: easy 800,

expandable: Inputs/outputs & bus systems, DC: 24 V DC, AC: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, AC: 100/240 V AC,

50/60 Hz, 12 digital inputs, 4 usable as analogue inputs (all DC versions), 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or

8 transistor outputs, 1 analogue output (optional on DC versions), LCD display, X versions without LCD,

bolt-on & top-hat rail mounting, screw terminals

7. Output expansion: EASY202-RE, 2 relay outputs (max. 10 A), bolt-on & top-hat rail mounting, screw

terminals

8. Input/output expansion: EASY6…,

24 V DC, 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 12 digital inputs, 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or 8 transistor outputs,

bolt-on & top-hat rail mounting, screw terminals

9 Coupling unit: EASY200-EASY, for remote connection of an easy6... I/O expansion via 2-pole connection

cable (max. 30 m) e.g. NYM 3 x 1.5 mm²

10. Bus module: EASY204-DP,

Proﬁbus DP connection as slave

11. Bus module: EASY205-ASI,

AS-Interface connection as slave

12. Bus modules: EASY221-CO,

CANopen interface

13. Bus modules: EASY222-DN,

DeviceNet interface

Base units easy500, easy700, easy800 M02

Inputs Outputs

Additional

features Supply voltage Item No.

Digital of which can

be used as

analogue

Relay 10 A (UL) Transistor Analog Display and

keypad

Real time

clock

easy500

8 2 4 – – 24 V AC EASY512-AB-RC

8 2 4 – – – 24 V AC EASY512-AB-RCX

8 – 4 – – –100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-R

8 – 4 – – 100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-RC

8 – 4 – – – 100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-RCX

8 2 4 – – 12 V DC EASY512-DA-RC

8 2 4 – – – 12 V DC EASY512-DA-RCX

8 2 4 – – –24 V DC EASY512-DC-R

8 2 4 – – 24 V DC EASY512-DC-RC

8 2 4 – – – 24 V DC EASY512-DC-RCX

8 2 – 4 – 24 V DC EASY512-DC-TC

8 2 – 4 – – 24 V DC EASY512-DC-TCX

easy700

Expandable: Inputs/outputs

and bus systems

12 4 6 – – 24 V AC EASY719-AB-RC

12 4 6 – – – 24 V AC EASY719-AB-RCX

12 – 6 – – 100/240 V AC EASY719-AC-RC

12–6–––100/240 V AC EASY719-AC-RCX

12 4 6 – – 12 V DC EASY719-DA-RC

12 4 6 – – – 12 V DC EASY719-DA-RCX

12 4 6 – – 24 V DC EASY719-DC-RC

12 4 6 – – – 24 V DC EASY719-DC-RCX

12 4 – 8 – 24 V DC EASY721-DC-TC

12 4 – 8 – – 24 V DC EASY721-DC-TCX

easy800

Expandable: Inputs/outputs

and bus systems

12 – 6 – – 100/240 V AC EASY819-AC-RC

12 – 6 – – – 100/240 V AC EASY819-AC-RCX

12 4 6 – – 24 V DC EASY819-DC-RC

12 4 6 – – – 24 V DC EASY819-DC-RCX

12 4 6 – 1  24 V DC EASY820-DC-RC

12 4 6 – 1 – 24 V DC EASY820-DC-RCX

12 4 – 8 – 24 V DC EASY821-DC-TC

12 4 – 8 – – 24 V DC EASY821-DC-TCX

12 4 – 8 124 V DC EASY822-DC-TC

12 4 – 8 1– 24 V DC EASY822-DC-TCX

Automation & Control

289

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Easy Relay controllers

MFD-Titan display/keypad, CPU, I/O modules M03

Voltage Description Item No.

Display/operating unit

Graphics display: 132 x 64 pixels with switchable backlight, freely definable status LED, IP65, removable titanium

front frame

– With keypad & Moeller logotype NEMA 4x in connection with MFD-XM-80 protective membrane,

see accessories

MFD-80-B

– With keypad, without Moeller logotype, NEMA 4x in connection with MFD-XM-80 protective membrane,

see accessories

MFD-80-B-X

–Without keypad, with Moeller logotype, NEMA 4x MFD-80

–Without keypad, without Moeller logotype, NEMA 4x MFD-80-X

Power supply unit/CPU module

Expandable with MFD-80-.. & I/O module, easy expansions can be connected, Serial interface, IP20, cage clamp terminals

100/240 V AC Without easy-NET MFD-AC-CP8-ME

100/240 V AC With easy-NET MFD-AC-CP8-NT

24 V DC Without easy-NET MFD-CP8-ME

24 V DC With easy-NET MFD-CP8-NT

MFD-Titan display/keypad, CPU, I/O modules M03

Inputs Outputs

Range of

temperature Item No.

Digital of which can be

used as analog

Pt 100/

Ni 1000

Relay

10 A (UL)

Transistor Analog

I/O modules

IP20, cage clamp terminals 24 V DC for MFD-CP8..

12 4 – 4 – – – MFD-R16

12 4 – – 4 – – MFD-T16

12 4 – 4 – 1 – MFD-RA17

12 4 – – 4 1 – MFD-TA17

100/240 V AC for MFD-AC-CP8… 12 – – 4 – – – MFD-AC-R16

I/O modules with temperature measuring

IP20, cage clamp terminals, 24 V DC for MFD-CP8…, (from device version 08), temperature range can be set

6 2 2 – 4 – -40…+90 °C

0…+250 °C

0…+400 °C

MFD-TP12-PT-A

6 2 2 – 4 – -200…+200 °C

0…+850 °C

MFD-TP12-PT-B

6 2 2 – 4 – -40…+90 °C

0…+250 °C

MFD-TP12-NI-A

6 2 2 – 4 1 -40…+90 °C

0…+250 °C

0…+400 °C

MFD-TAP13-PT-A

6 2 2 – 4 1 -200…+200 °C

0…+850 °C

MFD-TAP13-PT-B

6 2 2 – 4 1 -40…+90 °C

0…+250 °C

MFD-TAP13-NI-A

Automation & Control

290

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Easy Relay controllers

Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet gateway M02

Description Inputs Outputs

Supply

voltage For use with Item No.

Digital Relay 10 A

(UL)

Transistor

I/O expansions

– 12 6 – 100/240 V AC easy700

easy800

MFD-CP8..

EASY618-AC-RE

– 12 6 – 24 V DC EASY618-DC-RE

– 12 – 8 24 V DC EASY620-DC-TE

Not usable in combination with base units EASY719-DA-... – 2 – – EASY202-RE

Coupling unit

For the connection of remote I/O modules up to 30 m. – – – – easy700

easy800

MFD-CP8..

EASY200-EASY

Expansion units for networking

AS-Interface connection slave 4 inputs, 4 outputs, 4parameter

bits Addresses available: 0 to 31

– – – – easy700

easy800

MFD-CP8..

EASY205-ASI

Profibus DP slave addresses available: 1 to 126 – – – – EASY204-DP

CANopen interface addresses available: 1 to 127 – – – – EASY221-CO

DeviceNet interface addresses available: 0 to 63 – – – – EASY222-DN

Ethernet gateway

Serial interface easy to ethernet – – – – easy500

easy700

easy800

MFD-CP8..

EASY209-SE

Power supply unit/communication modules

24 V DC – – – – easy500

easy700

MFD-CP4-500 

24 V DC – – – – easy800

MFD-CP8..

MFD-CP4-800 

100/240 V AC – – – – easy500

easy700

MFD-AC-CP4-500 

100/240 V AC – – – – easy800

MFD-CP8..

MFD-AC-CP4-800 

 Discount code M03.

Automation & Control

291

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Easy Relay controllers

Easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display, accessories M02

Description For use with Item No.

Programming software

Menu selection in 13 languages. Operating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1 easy400/500/600/700 EASY-SOFT-BASIC

Menu selection in 13 languages. Operating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1 easy400/500/600/700/ 800/

MFD-..-CP8

EASY-SOFT-PRO

Programming cable

SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m easy500

easy700

EASY-PC-CAB

SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m easy800

MFD-..-CP8

EASY800-PC-CAB

Memory cards

32 kB module easy500

easy700

EASY-M-32K

256 kB module easy800

MFD-..-CP8

EASY-M-256K

Coupling piece

Spare link between base unit & expansion units easy700/800/

MFD-..-CP8

EASY-LINK-DS

Network connection cable (remote coupling)

Completely prepared for easy-NET

Length: 0.3 m easy800

MFD-..-CP8-NT

EASY-NT-30

Length: 0.8 m EASY-NT-80

Length: 1.5 m EASY-NT-150

Point-to-point connection cable

Serial interface for connecting MFD-..-CP8 to easy800 or MFD-..-CP8, can be configured as required with

separate plug, 5m can be cut as required

easy800

MFD-..-CP8

MFD-800-CAB5 

Adapter for the connection between easy800 & MI4

Connection of MI4 operator panel to easy800 or MFD-..-CP8 in conjunction with programming cable EASY800-

PC-CAB

easy800

MFD-..-CP8

EASY800-PC-CAB

ZB4-03B-AD1 

Reserve power supply/communications module

For MFD-80… separately mounted display (only ASCII characters) on easy500/700/800/MFD-…-CP8, without connection cable, serial interface.

24 V DC, IP20 MFD-80.. MFD-CP4 

100/240 V AC, IP20 MFD-80.. MFD-AC-CP4 

Spare connection cables

For the connection of MFD-CP4-500 to easy500/easy700, 5m, can be cut to length easy500

easy700

MFD-CP4-500-

CAB5 

For the connection of MFD-CP4-800 to easy800/MFD-…-CP8, 5m, can be cut to length easy800

MFD-..-CP8

MFD-CP4-800-

CAB5 

 Discount code M03.

Automation & Control

292

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Easy Relay controllers

Easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display, accessories M02

Description For use with Item No.

Switched-mode power supply unit

Primary-switched mode, stabilized

Rated input voltage: 50/60 HZ: 100/240 V AC

Rated output voltage (residual ripple): 24 V DC (g 3 %)

Rated output current: 1.25 A

easy500

easy700

easy800

MFD-CP8

EASY400-POW

Rated input voltage: 50/60 Hz: 100/240 V

Rated output voltage: 24 V/12 V DC

Rated output current: 0.35 A/20 mA

easy500

easy700

easy800

MFD-CP8

EASY200-POW

Upstream device

To increase the AC input current

6 channels, cable length up to 100m AC versions of easy/MFD EASY256-HCI

Mounting accessories

Top-hat rail adapter for hinged inspection window

12 mm x 66 mm x 82 mm Installation on hinged inspection window, for front fitting of

devices. Complete set, consisting of 2 brackets & 4 screws

easy200

easy500

easy700

easy800

MFD-CP8

SKF-HA

Hinged inspection window

94 mm x 77 mm x 25 mm (4 space units) easy500 SKF-FF4

130 mm x 77 mm x 25 mm (6 space units) easy700

easy800

SKF-FF6

Mounting rail to IEC/EN 60715

Mounting rail with cutout specifically for MFD-AC-CP8.../MFD CP8... for fixing easy

expansion units (2 space units) Length: 142.5 mm

easy200 MFD-TS-144 

Protective cover

Transparent, protection against accidental actuation. Can be sealed. Application

without front frame

MFD-80.. MFD-XS-80 

Protective membrane

Transparent version for harsh environmental conditions & application in the food

industry. Increased protection rating to NEMA 4x for MFD-80-B

MFD-80.. MFD-XM-80 

Front frame

Gold frame for MFD-80… – MFD-FR-80-AU 

 Discount code M03.

Automation & Control

293

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

XC-CPU… M03

Description Std. Pack Item No.

XC100/XC200

• Controller with digital inputs/outputs, locally & remotely expandable

• CANopen interface, 24V power supply

• Locally expandable by up to 15 XI/OC modules

• The following accessory equipment is required: terminal clamps, module rack, battery

XC100

Controller with 8 digital inputs (4 interrupt inputs), 6 digital outputs, RS232 interface for programming & communication, CANopen interface; slot for memory card,

optional expansion with text display, RUN/STOP switch & LED indicators.

64 kByte user memory 1 off XC-CPU101-C64K-8DI-6DO

128 kByte user memory XC-CPU101-C128K-8DI-6DO

256 kByte user memory XC-CPU101-C256K-8DI-6DO

XC200

Controller with 8 digital inputs (2 counters, 2 interrupt inputs, 1 incremental input) & 6 digital outputs, Ethernet & RS232 interface for programming & communication,

CANopen interface, slot for memory card, USB interface, RUN/STOP switch & LED indicators.

256 kByte user memory 1 off XC-CPU201-EC256K-8DI-6DO

512 kByte user memory XC-CPU201-EC512K-8DI-6DO

256 kByte user memory

Integrated Web server

XC-CPU201-EC256K-8DI-6DO-XV

512 kByte user memory

built-in Web server

XC-CPU201-EC512K-8DI-6DO-XV

XC100/200 Programmable logic controllers

Automation & Control

Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008

4/80

http://catalog.moeller.net

Modular PLC – XC100/XC200

System overview

XC-CPU101

DC INPUT

EH-XD16

DC INPUT

EH-XD16

XC-CPU201

DC INPUT

EH-XD16

DC INPUT

EH-XD16

DC INPUT

EH-XD16

+/-

F15

F13

F11

F14

F12

F10

3ESC ENTERCLEAR

SHIFT

F6 F7 F8 F9

XC-CPU101

180°

System overview

2. XC100

3. XI/OC I/O modules

4. Battery

5. Memory card (multimedia card)

6. XC200

7. Module rack

8. XI/OC terminal block

294

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

XC100/200 Programmable logic controllers

XIOC-… M03

Description Std. Pack Item No.

XI/OC

• Compact I/O system for connection to XC100/200 Modular PLCs

• XC100/200 expandable with up to 15 XI/OC modules

• Optionally, screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals for digital/analogue modules

Digital modules

-8 inputs, 24 V DC 1 off XIOC-8DI

-16 inputs, 24 V DC XIOC-16DI

-16 inputs, 240 V AC XIOC-16DI-AC

-32 inputs, 24 V DC XIOC-32DI

-8 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A XIOC-8DO

-12 relay outputs XIOC-12DO-R

-16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A XIOC-16DO XIOC-16DO

-16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.8 A, short-circuit proof XIOC-16DO-S

-32 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.2 A XIOC-32DO

-16 connections, 4 inputs, 12 freely parameterisable as

inputs/outputs, 24 V DC Outputs 0.5 A

XIOC-16DX

Analogue modules

Inputs 8 inputs, 4 – 20 mA 1 off XIOC-8AI-I2

8 voltage inputs, 0 – 10 V XIOC-8AI-U1

8 voltage inputs, g10 V XIOC-8AI-U2

4 inputs for temperature monitoring, Pt100/1000 XIOC-4T-PT

Outputs 4 inputs for thermocouples, Type K, J, L, B, N, E, R, S, T XIOC-4AI-T

2 outputs, g10 V XIOC-2AO-U2

2 outputs, 0 – 10 V, 2 outputs, 4 – 20 mA XIOC-2AO-U1-2AO-I2

4 outputs, 0 – 10 V XIOC-4AO-U1

Combination

modules

2 inputs & 1 output, 0 – 10 V

1 ms conversion time

XIOC-2AI-1AO-U1

2 inputs & 1 output, 0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA

1 ms conversion time, individual changeover

XIOC-2AI-1AO-U1-I1

4 inputs & 2 outputs, 0 – 10 V

1 ms conversion time

XIOC-4AI-2AO-U1

4 inputs & 2 outputs 0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA

1 ms conversion time, individual changeover

XIOC-4AI-2AO-U1-I1

Counter modules

-1 input up to 100 kHz, 24 V DC, 5 V DC, 2 digital

transistor outputs, opto-isolated, 24 V DC

30-pole connector required for counter module

1 off XIOC-1CNT-100KHZ

-2 inputs up to 100 kHz, (24 V DC or 5 V diff), 4 digital

transistor outputs, opto-coupled, 24 V DC

30-pole connector required for counter module

XIOC-2CNT-100KHZ

-2 incremental encoders up to 400 kHz, 5 V DC,

2 analog, outputs, +10 V

XIOC-2CNT-2AO-INC

Automation & Control

295

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Easy Control relays & accessories

EC4P-… M02

Inputs Outputs

Additional features,

Display & keypad Supply voltage Std. Pack Item No.

Digital of which can be

used as analog

Relay 10 A (UL) Transistor Analog

easy Control

easy-NET/CANopen on board

12 4 - 8 - 24 V DC 1 off EC4P-221-MTXD1

12 4 - 8 - EC4P-221-MTXX1

12 4 6 - - EC4P-221-MRXD1

12 4 6 - - EC4P-221-MRXX1

12 4 - 8 1 EC4P-221-MTAD1

12 4 - 8 1 EC4P-221-MTAX1

12 4 6 - 1 EC4P-221-MRAD1

12 4 6 - 1 EC4P-221-MRAX1

easy-NET/CANopen & Ethernet on board

12 4 - 8 - 24 V DC 1 off EC4P-222-MTXD1

12 4 - 8 - EC4P-222-MTXX1

12 4 6 - - EC4P-222-MRXD1

12 4 6 - - EC4P-222-MRXX1

12 4 - 8 1 EC4P-222-MTAD1

12 4 - 8 1 EC4P-222-MTAX1

12 4 6 - 1 EC4P-222-MRAD1

12 4 6 - 1 EC4P-222-MRAX1

Accessories See page

1 Power supply unit/communication module 327

2 Display/keypad 327

3 Programming software 329

4 PC programming cable 329

5 Switched-mode power supply unit 330

6 Memory card 329

7 I/O expansion 328

8 output expansion, bus module, coupling module 328

Accessories XIOC-… M03

Description Std. Pack Item No.

Communication modules

-Profibus DP master module 1 off XIOC-NET-DP-M

-Profibus DP slave module XIOC-NET-DP-S

-Suconet K master module XIOC-NET-SK-M

-Serial interface RS 232C, RS 485, RS 422. Operating modes: Transparent mode,

Modbus master, slave, SUCOM A, Suconet-K slave

XIOC-SER

Accessories

Terminals

One 18-pole terminal plug is required for each digital & analogue module.

-18-pole plug with spring-loaded terminal 10 off XIOC-TERM-18T

-18-pole plug with screw terminal XIOC-TERM-18S

-30-pole connector for counter module, with 4 m cable

XIOC-1CNT-100KHZ, XIOC-2CNT-100KHZ

XIOC-TERM30-CNT4

-40-pole connector for digital module, with 4 m cable

XIOC-32DI, XIOC-32DO

XIOC-TERM32

Racks

Basic rack for mounting XC100/200

on top-hat rail, expandable

Width: 2 slots for controller 1 off XIOC-BP-XC

Basic rack for mounting XC100/200

on top-hat rail, expandable

Width: 3 slots for controller & one XI/OC

module

XIOC-BP-XC1

Expander rack for mounting XI/OC

modules on top-hat rail, expandable

Width: 2 slots for XI/OC modules XIOC-BP-2

Expander rack for mounting XI/OC

modules on top-hat rail, expandable

Width: 3 slots for XI/OC modules XIOC-BP-3

Expander rack for mounting XI/OC

modules on top-hat rail, expandable

Width: 3 slots for XI/OC modules

Note: module carriers for expansion to maximum 15 modules must be plugged into

the 5th slot (see also: XI/OC project engineering)

XIOC-BP-EXT

Automation & Control

296

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Easy Control relays & accessories

Accessories XIOC-…, XTT… M03

Description Item No.

Multi-media card

For storage of programs, data, recipes

-32 MByte XT-MEM-MM32M

Battery

-For back-up of real-time clock & retentive data XT-CPU-BAT1

Programming cable RS232

2 m length XT-SUB-D/RJ45

2 m length Ethernet cross, 2 m XT-CAT5-X-2

5 m length Ethernet cross, 5 m XT-CAT5-X-5

Connection cable

Connecting cable for interface switch XC200 Length: 0.3 m EASY-NT-30*

Connecting cable for interface switch XC200 Length: 0.8 m EASY-NT-80*

Connecting cable for interface switch XC200 Length: 1.5 m EASY-NT-150*

CAN cable to ISO 11898

-Recommendation: UNITRONIC bus LD, Messrs. LAPPKABEL, 2 x 2 x 0.22 mm2

Surge impedance: 100 – 120 W

Effective capacitance: 800 Hz, max. 60 nF/km

Empty module

-Empty module to cover free XI/OC slots XIOC-NOP

Interface switch

-Interface adapter to split the combined

RS232/Ethernet interface of the XC200 into RJ45 sockets.

Connection cable EASY-NT-30/80/150 usable for connection to XC200.

XT-RJ45-ETH-RS232

Filter

-Interference suppression of the external 24 V DC, supply of the XC100/200,

Max. current drawn: 2.2 A

XT-FIL-1

Insert labels

-Insert labels for free user inscription

For 3 devices: XV-101-K42

For 3 devices: XV-101-K84

XT-BS1

Programming software

CoDeSys-Programming system, according to IEC 61131-1

with. Instruction list, ST, KOP, FBS, AS, CFC. Bus configuration

CANopen, Profibus DP, XI/OC, creation of visualisation for

simulation & WEB-visualisation OPC configurator, many

online- & help functions. Supports XC100, XC200, EC4-200

Documentation as PDF file

Menu selection in 3 languages

Operating systems: WIN NT 4.0 SP6, WIN 2000

SP3, WIN XP SP2

ECP-SOFT

* Discount code M02.

Automation & Control

297

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

ELC Programmable logic controllers

ELC Eaton Logic Controller

• Sophisticated PLC logic with an extensive set of I/O & communication capabilities, in packages as small as

25mm W x 610mm D x 89mm H

ELC Controllers (PB, PC, PH, PA, PV) B57

Description

Inputs Outputs Max. Current

Consumption

(at 24V dc) Item No.AC DC Analog Relay Transistor Analog

14 I/O PB Series

—

150 mA

ELC-PB14NNDR

ELC-PB14NNDT

12 I/O PC Series

—

150 mA

ELC-PC12NNAR

ELC-PC12NNDR

ELC-PC12NNDT

12 I/O PH Series —8 ——4 —170 mA ELC-PH12NNDT

10 I/O PA Series

—

210 mA

ELC-PA10AADR

ELC-PA10AADT

28 I/O PV Series

—

220 mA

ELC-PV28NNDR

ELC-PV28NNDT

ELC - PA 10 A A D R

Device Types

PB = Processor w/o clock

PC = Processor w/ clock

PH = Processor w/ clock and high-speed I/O

PA = Processor w/ clock and embedded

analog

PV = Processor w/ clock, high-speed I/O

and high-speed CPU

AN = Analogue Expansion Module

EX = Digital Expansion Module

PT = Platinum RTD Expansion Module

TC = Thermocouple Expansion Module

I/O Count

xx = Total number of I/O

Digital Outputs

T = Transistor

R = Relay

I = High Current Relay

N = None

Digital Inputs

A = AC

D = DC

N = None

Analogue Inputs

A = Analog

N = None

Analogue Outputs

A = Analog

N = None

Automation & Control

298

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

ELC Programmable logic controllers

Right Side Digital Expansion Modules B57

Description

Inputs Outputs Max. Current

Consumption

(at 24V dc) Item No.AC DC Relay Transistor

6 Relay OUT (6 Amp) ——6 —70 mA ELC-EX06NNNI

AC IN

DC IN

Relay OUT

Transistor OUT

IN / OUT Combo

—

50 mA

70 mA

ELC-EX08NNAN

ELC-EX08NNDN

ELC-EX08NNNR

ELC-EX08NNNT

ELC-EX08NNDR

ELC-EX08NNDT

16 I/O Expansion — IN / OUT Combo

—

90 mA

ELC-EX16NNDR

ELC-EX16NNDT

8 I/O Expansion — Switch Input —8 ——20 mA ELC-EX08NNSN

Right Side Analogue & Specialty Modules B57

Description Analogue In Analogue Out Mac. Current Consumption (at 24V dc) Item No.

Analogue In 4 — 90 mA ELC-AN04ANNN

Analogue Out — 2 125 mA ELC-AN02NANN

Analogue Out — 4 170 mA ELC-AN04NANN

Analogue In/Out 4290 mA ELC-AN06AANN

Thermocouple J, K, R, S, T 4 — 90 mA ELC-TC04ANNN

Platinum RTD, PT100 4 — 90 mA ELC-PT04ANNN

Other Right Side Specialty Expansion Modules B57

Description Item No.

Profibus-DP (Slave) ELC-COPBDP

DeviceNet (Slave) ELC-CODNET

RS-485 Easy Connect Adapter, DB9, RJ-12, 2-Pin Connections to RS-485 ELC-485APTR

Motion Control, 1 Axis Module (up to 8 modules per controller) ELC-MCO1

Left Side Specialty Expansion Modules (Require a PV Series Controller) B57

Description Item No.

Ethernet Modbus TCP (Master / Slave) ELC-COENETM

DeviceNet Scanner (Master / Slave) ELC-CODNETM

ELC Accessories & Software B57

Description Item No.

ELC Programming Software ELCSOFT

24 Watt, 1 Amp Power Supply ELC-PS01

48 Watt, 2 Amp Power Supply ELC-PS02

Hand-held Programmer (includes ELC-CBHHELC15) ELC-HHP

Cable to Connect a PC or a GP Unit to ELC, 3 Meters (DB9 pin female to 8-pin DIN) ELC-CBPCELC3

Cable to Connect a PC to a GP Unit, 3 Meters (DB9 pin female to DB9 pin female) ELC-CBPCGP3

Program Transfer Module for GP Units ELC-GPXFERMOD

Program Transfer Module for ELC Controllers ELC-ACPGMXFR

Plate Mount for Specialty Modules, Qty. 10 ELC-ACCOVER

ELC Starter Kit (includes ELC-PA10AADT, ELC-PS01, ELC-GP04, ELC-CBPCELC3, ELC-CBPCGP3,

ELCSoft, ELCSoft GP)

ELCSTARTKIT1

Automation & Control

299

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Panelmate Operator Interfaces

Eaton PanelMate Power Pro & EPro

Operator interfaces offer up to 100-page, 5000 message capacity. All models use Windows-based configuration software

with built-in communication interfaces for all popular PLCs & networks, including Cutler-Hammer, Allen-Bradley, Square D,

GE Fanuc, Mitsubishi, Modicon, OMRON, PLC-Direct, Schneider, Siemens, Rockwell, Toshiba, as well as DH, DH+,

Remote I/O, GEnius I/O, DeviceNet, Modbus Plus, & Profibus. Multiple communication interfaces may be run

simultaneously on models PM1755T & above.

B57

Description Item No.

Flat Panel Power Pro Series Touchscreens

Panelmate 1100, 7.4" Greyscale LCD, Touchscreen, DC PM1155T

Panelmate 1100, 7.7" Colour DSTN, Touchscreen, DC PM1175T

Panelmate 1700, 7.4" Greyscale LCD, Touchscreen, DC PM1755T

Panelmate 1700, 8.0" Colour DSTN, Touchscreen, DC PM1775T

Panelmate 1700, 8.4" Colour TFT, Touchscreen, DC PM1785T

Panelmate 3000, 10.4" Colour TFT, Touchscreen, DC PM3985T

Panelmate 5000, 13" Colour TFT, Touchscreen, DC PM5785T

Flat Panel ePro Series Touchscreens

ePro ES, 5.7” Colour STN Display, Touchscreen, OPC, DC 7475T-6

ePro PS Classic, 8.4” Colour TFT Display, Touchscreen (Acrylic), OPC, DC 7685T-8C

ePro PS Classic, 10” Colour TFT Display, Touchscreen (Acrylic), OPC, DC 7685T-10C

ePro PS, 12.1” Colour TFT Display, Touchscreen (Glass), OPC, Painted Steel, DC 7685T-12

ePro PS, 15.0” Colour TFT Display, Touchscreen (Glass), OPC, Painted Steel, DC 7685T-15

ePro PS Classic, Blind Node (no display), OPC, DC 7600C

Flat Panel ePro Series Touchpanel

ePro PS 8.4” Colour TFT Display, Touchpanel OPC, DC c/w memrane keypad 7585K-8

ePro PS 10.4” Colour TFT Display, Touchpanel OPC, DC c/w memrane keypad 7585K-10

ePro 12” Colour TFT Display with ELO touchscreen 7585DT-12

ePro 15” Colour TFT Display with ELO touchscreen 7585DT-15

ePro 17” Colour TFT Display with ELO touchscreen 7585DT-17

Software, Accessories

PanelMate Power Pro software PMPROSW

ePro configuration software suite for use with ES & PS ePro, including OPC servers/drivers CANVASPRO

240Vac to 24VDC Power Supply, 160W PSS160E

ote:N For other PanelMate units, special communication, accessories, etc., contact your nearest Eaton branch.

PanelMate® Selection Guide B57

Family

Series

Display

Touchscreen*

Keypad

(TouchPanel)*

Stainless steel

front panel

options

Outdoor series

Classic - supports

PanelMate

Power Pro &

ePro Canvas

applications

Enterprise

Edition (extended

capabilities)

Ethernet

Power Pro

software

ePro Canvas

software

ePro PS 7685T-8 8.4" Colour TFT - -   -  

ePro PS 7685T-10 10.4" Colour TFT -  -  

ePro PS 7685T-12

7685T-15

12.1" Colour TFT

15.0" Colour TFT

-  -  -

ePro PS 7600 Display with TS or other input device purchased separately ----    

ePro ES 7475T-6 5.7" Colour STN - - - - -  

Power Pro 1155

1175

7.4" Greyscale LCD

7.7" Colour DSTN

-- - - - -

Power Pro 1755

1775

1785

7.4" Greyscale LCD

7.7" Colour DSTN

8.4" Colour TFT

- - - - --

Power Pro 3985 10.4" Colour TFT  - - - - -

Power Pro 5485 13.0" Colour TFT   - - - - -

Power Pro 5785 13.0" Colour TFT  - - - - -

ePro 7585K-8 8.4" Colour TFT -- - -   -

ePro 7585K-10 10.4" Colour TFT -  - - -   -

PanelMate Power Pro Series

PanelMate ePro PS, ES Series

Automation & Control

300

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

ELC Graphic Touch Panels

Eaton ELC Graphic Touch Panels

• High-end features in a low-cost operator interface

• Communication through 2 ports simultaneously: RS232 & RS485/422

• Connection to all major PLCs with drivers

• Process indication by graphs, alarms, etc

• 10 levels of password protection

B57

Description Item No.

Graphic Touch Panels

Touch Panel, 160 x 32 pixels, 10 function keys, monochrome ELC-GP02

Touch Panel, 128 x 64 pixels, 10 function keys, monochrome ELC-GP04

Programming Software

Programming Software for ELC graphic touch panels ELCSOFTGP

Power Supplies

Power Supply, 110-240V AC IN, 24V DC OUT, 24 watts, 1 A ELC-PS01

Power Supply, 110-240V AC IN, 24V DC OUT, 48 watts, 2 A ELC-PS02

Programming Cable

Cable PC to ELC (DB9 female to DB9 female) ELC-CBPCGP3

Cable PC or touch panel to PLC, 3 m (DB9 female to 8-pin DIN) ELC-CBPCELC3

Program Transfer Module

Program Transfer Module for ELC graphic touch panels ELC-GPXFERMOD

HMi Operator Interfaces

Eaton HMi Operator Interfaces

• High-end features in a low-cost operator interface

• Communication through 2 ports simultaneously: RS232 & RS485/422

• Connection to all major PLCs with drivers

• Process indication by graphs, alarms, etc

• 10 levels of password protection

B57

Description Item No.

HMi 4" Blue Mode Touchscreen HMI04BU

HMi 4" Grey Scale Touchscreen HMI04GU

HMi 6" Blue Mode with Expansion Slot HMI06BE

HMi 6" Grey Scale Mode with Expansion Slot HMI06GE

HMi 6" Colour Mode with Expansion Slot HMI06CE

HMi 8" Colour Mode with Expansion Slot HMI08CE

HMi 10" Colour Mode with Expansion Slot HMI10CE

HMi Programming Software HMISOFT

ote:N Please use a standard USB cable as a programing cable between HMI & PC.

Automation & Control

301

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Position switches, proximity switches,

pressure switches, float switches

2/2 System overview

LS-Titan position switches

LS, LSM

New LS safety limit switches now available – please enquire.

• Positions reliably registered

• Screw terminals

• Metal or insulated

• Positively opening contacts

• Simple mounting of the various operating heads

Basic unit

Roller lever Angled

roller lever

Rotary lever Roller plunger

RMQ-Titan front elements

Adjustable

roller lever Actuating rod

Spring-rod

Fixing adaptor

for RMQ-Titan control

circuit devices

LS - Titan Position Switches

System Overview

Automation & Control

302

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

LS-Titan Position Switches

Basic units

LS-Titan position switches are quick & easy to install, highly flexible & safe. Rated to IP66, the LS-Titan range is available in two versions: For normal

operating conditions in corrosive environments, or in the food industry, the LS versions have a totally insulated housing, whereas the LSM versions

in their robust metal enclosures are suited to mechanically harsher environments.

All devices are actuated mechanically & with their positively opening & interlocked opposing contacts, are suitable for use in safety circuits. A unique

feature is the ability to combine LS-Titan with pushbutton actuators, selector switches or Emergency-Stop buttons from the RMQ-Titan range. These

can simply be snapped on to act as the operating head of the position switch.

The LSE (limit switch electronic) has a freely programmable operating point that can be easily set. Just move the plunger from the original position

to the new switching position & press the ‘teach-in’ button with a screwdriver for 1 second. Once the LED flashes at a higher rate, the new position

is accepted & is usable. The switching point is freely adjustable within a range of 0.5 to 5.5 mm.

Features & benefits:

• Conform to EN 50047, so ensuring interchangeability

• Modular range of basic units & operating heads are quickly & easily installed with a bayonet catch, offering flexibility

of application

• Maintenance free & vibration resistant cage clamp terminals

M00

Description Contacts Item No.

Insulated, enclosed units, IP66, rounded plunger

Basic units

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11

Make-before-break contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11D

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11S

Standard action contacts 2 N/O LS-20

Standard action contacts 2 N/C LS-02

Basic units with electronically adjustable operating point

Indicator light 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSE-11

2 N/C LSE-02

Metal, enclosed units, IP66, rounded plunger

Basic units

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11

Make-before-break contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11D

Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11S

Standard action contacts 2 N/O LSM-20

Standard action contacts 2 N/C LSM-02

Accessories

Fixing adapter

For operation by RMQ-Titan actuators -M22-LS

 To show status (optical status display safety category 3, EN 954-1) adjustment see page 342.

Automation & Control

303

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

LS-Titan Position Switches

Operating heads

M00

Description Insulated version Item No. Metal version Item No.

Operating heads

The operating heads can be rotated in 90° stages to match the specified direction of operation.

Roller plunger

– LS-XP LSM-XP

Roller lever

– LS-XL LSM-XL

Angled roller lever

– LS-XLA LSM-XLA

Rotary lever

– LS-XRL LSM-XRL

Adjustable roller lever

D = 18 mm LS-XRLA LSM-XRLA

D = 30 mm LS-XRLA30 –

D = 40 mm LS-XRLA40 –

D = 40 mm (rubber) LS-XRLA40R –

Actuating rod

Plastic rod LS-XRR LSM-XRR

Metal rod LS-XRRM LSM-XRRM

Spring-rod

Not to be used as a safety position switch Use only in conjunction with snap-action contact.

– LS-XS LSM-XS

Automation & Control

304

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS

Position switches, proximity switches,

pressure switches, float switches

2/12 Engineering

LS-Titan position switches

Individual operating point adjustment

Circuit examples

LSE-11 and LSE-02 can be used in safety-oriented circuits.

Parallel circuit

Series circuit

S1 is connected to 24 V DC

S2, S3, S4 each switch with a delay of 0.7 s

Set

LED 1 s

Set

fix

adjust

max

F 2 N

LSE-11

+ 24 V

0 V

M22-XLED-T

LSE-11 LS-..

S2S1

M22-XLED-T

+Ue

+ 24 V

0 V

LS-..

LSE-11

+Ue

LSE-11

+Ue

LSE-11

+Ue

LSE-11

+Ue

LS-Titan Position Switches

LS-Titan position switches

Cross reference

Cross reference for new LS system New LS system Established system

Insulated version Metal version

Basic units

Limit switch basic unit LS-11… LSM-11… AT0-11…

Operating heads

Roller plunger LS-XP LSM-XP RS-AT0

Roller lever LS-XL LSM-XL AR-AT0

Angled roller lever LS-XLA LSM-XLA WR-AT0

Rotary lever LS-XRL LSM-XRL R-AT0

Adjustable roller lever LS-XRLA (D = 18 mm) LSM-XRLA (D = 18 mm) V-AT0

LS-XRLA30 (D = 30 mm) – –

LS-XRLA40 (D = 40 mm) – –

LS-XRLA40R (D = 18 mm, rubber) – –

Actuating rod – – H-AT0

Insulated rod LS-XRR LSM-XRR –

Metal rod LS-XRRM LSM-XRRM –

Spring rod LS-XS LSM-XS F-AT0

Fixing adaptor M22-LS M22-LS –

Roller plunger – – ZRS-AT0

Plunger – – ZS-AT0

Automation & Control

305

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

E50 Heavy duty modular Limit Switches

Eaton E50 Limit Switches are available with or without indicating LED, in single- or 2-pole versions.

Optional manifold mount & submersible versions available.

Complete switch = body + receptacle + Head

B51

Indicating light Switch body Item No. Receptacle Item No.

Assembled Switch

Switch body

None E50SA, 1N.O.-1N.C.

Single Pole

(5 Terminal)

E50RA

LED (24 - 120V AC/DC) E50SAL, 1N.O.-1N.C. -

Switch body

None E50SB, 2N.O.-2N.C.

Double Pole

(9 Terminal)

E50RB

LED (24 - 120V AC/DC) E50SBL, 2N.O.-2N.C. -

B51

Operating Head Type Item No.

Side Rotary

(Requires an operating Lever,

see next page)

Standard Spring Return E50DR1

Low Force Spring Return E50DL1

Maintained Two position E50DM1

Side Pushbutton,

Spring Return - E50DS1

E50DS1

Side Pushbutton,

Spring Return - E50DS2

E50DS2

Side Push Rolller,

Spring Return - E50DS3

E50DS3

For assembled Limit Switch pricing, contact your nearest Eaton branch.

B51

Operating Head Type Item No.

Side Pushbutton,

Maintained - E50DH1

E50DH1

Top Pushbutton,

Spring Return - E50DT1

E50DT1

Top Pushbutton,

Adjustable Spring Return - E50DT2

E50DT2

Top Push Roller,

Spring Return - E50DT3

E50DT3

Wobble Head Spring Return (requires a wobble

operator,

see next page)

Standard Duty E50DW1

Heavy-Duty High Strength Steel E50DW2

For assembled Limit Switch pricing, contact your nearest Eaton branch.

Automation & Control

306

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

E50 Heavy duty modular Limit Switches

Finalise Your Limit Switch Installation with the right operator for the job

Operating Levers - various operators are available, which suit standard E50 & special purpose E50 Limit switches.

B51

Operator Length (mm) Type Roller dia. (mm) Roller width (mm) Item No.

Stainless steel, adjustable 12.7-95.3 nylon 19.1 7.9 E50KL201

12.7-95.3 nylon 19.1 12.7 E50KL599

12.7-95.3 nylon 19.1 25.4 E50KL537

28.5-95.3 nylon 38.1 7.1 E50KL443

12.7-82.6 nylon 102 2.8 E50KL598

12.7-95.3 metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL538

12.7-95.3 ball bearing 17.5 6.4 E50KL539

76.2-127 no roller --E50KL31

Cast aluminium standard lever 22.2mm metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL39

34.9mm metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL40

38.1mm nylon 19.1 7.9 E50KL200

38.1mm nylon 19.1 25.4 E50KL377

38.1mm metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL355

38.1mm ball bearing 17.5 6.4 E50KL531

50.8mm no roller --E50KL32

50.8mm nylon 19.1 7.9 E50KL546

50.8mm nylon 19.1 25.4 E50KL572

50.8mm metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL549

63.5mm ball bearing 17.5 6.4 E50KL552

63.5mm nylon 19.1 7.9 E50KL547

63.5mm nylon 19.1 25.4 E50KL573

63.5mm nylon 38.1 7.1 E50KL575

63.5mm metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL550

63.5mm ball bearing 17.5 6.4 E50KL553

76.2mm nylon 19.1 7.9 E50KL548

76.2mm nylon 19.1 25.4 E50KL574

76.2mm nylon 38.1 7.1 E50KL576

76.2mm metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL551

76.2mm ball bearing 17.5 6.4 E50KL554

Fork lever, both rollers one side 38.1mm nylon 19.1 7.9 E50KL204

38.1mm nylon 19.1 25.4 E50KL543

38.1mm metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL544

38.1mm ball bearing 17.5 6.4 E50KL545

Fork lever, 1 roller out/1 inside 38.1mm nylon 19.1 7.9 E50KL203

38.1mm nylon 19.1 25.4 E50KL540

38.1mm metal 19.1 7.9 E50KL541

38.1mm ball bearing 17.5 6.4 E50KL542

Delrin rod for wobble head switch (82.6mm long), rod diameter 6.4mm E50KW2

Stainless steel rod for wobble head (305mm long), rod diameter 1.6mm E50KW3

Coil spring for wobble head switch (102mm long), spring diameter 8.7mm E50KW4

Nylon roller, adjustable E50KL37

Nylon roller, adjustable DIP E50KL37D1P

Stainless steel rod, adjustable E50KL220

Finalise Your Limit Switch Installation with

Right Operator for the Job

Automation & Control

307

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

E49 metal body compact Limit Switches

Eaton E49 Compact Metal Limit Switches

• Rigid die cast switch housing

• High mechanical strength

• Oil-tight, waterproof & dustproof construction

• Snap action 1NO/1NC contact provides flexibility in design

B51

Operating Head Type Specifications Item No.

Travel to Operate

Contacts

Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts

(Maximum) (lb)

Minimum Return Force

(lb)

Assembled Units (Switch

Body & Head), 1N.O./1N.C.

Contacts

Roller Lever

20° 12° 50° 2.99 0.50 E49M11AP1

Top Push

0.067 in

(1.7mm)

0.04 in

(1.0mm)

- 6.02 2.01 E49M11BP1

Top Push Roller

- E49M11CP1

0.067 in

(1.7 mm)

0.04 in

(1.0 mm)

0.25 in

(6.5 mm)

6.02 2.01 E49M11CP1

E49M11CP2*

Rod Lever

20° 12° 50° 0.31 0.06 E49M11DP1

Adjustable Roller Lever

20° 12° 50° 2.99 0.50 E49M11UP1

Wobble

1.10 in (28mm) N/A N/A 0.33 N/A E49M11VP1

Cat Whisker

1.10 in (28mm) N/A N/A 0.064 N/A E49M11XM1

* Includes 90° Roller.

Automation & Control

308

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

E49 metal body compact Limit Switches

Eaton E49 Mini Metal Limit Switches

• Long life - rated for 10 million operations

• Pre-wired units with custom cable lengths available for high volume customers

• Fingerproof terminals protect against accidental contact

• Double-spring mechanism for contact reliability

• Grounding terminal included

• Captive screws on enclosure cover make wiring hassle-free

• SPDT double break

B51

Operating Head Type Specifications Item No.

Travel to Operate

Contacts

Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts

(g)

Minimum Return Force (g) Assembled Units (Switch

Body & Head), 1N.O./1N.C.

Contacts

Side Rotary Lever

20° 12° 70° 750 100 E49G31AP3

Adjustable Side Rotary

Lever

20° 12° 70° 750 100 E49G31UP3

Top Pushbutton

0.06 in

(1.5 mm)

0.04 in

(1 mm)

0.22 in

(5.5 mm)

900 150 E49G31BP3

Top Push Roller

0.06 in

(1.5 mm)

0.04 in

(1 mm)

0.22 in

(5.5 mm)

900 150 E49G31CP3

Top Push Roller

0.06 in

(1.5 mm)

0.04 in

(1 mm)

0.22 in

(5.5 mm)

900 150 E49G31C1P3*

Adjustable Rod Lever

20° 12° 70° 750 100 E49G31DP3

* Includes 90° Roller.

Automation & Control

309

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

E49 metal body compact Limit Switches

B51

Operating Head Type Specifications Item No.

Travel to Operate Contacts Travel to Reset Contacts Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts

(g)

Minimum Return Force (g) Assembled Units (Switch

Body & Head), 1N.O./1N.C.

Contacts

Wobble Stick

(Nylon Coil)

1.18 in

(30 mm)

- - 150 - E49G31NP3

Wobble Stick

(Metal Coil)

1.18 in

(30 mm)

- - 150 - E49G31VP3

Wobble Stick

(Metal Rod)

1.18 in

(30 mm)

- - 150 - E49G31MP3

Wobble Stick

(Whisker)

1.18 in

(30 mm)

- - 150 - E49G31XM3

Automation & Control

310

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

E49 plastic modular DIN Limit Switches

Eaton E49 Miniature Plastic DIN Limit Switches

• Non-metallic housing is ideal for corrosive environments

• Fingerproof terminals & double insulated enclosures protect against accidental contact

• Generous wiring space speeds installation

• Electrically isolated contacts eliminate polarity restrictions for electrical loads

• Positive opening N.C. contacts improve reliability by positively breaking the N.C. contacts during operation,

eliminating light welding/sticking conditions

• Modular design allows flexibility to replace operating head when required

B51

Operating Head

Type Specifications Item No. Item No.

Travel to Operate

Contacts

Travel to

Operate Pos. Break

N.C Contacts

Travel to Reset

Contacts

Total Travel Force to Operate

Contacts

(Maximum)

Minimum Return

Force (lb)

Operating

Head Only

Assembled Units

(Switch Body &

Head)

1N.O.-1N.C.

Contacts

Side Rotary

35° 55° 15° 76° 1.16 in-lb 0.76 in-lb E49AP7 E49S71AP7

Top Push Plunger

0.12 in

(3.0 mm)

0.19 in

(4.8 mm)

0.05 in

(1.3 mm)

0.23 in

(5.8 mm)

1.79 lb 1.14 lb — E49S71

Top Push Roller

0.11 in

(2.8 mm)

0.19 in

(4.8 mm)

0.04 in

(1.0 mm)

0.23 in

(5.8 mm)

1.81 lb 0.95 lb E49CP7 E49S71CP7

Rod Lever

35° 55° 16° 76° 0.80 in-lb 0.49 in-lb E49DP7 E49S71DP7*

Offset Roller Lever

0.14 in

(3.6 mm)

0.12 in

(3.0 mm)

0.06 in (1.5 mm) 0.30 in

(7.6 mm)

1.7 lb 0.78 lb E49EP7 E49S71EP7

Adjustable Roller

Lever

35° 55° 16° 75° 0.88 in-lb 0.58 in-lb E49UP7 E49S71UP7

Automation & Control

311

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

E49 plastic modular DIN Limit Switches

Eaton E49 Miniature Plastic DIN Limit Switches (continued) B51

Operating Head

Type Specifications Item No. Item No.

Travel to Operate

Contacts

Travel to

Operate Pos. Break

N.C Contacts

Travel to Reset

Contacts

Total Travel Force to Operate

Contacts

(Maximum)

Minimum Return

Force (lb)

Assembled Units (Switch Body & Head)

2N.O. Contacts 2N.C. Contacts

Side Rotary

35° 55° 15° 76° 1.16 in-lb 0.76 in-lb E49S74AP7 E49S73AP7

Top Push Plunger

0.12 in

(3.0 mm)

0.19 in

(4.8 mm)

0.05 in

(1.3 mm)

0.23 in

(5.8 mm)

1.79 lb 1.14 lb E49S74 E49S73

Top Push Roller

0.11 in

(2.8 mm)

0.19 in

(4.8 mm)

0.04 in

(1.0 mm)

0.23 in

(5.8 mm)

1.81 lb 0.95 lb E49S74CP7 E49S73CP7

Rod Lever

35° 55° 16° 76° 0.80 in-lb 0.49 in-lb E49S74DP7 E49S73DP7

Offset Roller Lever

0.14 in

(3.6 mm)

0.12 in

(3.0 mm)

0.06 in

(1.5 mm)

0.30 in

(7.6 mm)

1.7 lb 0.78 lb E49S74EP7 E49S73EP7

Adjustable Roller

Lever

35° 55° 16° 75° 0.88 in-lb 0.58 in-lb E49S74UP7 E49S73UP7

Automation & Control

312

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

10316H series Rotating Shaft Limit Switches

Eaton 10316H Rotating Shaft Limit Switches - are a geared design for use in control circuits with AC or DC motors on garage doors,

windows, small hoists, etc. Comes in general purpose & heavy duty versions.

General Purpose Heavy Duty

Construction die cast zinc cast iron

Contacts 2 4

Protection IP54 IP66

B51

Description Contacts Item No.

General purpose limit switch 1N.O.-1N.C. 10316H77

General purpose limit switch 2N.C. 10316H50

Heavy duty limit switch 2N.O - 2N.C. 10316H54

Flexible coupling for these switches -93321H010

ote:N On general purpose switch, one contact can be independently adjusted to trip in the clockwise direction & the other contact can be independently adjusted to trip in the counter-clockwise direction. On the heavy duty switch,

two contacts can be independently adjusted to trip in the clockwise direction & the other two contacts can be independently adjusted to trip in the counter-clockwise direction. Heavy duty switch is convertible to 4N.O. or

4N.C contacts.

ME40 single- & two-pedal Foot Switches

Eaton ME40 Heavy Duty Foot Switches - in single & double pedal, guarded or unguarded. Guarded shown left.

All switches are IP65 rated & have anti-slip base plates which can be screwed into position. Triple pedal version also available on special order.

B51

Foot Switch Type Contacts Item No.

1-pedal unguarded spring return 1N.O.-1N.C. ME40BW03A

spring return 2N.O.-2N.C. ME40BW13A

2-stg operation 2N.O.-2N.C. ME40BW13D

maintained 1N.O.-1N.C. ME40BW03A1

2-pedal unguarded spring return 2N.O - 2N.C. ME40BW13B

2-stg operation 2N.O.-2N.C. ME40BW13E

1-pedal guarded spring return 1N.O.-1N.C. ME40BW03A2

spring return with emergency stop 1N.O.-1N.C. ME40BW03A21

spring return 2N.O.-2N.C. ME40BW13A2

2-stg operation 2N.O.-2N.C. ME40BW13D2

maintained 1N.0.-1N.C. ME40BW03A3

2-pedal guarded spring return 2N.O.-2N.C. ME40BW13B2

2-stg operation 2N.O.-2N.C. ME40BW13E2

contact block to suit ME40BW03A1 - 1N.O.-1N.C. 600.6101.060

contact block to suit ME40BW03A - 1N.O.-1N.C. 600.6351.039

contact block to suit ME40BW13A - 2N.0.-2N.C. 600.6451.117

contact block to suit ME40BW13D - 2N.O.-2N.C. 600.6451.130

Automation & Control

313

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

E2020 Heavy Duty Pull Wire Switches

Eaton 2020 Trip/Pull Wire Switches - are available in either cast iron, aluminium.

All feature failsafe design & IP65 protection.

B57

Construction Contacts Item No.

Aluminium 1 NO - 1NC E2020-A2P 

Cast iron 1 NO - 1 NC E2020-C2P 

 Replacement suffix for aluminium.

 Replacement suffix for cast iron.

Contact block options

Description Suffix

Aluminium 2N.0.-2N.C. contact block A4P 

Aluminium 3N.O.-3N.C. contact block A6P 

Aluminium 4N.O.-4N.C. contact block A8P 

Cast iron 2N.0.-2N.C. contact block C4P 

Cast iron 3N.O.-3N.C. contact block C6P 

Cast iron 4N.O.-4N.C. contact block C8P 

Contact block AC2, 5A; 250V 3A; 415V 10A thermal is standard (units with higher ratings supplied on special order).

Failsafe Trip maintains switch in tripped position until pull wires are connected & adjusted.

 Replacement suffix for aluminium.

 Replacement suffix for cast iron.

Optional Extras (to order, add suffix to end of Item No. of switch above)

Description Suffix

Top dome light (no globe) DL

Blinking feature for dome light B

Wire guard for dome light PG

Transparent safety window W

Flag indicator in front cover F

Single-ended operation, left SLH

Single-ended operation, right SRH

Extra 12-way terminal block TB

Plastic covered galvanised wire rope, 100m A1

Galvanised U bolts, 3/4” A2

Galvanised turnbuckle, 5/16” A3

Galvanised wire clamp A4

Galvanised wire rope thimble A5

End-of-line spring G1511-2

Automation & Control

314

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

iProx Programmable Proximity Sensors

Eaton iProx Clone Sensor

• Replace thousands of sensors with the click of a button using the new iProx programming software for Microsoft Windows or mobile devices

• Clone the iProx to match the characteristics of more than 4800 competitor models or custom configure the iProx to meet your specific

application needs

• Advanced programmable features such as dual outputs, output delay, speed detection, adjustable sensing range & more.

• Reliably senses metal targets at up to three times the range of conventional shielded or unshielded inductive proximity sensors

• Field programmability reduces inventory & costly downtime

• Auto Configuration output allows for automatic detection of NPN or PNP

• New Remote Programming Device allows for mobile programming - no need to remove the sensor from its application

• New Tray Programmer allows for “one touch” programming & batch programming of up to four iProx sensors at a time

• Resistant to extreme temperature (-400C) & high pressure washdown

• Withstands high electrical noise ( up to 20 V/m).

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type Output type Item No.

12 mm diameter end

sensing

6 – 48V DC 4 mm std range shielded Plug-In* NO Default Setting E59-M12A105D01-D1 #

6 – 48V DC 4 mm std range shielded Plug-In* NC Default Setting E59-M12A105D01-D2

6 – 48V DC 10 mm ext range unshielded Plug-In* NO Default Setting E59-M12C110D01-D1 #

6 – 48V DC 10 mm ext range unshielded Plug-In* NC Default Setting E59-M12C110D01-D2

18 mm diameter end

sensing

6 – 48V DC 8 mm std range shielded Plug-In* NO Default Setting E59-M18A108D01-D1 #

6 – 48V DC 8 mm std range shielded Plug-In* NC Default Setting E59-M18A108D01-D2

6 – 48V DC 18 mm ext range unshielded Plug-In* NO Default Setting E59-M18C116D01-D1 #

6 – 48V DC 18 mm ext range unshielded Plug-In* NC Default Setting E59-M18C116D01-D2

30 mm diameter end

sensing

6 – 48V DC 15 mm std range shielded Plug-In* NO Default Setting E59-M30A115D01-D1 #

6 – 48V DC 15 mm std range shielded Plug-In* NC Default Setting E59-M30A115D01-D2

6 – 48V DC 29 mm ext range unshielded Plug-In* NO Default Setting E59-M30C129D01-D1 #

6 – 48V DC 29 mm ext range unshielded Plug-In* NC Default Setting E59-M30C129D01-D2

* Order connector cable CSDS4A4CY2202 listed below for use with the above plug-in sensors.

# Dual outputs available on these models. Specify dual PNP or NPN by adding PP or NN to the end of the Item No. when asking for a quote.

Accessories B51

Description Item No.

4-pin 4-wire cable, 2 m long, with straight micro DC connector female CSDS4A4CY2202

Programmer to program iProx sensors one-at-a-time (through serial port on PC) E59RP1

Step-by-step programming software (compatible with Windows mobile devices) E59SW1

Remote Programming Device (PDA) for portable programming c/w software & cables E59RPD

Tray Programmer - programs up to 4 iProx Clone sensors at a time E59TP1

Field-applied iProx labels for iProx Clone sensors (100 pcs) E59LABEL

Automation & Control

315

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

AccuProx Analogue output Proximity Sensors

Eaton AccuProx Analogue Sensor

• Unmatched sensing range, linearity & resolution

• Outputs available in current (4-20mA/0-20mA) & voltage(0-10V)

• Stainless steel barrel, ideal for high temperature or washdown environments

• Detecting different metals, eccentricity or absolute angle detection

• Available in 12, 18 & 30 mm diameter tubular

• 10-30V DC supply, shielded or unshielded type

• 2 metre prewired cable or plug-in connector type

• Provide electrical signal that varies in proportion to the position of metal target

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type Item No.

12mm diameter

15 – 30V DC 0.5 - 4 mm Shielded Plug-in* E59-A12A104D01-CV

1 - 8 mm Unshielded Plug-in* E59-A12C108D01-CV

18mm diameter

15 – 30V DC 1 - 7 mm Shielded Plug-in* E59-A18A107D01-CV

1 - 15 mm Unshielded Plug-in* E59-A18C115D01-CV

30mm diameter 15 – 30V DC 1 - 12 mm Shielded Plug-in* E59-A30A112D01-CV

1 - 25 mm Unshielded Plug-in* E59-A30C125D01-CV

* Order connector cable CSDS4A4CY2202 listed below for use with the above plug-in sensors.

SpeedSense Proximity Sensors

Eaton SpeedSense Inductive Proximity Sensors

• Built-in speed detection technology activates the sensor when the target’s rotational or lateral speed slows

(output “closes” when motion stops)

• Outputs are N.O. by default, but N.C. models can be special ordered from the factory

• Reliably detects metal targets at up to three times range of conventional inductive proximity sensors

• No special programming necessary

• Auto-configure output allows for automatic NPN or PNP

• Resistant to extreme temperature (-40°C) & high pressure washdown

• High electrical noise immunity of 10 V/m

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Sensing range Shielding Maximum Rated Target Speed* Activation Point* Item No.

12mm diameter

4 mm Shielded 2175 rpm, 27.5 ms 50 rpm or 1200 ms E59-M12A105D01-D1S1

100 rpm or 600 ms E59-M12A105D01-D1S2

500 rpm or 120 ms E59-M12A105D01-D1S3

1500 rpm or 40 ms E59-M12A105D01-D1S4

10 mm Unshielded 1125 rpm, 53 ms 50 rpm or 1200 ms E59-M12C110D01-D1S1

100 rpm or 600 ms E59-M12C110D01-D1S2

500 rpm or 120 ms E59-M12C110D01-D1S3

18mm diameter

8 mm Shielded 1460 rpm, 41 ms

50 rpm or 1200 ms E59-M18A108D01-D1S1

100 rpm or 600 ms E59-M18A108D01-D1S2

500 rpm or 120 ms E59-M18A108D01-D1S3

30mm diameter

15 mm Shielded 900 rpm, 66 ms

50 rpm or 1200 ms E59-M30A115D01-D1S1

100 rpm or 600 ms E59-M30A115D01-D1S2

500 rpm or 120 ms E59-M30A115D01-D1S3

* Sensor will not perform reliably if (a) target speed rotation exceeds the max rated rpm or (b) the time between target detections is less than the rated milliseconds.

The sensor will activate when (a) target rotation drops below the rated rpm, or (b) when the time between two target detections exceeds the milliseconds indicated.

Order connector cable CSDS4A4CY2202 listed below for use with all the above plug-in sensors.

Connector Cable B51

Description Item No.

4-pin 4-wire cable, 2m long, with straight micro DC connector female CSDS4A4CY2202

Automation & Control

316

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors

Eaton Global Plus Inductive Proximity Sensors

• The Global Plus Proximity Line features solid performance & a basic

feature set for reliable, cost-effective sensing

• Available in a variety of sizes to fit in all of your applications: 8 mm, 12 mm,

18 mm & 30 mm diameters

• DC sensors operate on 10 – 30V DC in 2-wire & 3-wire (NPN or PNP) Configurations

• AC sensors operate on 20 – 250V AC in 2-wire configuration

• Shielded & unshielded versions available

• Terminations include 2-metre cable & plug-in connector

• Bright output LED indicator to show output status

• Optimal solution for high volume OEM customers

2-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type Output type Item No.

12 mm diameter 20 – 250V AC 2 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O. E57-12PAS02-A

20 – 250V AC 2 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.C. E57-12PBS02-A

20 – 250V AC 4 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O. E57-12PAU04-A

20 – 250V AC 4 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.C. E57-12PBU04-A

18 mm diameter 20 – 250V AC 5 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O. E57-18PAS05-A

20 – 250V AC 5 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.C. E57-18PBS05-A

20 – 250V AC 8 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O. E57-18PAU08-A

20 – 250V AC 8 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.C. E57-18PBU08-A

30 mm diameter 20 – 250V AC 10 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O. E57-30PAS10-A

20 – 250V AC 10 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.C. E57-30PBS10-A

20 – 250V AC 15 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O. E57-30PAU15-A

20 – 250V AC 15 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.C. E57-30PBU15-A

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type Output type Item No.

8 mm diameter 10 – 30V DC 1.5 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(NPN) E57-08PAS15-C

10 – 30V DC 1.5 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(PNP) E57-08PAS15-G

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(NPN) E57-08PAU02-C

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(PNP) E57-08PAU02-G

12 mm diameter

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(NPN) E57-12PAS02-C

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(PNP) E57-12PAS02-G

10 – 30V DC 4 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(NPN) E57-12PAU04-C

10 – 30V DC 4 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(PNP) E57-12PAU04-G

18 mm diameter

10 – 30V DC 5 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(NPN) E57-18PAS05-C

10 – 30V DC 5 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(PNP) E57-18PAS05-G

10 – 30V DC 8 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(NPN) E57-18PAU08-C

10 – 30V DC 8 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(PNP) E57-18PAU08-G

30 mm diameter

10 – 30V DC 10 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(NPN) E57-30PAS10-C

10 – 30V DC 10 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(PNP) E57-30PAS10-G

10 – 30V DC 15 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(NPN) E57-30PAU15-C

10 – 30V DC 15 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable N.O.(PNP) E57-30PAU15-G

Automation & Control

317

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors

Eaton E57 Premium+ & Premium Series Inductive Proximity Sensors

• Premium+ are designed with stainless steel barrel & new potting compound for robust,

high temperature, high pressure washdown, as well as intense shock & vibration applications

• Premium+ has unmatched high noise immunity eliminates problems associated

with electrical noise (all models > 20V/metre)

• Premium+ has 360° output status indicator is visible from any angle & in any light condition

• Wide temperature range -13 to 158°F (-25 to 70°C)

• New expanded offering of 2-wire, 3-wire, AC, DC, & AC/DC multiple range sensor models

• Connector models available on request, connector cables are on page

• For cable lengths longer than 2 metres, add the number of the desired length in

metres to the end of the listed Item No.

2-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type N/O output Item No.

N/C output

Item No.

12 mm diameter end

sensing

20-250VAC 2 mm std range shielded 2-metre cable E57LAL12A2 E57LBL12A2

20-250VAC 4 mm std range unshielded 2-metre cable E57LAL12A2E E57LBL12A2E

20-250VAC 6 mm ext range semi-shielded 2-metre cable E57-12LE06-A E57-12LE06-A1

20-250VAC 10 mm ext range non-embeddable 2-metre cable E57-12LE10-A E57-12LE10-A1

20-250VAC/DC 2 mm std range shielded 2-metre cable E57SAL12A2 E57SBL12A2

20-250VAC/DC 4 mm std range unshielded 2-metre cable E57SAL12A2E E57SBL12A2E

18 mm diameter end

sensing

20-250VAC 5 mm std range shielded 2-metre cable E57LAL18A2 E57LBL18A2

20-250VAC 8 mm std range unshielded 2-metre cable E57LAL18A2E E57LBL18A2E

20-250VAC 12 mm ext range semi-shielded 2-metre cable E57-18LE12-A E57-18LE12-A1

20-250VAC 20 mm ext range non-embeddable 2-metre cable E57-18LE20-A E57-18LE20-A1

20-250VAC/DC 5 mm std range shielded 2-metre cable E57SAL18A2 E57SBL18A2

20-250VAC/DC 8 mm std range unshielded 2-metre cable E57SAL18A2E E57SBL18A2E

30 mm diameter end

sensing

20-250VAC 10 mm std range shielded 2-metre cable E57LAL30A2 E57LBL30A2

20-250VAC 15 mm std range unshielded 2-metre cable E57LAL30A2E E57LBL30A2E

20-250VAC 22 mm ext range semi-shielded 2-metre cable E57-30LE22-A E57-30LE22-A1

20-250VAC/DC 10 mm std range shielded 2-metre cable E57SAL30A2 E57SBL30A2

20-250VAC/DC 15 mm std range unshielded 2-metre cable E57SAL30A2E E57SBL30A2E

Automation & Control

The iProx is a ﬁeld programmable,

adaptable & conﬁgurable inductive

proximity sensor with an embedded

microprocessor, which allows for

unique sensing capabilities that solve

the unsolvable.

The iProx Clone adapts to your environment.

Set the sensing distance, operating modes,

teach it to ignore background metals, sense

in a narrow band & more. The iProx can be

pre-conguredatthefactorytohelpyousave

even more time. Yes. The iProx can do that.

In a nutshell, the iProx is the most versatile

inductive proximity sensor available today.

Using the iProx Programming Software, you

can literally replace thousands of sensors

with just a few clicks of the mouse. When

you need unmatched ﬂexibility, adaptability &

sensing performance, look no further than the

iProx family of sensor products.

For further Information:

0508 328 6669

www.eaton.co.nz

iProx Clone...

Adaptability

Unmatched

318

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type

Item No.

N/O output

Item No.

N/C output

12 mm diameter end

sensing

6-48VDC 2 mm std range shielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57LAL12T110 E57LBL12T110

6-48VDC 2 mm std range shielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57LAL12T111 E57LBL12T111

6-48VDC 4 mm std range unshielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57LAL12T110E E57LBL12T110E

6-48VDC 4 mm std range unshielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57LAL12T111E E57LBL12T111E

6-48VDC 6 mm ext range semi-shielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57-12LE06-C E57-12LE06-C1

6-48VDC 6 mm ext range semi-shielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57-12LE06-B E57-12LE06-B1

6-48VDC 10 mm ext range non-embeddable (NPN) 2-metre cable E57-12LE10-C -

6-48VDC 10 mm ext range non-embeddable (PNP) 2-metre cable E57-12LE10-B E57-12LE10-B1

18 mm diameter end

sensing

6-48VDC 5 mm std range shielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57LAL18T110 E57LBL18T110

6-48VDC 5 mm std range shielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57LAL18T111 E57LBL18T111

6-48VDC 8 mm std range unshielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57LAL18T110E E57LBL18T110E

6-48VDC 8 mm std range unshielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57LAL18T111E E57LBL18T111E

6-48VDC 12 mm ext range semi-shielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57-18LE12-C E57-18LE12-C1

6-48VDC 12 mm ext range semi-shielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57-18LE12-B E57-18LE12-B1

6-48VDC 20 mm ext range non-embeddable (NPN) 2-metre cable E57-18LE20-C E57-18LE20-C1

6-48VDC 20 mm ext range non-embeddable (PNP) 2-metre cable E57-18LE20-B E57-18LE20-B1

30 mm diameter end

sensing

6-48VDC 10 mm std range shielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57LAL30T110 E57LBL30T110

6-48VDC 10 mm std range shielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57LAL30T111 E57LBL30T111

6-48VDC 15 mm std range unshielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57LAL30T110E E57LBL30T110E

6-48VDC 15 mm std range unshielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57LAL30T111E E57LBL30T111E

6-48VDC 22 mm ext range semi-shielded (NPN) 2-metre cable E57-30LE22-C E57-30LE22-C1

6-48VDC 22 mm ext range semi-shielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E57-30LE22-B E57-30LE22-B1

Accessories B51

Description Item No.

8mm mounting bracket E57KM8

12mm mounting bracket E57KM12

18mm mounting bracket E57KM18

30mm mounting bracket E57KM30

* For Plug-in cables, refer to page 364.

Automation & Control

319

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors

Eaton Premium+ Series Short Barrel Inductive Proximity Sensors

• Manufactured to take physical & environmental abuse

• Premium+ are designed with stainless steel barrel & impact-absorbing new potting compound

for robust, high temperature, high pressure washdown, as well as intense shock & vibration applications

• Premium+ unmatched high noise immunity eliminates problems associated with electrical noise

(all models > 20V/metre)

• Premium+ 360° output status indicator is visible from any angle & in any light condition

• Resettable short circuit protection in AC/DC & DC models

• Reverse polarity protection in 3-wire DC versions

• Small size to fit in tight spaces

• Choice of cable for low cost wiring, or micro-connector for quick installation and/or replacement

• Cable models include an extra long 5-metre cable as standard

2-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Overall Length Connection type

Item No.

N/O output

Item No.

N/C output

12 mm diameter

end sensing

20 – 250V AC 2 mm Shielded 51.7 2-metre Cable E57SAL12A4 E57SBL12A4

20 – 250V AC 4 mm Unshielded 51.7 2-metre Cable E57SAL12A4E E57SBL12A4E

20 – 250V AC/DC 2 mm Shielded 62.4 2-metre Cable E57SAL12A2 E57SBL12A2

20 – 250V AC/DC 4 mm Unshielded 62.4 2-metre Cable E57SAL12A2E E57SBL12A2E

18 mm diameter

end sensing

20 – 250V AC 5 mm Shielded 35.4 2-metre Cable E57SAL18A4 E57SBL18A4

20 – 250V AC 8 mm Unshielded 35.4 2-metre Cable E57SAL18A4E -

20 – 250V AC/DC 5 mm Shielded 64.5 2-metre Cable E57SAL18A2 E57SBL18A2

20 – 250V AC/DC 8 mm Unshielded 64.5 2-metre Cable E57SAL18A2E E57SBL18A2E

30 mm diameter

end sensing

20 – 250V AC 10 mm Shielded 40.2 2-metre Cable E57SAL30A4 -

20 – 250V AC 15 mm Unshielded 44.9 2-metre Cable E57SAL30A4E -

20 – 250V AC/DC 10 mm Shielded 69.3 2-metre Cable E57SAL30A2 E57SBL30A2

20 – 250V AC/DC 15 mm Unshielded 69.3 2-metre Cable E57SAL30A2E E57SBL30A2E

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Overall Length Connection type

Item No.

N/O output

Item No.

N/C output

12 mm diameter end

sensing

6 – 48V DC 2 mm Shielded (NPN) 35.2 2-metre Cable E57SAL12T110 -

6 – 48V DC 2 mm Shielded (PNP) 35.2 2-metre Cable E57SAL12T111 E57SBLT111

6 – 48V DC 4 mm Unshielded (NPN) 35.2 2-metre Cable E57SAL12T110E E57SBL12T110E

6 – 48V DC 4 mm Unshielded (PNP) 35.2 2-metre Cable E57SAL12T111E E57SBL12T111E

18 mm diameter end

sensing

6 – 48V DC 5 mm Shielded (NPN) 35.4 2-metre Cable E57SAL18T110 E57SBL18T110

6 – 48V DC 5 mm Shielded (PNP) 35.4 2-metre Cable E57SAL18T111 E57SBL18T111

6 – 48V DC 8 mm Unshielded (NPN) 35.4 2-metre Cable E57SAL18T110E E57SBL18T110E

6 – 48V DC 8 mm Unshielded (PNP) 35.4 2-metre Cable E57SAL18T111E E57SBL18T111E

30 mm diameter end

sensing

6 – 48V DC 10 mm Shielded (NPN) 40.2 2-metre Cable E57SAL30T110 -

6 – 48V DC 10 mm Shielded (PNP) 40.2 2-metre Cable E57SAL30T111 E57SBL30T111

6 – 48V DC 15 mm Unshielded (NPN) 44.9 2-metre Cable E57SAL30T110E E57SBL30T110E

6 – 48V DC 15 mm Unshielded (PNP) 44.9 2-metre Cable E57SAL30T111E -

Automation & Control

320

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors

Eaton High Current Output Inductive Proximity Sensors

• Solid-state output can handle up to 12A continuous

• Ideal for vehicle use to replace mechanical limit switches, typically required to handle high currents

• Wide voltage & temperature range covers most vehicle power supplies & operating environments

• Normally Open & Normally Closed isolated outputs

• SJO cable is available in custom lengths

4-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type Output type Output Rating Item No.

Continuous <100 mS Pulse

30 mm diameter

end sensing

10 – 55V DC 10 mm Shielded 2-Metre Cable N.O. & N.C. (PNP) 3.5A 20A E57-30JS10-H

6-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type Output type Output Rating Item No.

Continuous <100 mS Pulse

30 mm diameter

end sensing

10 – 30V DC 10 mm Shielded 2-Metre Cable N.O. & N.O.,

or N.C. & N.C.

(NPN or PNP)

8A 50A E57-30HS10-K

For additional cable length other than 2-metre, add desired length in metres to listed Item number. Example: For an E57-30JS10-H with a 5 metre cable, order E57-30JS10-H5.

Eaton Small Diameter Inductive Proximity Sensors

• Small 4, 5, 6.5 & 8 mm diameters for use in applications with limited space for mounting sensors

• Stainless steel housings

• All models include an LED indicator to show output status

• Short circuit & reverse polarity protection

• Rated NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 & 13 (IP67) for high resistance to environmental factors

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type

N/O output

Item No.

N/C output

Item No.

4 mm Diameter

(Unthreaded)

10 – 30V DC 0.8 mm Shielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E57EAL4T110SP —

10 – 30V DC 0.8 mm Shielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E57EAL4T111SP —

5 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 0.8 mm Shielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E57EAL5T110SP —

10 – 30V DC 0.8 mm Shielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E57EAL5T111SP —

6.5 mm Diameter

(Unthreaded)

10 – 30V DC 1 mm Shielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E57EAL6T110SP —

10 – 30V DC 1 mm Shielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E57EAL6T111SP —

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Unshielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E57EAL6T110EP —

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Unshielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E57EAL6T111EP —

8 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 1 mm Shielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E57EAL8T110SP E57EBL8T110SP

10 – 30V DC 1 mm Shielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E57EAL8T111SP E57EBL8T111SP

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Unshielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E57EAL8T110EP E57EBL8T110EP

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Unshielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E57EAL8T111EP E57EBL8T111EP

Automation & Control

321

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors

Eaton E52 Rectangular Inductive Proximity Sensors

• Small, low-profile design for use in space restrictive applications

• 3-wire DC operation

• Sensitivity adjustment

• Choose from a variety of sizes & side or end sensing configuration

• Output indicator included on all models

• Epoxy filled cavities stops fluids from contacting any electrical component

• Convenient mounting holes integrated into each sensor housing

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type

Item No.

N/O output

R12 Side Sensing 12 – 24V DC 3 mm Shielded (PNP) 1-metre cable E52RAL12T111

Q16 End Sensing 12 – 30V DC 5 mm Shielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E52-16QS04-B

R18 Side Sensing 10 – 30V DC 4 mm Unshielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E52-18RU04-B

Q25 End Sensing 10 – 30V DC 10 mm Shielded (PNP) 2-metre cable E52-25QS10-B

Rhomberg Proximity Switches - Inductive

• Inductive (Metal) Sensing

• Black Cap, Cables & LED Colour Coded For Type

• Moulded 2m Colour Coded Cable with Fishtail - Rated To IP67

• Normally Open (NO) Has Red LED, Normally Closed (NC) Has Green LED

• Interchangeable with other makes

Rhomberg Inductive Prox 2 Wire AC

• 20-250Vac, 50/60Hz

• Series & parallel connection compatible

• 400mA Max. Load Current

B57

Description Item No.

M12 Dia. 2mm Sensing Distance Shielded AC 2 Wire RI11202F**

M12 Dia. 4mm Sensing Distance Unshielded AC 2 Wire RI11204S**

M18 Dia. 5mm Sensing Distance Shielded AC 2 Wire RI11805F**

M18 Dia. 8mm Sensing Distance Unshielded AC 2 Wire RI11808S**

M30 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Shielded AC 2 Wire RI13010F**

M30 Dia. 15mm Sensing Distance Unshielded AC 2 Wire RI13015S**

M40 Dia. 20mm Sensing Distance Shielded AC 2 Wire RI14020F**

M40 Dia. 25mm Sensing Distance Unshielded AC 2 Wire RI14025S**

6M Lead, for plug-in sensor, straight type RRK44T6

6M Lead, for plug-in sensor, right angle type RRK44T6W

Add “MTP” for sensors with plug instead of 2m standard cable & request pricing.

** Specify NO or NC.

Tiny R12 Models Are

Available in Two Frequencies

for Use Close Together

Bright LED on All Sensors

Indicates Output Status

PBT Composite

Housings Withstand

Corrosive Solutions

Choose from

Cable or

Connector

Wiring on

R18 Models

Automation & Control

322

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors

Rhomberg Inductive Prox 3 or 4 Wire PNP & NPN DC

• PNP - 3 or 4 Wire Yellow Cable, NPN - 3 or 4 Wire Green Cable

• 10-60Vdc

• Reverse Polarity & Short Circuit Protected

• 400mA Max Load Current

B57

Description Item No.

M12 Dia.. 2mm Sensing Distance Shielded 3 Wire RI*1202F**

M12 Dia.. 4mm Sensing Distance Unshielded 3 Wire RI*1204S**

M18 Dia. 5mm Sensing Distance Shielded 3 Wire RI*1805F**

M18 Dia. 5mm Sensing Distance Shielded 4 Wire RI*1805FNX

M18 Dia. 8mm Sensing Distance Unshielded 3 Wire RI*1808S**

M18 Dia. 8mm Sensing Distance Unshielded 4 Wire RI*1808SNX

M30 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Shielded 3 Wire RI*3010F**

M30 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Shielded 4 Wire RI*3010FNX

M30 Dia. 15mm Sensing Distance Unshielded 3 Wire RI*3015S**

M30 Dia. 15mm Sensing Distance Unshielded 4 Wire RI*3015SNX

M40 Dia. 20mm Sensing Distance Shielded 3 Wire RI*4020F**

M40 Dia. 20mm Sensing Distance Shielded 4 Wire RI*4020FNX

M40 Dia. 25mm Sensing Distance Unshielded 3 Wire RI*4025S**

M40 Dia. 25mm Sensing Distance Unshielded 4 Wire RI*4025SNX

6M Lead, for plug-in sensor, straight type RRK44T6

6M Lead, for plug-in sensor, right angle type RRK44T6W

Add “MTP” for sensors with plug instead of 2m standard cable & request pricing.

* Specify 4 for PNP or 5 for NPN

** Specify NO or NC

NX = 4 wire NO & NC

Rhomberg Inductive Prox NAMUR 2 Wire

• 2 Wire (Blue Cable)

• Designed To DIN 19234

• Interfaces with Rhomberg SC320 or SC300 Relay

B57

Description Item No.

M12 Dia. 2mm Sensing Distance Shielded RI01202FNC

M12 Dia. 4mm Sensing Distance Unshielded RI01204SNC

M18 Dia. 5mm Sensing Distance Shielded RI01805FNC

M18 Dia. 8mm Sensing Distance Unshielded RI01808SNC

M30 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Shielded RI03010FNC

M30 Dia. 15mm Sensing Distance Unshielded RI03015SNC

M40 Dia. 20mm Sensing Distance Shielded RI04020FNC

M40 Dia. 25mm Sensing Distance Unshielded RI04025SNC

Switching Amplifier/Relay For NAMUR Sensors Plug In SC300/*-SP

Control Relay For Rhomberg Photo Electric Sensors Plug In SC410/*-SP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base S3B

Add “-MTP” for sensors with plug instead of cable & request pricing.

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc & 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

Automation & Control

323

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Inductive Proximity Sensors

Rhomberg Inductive Prox Can-Line

• Plastic Rectangular Body

• DC PNP, NPN or NAMUR

• Can-Line Sensors

B57

Description Item No.

40 x 26 x 12mm 2mm Sensing Distance RI02602FNCPBC

40 x 26 x 12mm 4mm Sensing Distance RI02604SNCPBC

40 x 26 x 12mm 2mm Sensing Distance RI04002FNCPBC

40 x 26 x 12mm 4mm Sensing Distance RI04004SNCPBC

40 x 26 x 12mm 2mm Sensing Distance RI*2602F**PBC

40 x 26 x 12mm 4mm Sensing Distance RI*2604S**PBC

40 x 26 x 12mm 2mm Sensing Distance RI*4002F**PBC

40 x 26 x 12mm 4mm Sensing Distance RI*4004S**PBC

130 x 35 x 35mm 20mm Sensing Distance RI*9020FNOPBC

* Specify 4 for PNP or 5 for NPN.

** Specify NO or NC.

General purpose Capacitive Proximity Sensors

Eaton E53 Threaded Body Capacitive Proximity Sensors

• Detect liquids, powders & other materials that are difficult or impossible with other sensor types

• Plastic body is corrosion resistant

• Sensitivity adjustment

• Output indicator LED

2-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type

N/O output

Item No.

N/C output

Item No.

18 mm diameter

end sensing

20 – 250V AC 8 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable E53KAL18A2 E53KBL18A2

20 – 250V AC 15 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable E53KAL18A2E E53KBL18A2E

30 mm diameter

end sensing

20 – 250V AC 20 mm Shielded 2-metre Cable E53KAL30A2 E53KBL30A2

20 – 250V AC 25 mm Unshielded 2-metre Cable E53KAL30A2E E53KBL30A2E

3-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Shielding Connection type

N/O output

Item No.

N/C output

Item No.

18 mm diameter end

sensing

10 – 35V DC 8 mm Shielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E53KAL18T110 E53KBL18T110

10 – 35V DC 8 mm Shielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E53KAL18T111 E53KBL18T111

10 – 35V DC 15 mm Unshielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E53KAL18T110E E53KBL18T110E

10 – 35V DC 15 mm Unshielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E53KAL18T111E E53KBL18T111E

30 mm diameter end

sensing

10 – 35V DC 20 mm Shielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E53KAL30T110 E53KBL30T110

10 – 35V DC 20 mm Shielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E53KAL30T111 E53KBL30T111

10 – 35V DC 25 mm Unshielded (NPN) 2-metre Cable E53KAL30T110E E53KBL30T110E

10 – 35V DC 25 mm Unshielded (PNP) 2-metre Cable E53KAL30T111E E53KBL30T111E

Automation & Control

324

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Capacitive Proximity Sensors

Rhomberg Proximity Switches - Capacitive

• Capacitive (Most Materials) Sensing

• Adjustable Sensitivity

• White Cap, Cables & LED Colour Coded For Type

• Moulded 2m Colour Coded Cable with Fishtail - Rated To IP67

• Normally Open (NO) Has Red LED, Normally Closed (Nc) Has Green LED

• Interchangeable with other makes

Rhomberg Capacitive Prox 2 Wire AC

• 20-250Vac, 50/60Hz

• Series & parallel connection compatible

• 400mA Max Load Current

B57

Description Item No.

M18 Dia. 5mm Sensing Distance Shielded AC 2 wire RC11805F**

M18 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Unshielded AC 2 wire RC11810S**

M30 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Shielded AC 2 wire RC13010F**

M30 Dia. 20mm Sensing Distance Unshielded AC 2 wire RC13020S**

6M Lead, for plug-in sensor, straight type. RRK44T6

6M Lead, for plug-in sensor, right angle type. RRK44T6W

Add “MTP” for sensors with plug instead of 2m standard cable & request pricing.

** Specify NO or NC.

Rhomberg Capacitive Prox 3 Wire PNP & NPN DC

• PNP - 3 Wire Yellow Cable, NPN - 3 Wire Green Cable

• 10-60Vdc

• Reverse Polarity & Short Circuit Protected

• 400mA Max Load Current

B57

Description Item No.

M18 Dia. 5mm Sensing Distance Shielded RC*1805F**

M18 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Unshielded RC*1810S**

M30 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Shielded RC*3010F**

M30 Dia. 20mm Sensing Distance Unshielded RC*3020S**

Add “MTP” for sensors with plug instead of 2m standard cable & request pricing.

* Specify 4 for PNP or 5 for NPN.

** Specify NO or NC.

Automation & Control

325

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

General purpose Capacitive Proximity Sensors

Rhomberg Capacitive Prox NAMUR 2 Wire

• 2 Wire (Blue Cable)

• Designed To DIN 19234

• Interfaces with SC320 or SC300 Relay

B57

Description Item No.

M30 Dia. 10mm Sensing Distance Shielded RC03010FNC

M30 Dia. 20mm Sensing Distance Unshielded RC03020SNC

Switching Amplifier/Relay For NAMUR Sensors Plug In SC300/*-SP

Control Relay For Rhomberg Photo Electric Sensors Plug In SC410/*-SP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base S3B

Add “-MTP” for sensors with plug instead of 2m standard cable & request pricing.

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc & 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

Rhomberg Capacitive Prox Plastic Body 1.5” BSP

B57

Description Item No.

1.5" BSP20mm Sensing Distance NAMUR Type RC04020SNCPBT

1.5" BSP20mm Sensing Distance AC/DC Type N/O RCE4020SNOPBT

1.5" BSP20mm Sensing Distance AC/DC Type N/C RCE4020SNCPBT

1.5" BSP20mm Sensing Distance DC Type NO RC44020SNOPBT

1.5" BSP20mm Sensing Distance DC Type NC RC44020SNCPBT

1.5" BSP20mm Sensing Distance DC Type NO RC54020SNOPBT

1.5" BSP20mm Sensing Distance DC Type NC RC54020SNCPBT

Automation & Control

326

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cables for Plug-In Proximity Sensors

Eaton Cable for Plug-In Sensors is available for AC & DC sensors.

Cable comes complete with micro connector fitted.

AC Micro Connector Cable B51

Connector Type Cable Length Item No.

.35mm2 3-pin straight female 2m CSAS3F3CY2202

.35mm23-pin straight female 5m CSAS3F3CY2205

.35mm2 3-pin straight female 10m CSAS3F3CY2210

.35mm23-pin 90o angle female 2m CSAR3F3CY2202

.35mm23-pin 90o angle female 5m CSAR3F3CY2205

.35mm23-pin 90o angle female 10m CSAR3F3CY2210

DC Micro Connector Cable* B51

Connector Type Cable Length Item No.

4-pin 3-wire straight female 2m CSDS4A3CY2202

4-pin 3-wire straight female 5m CSDS4A3CY2205

4-pin 3-wire straight female 10m CSDS4A3CY2210

4-pin 4-wire straight female 2m CSDS4A4CY2202

4-pin 4-wire straight female 5m CSDS4A4CY2205

4-pin 4-wire straight female 10m CSDS4A4CY2210

4-pin 3-wire right angle female 2m CSDR4A3CY2202

4-pin 3-wire right angle female 5m CSDR4A3CY2205

4-pin 3-wire right angle female 10m CSDR4A3CY2210

4-pin 4-wire right angle female 2m CSDR4A4CY2202

4-pin 4-wire right angle female 5m CSDR4A4CY2205

4-pin 4-wire right angle female 10m CSDR4A4CY2210

*For DC connector, NO (normally open) sensors require 4-pin 3-wire cable & NC (normally closed) sensors require 4-pin 4-wire cable.

Extensive Line of

Cost-Effective Products

Multi-Connector Blocks

OEM-Style Cables

Single-Connector

Cables

Double-Connector

Cables

Single-Connector

Micro-Connector

Cables

Automation & Control

327

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Photoelectric Sensors

Eaton Prism Series Photoelectric Sensors

• Small size for use in a wide variety of applications & locations

• High sensing power for longer ranges & resistance to dust & dirt

• Adjustable gain control to ensure peak optical performance

• High noise immunity greatly reduces problems associated with electrical noise

• AC/DC models which allow you to order & stock one model for both voltages

• DC only models which offer lower cost options in all sensing modes

• Isolated outputs for wiring flexibility

• Short circuit protection

• Quick 3mS response time on all models

• Highly visible output status LED

3-Wire & 4-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Type Sensing range Field of view Through beam part Light Operate Item No. Dark Operate Item No.

Thru-Beam

Forward Viewing

20 – 132V AC

or 15 – 30V DC

- 6m 0.5 m diameter

at 3 metres

Source

Detector

11155AA14 11155AA14

12155AL10 12155AD10

10 – 30V DC - 6m 0.5 m diameter

at 3 metres

Source

Detector

11155AA17 11155AA17

12155AL10 12155AD10

Reflex-Forward

Viewing

Retroreflector

(not included)

20 – 132V AC Standard

Reflex

4.5m 76 mm diameter

at 3.6 metres

-14150AL14 14150AD14

20 – 132V AC

or 15 – 30V DC

Polarized

Reflex

3m 76 mm diameter

at 3.6 metres

-14151AL14 14151AD14

For complete system,

order Sensor and

Retroreflector

10 – 30V DC Standard

Reflex

4.5m 76 mm diameter

at 3.6 metres

-14150AL17 14150AD17

10 – 30V DC Polarized

Reflex

3m 76 mm diameter

at 3.6 metres

-14151AL17 14151AD17

Diffuse Reflective

Forward Viewing

20 – 132V AC

or 15 – 30V DC

-200 mm 15 mm diameter

at 127 mm

-13150AL14 13150AD14

10 – 30V DC -200 mm 15 mm diameter

at 127 mm

-13150AL17 13150AD17

Connection type : 2m Cable.

Automation & Control

328

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Photoelectric Sensors

Eaton E58 Harsh Duty Series Photoelectric Sensors

• E58 Sensors are available in 18 mm & 30 mm diameters

• Highly refined optics for long sensing ranges & to see through high levels

of contamination — unmatched optical performance

• Perfect Prox® technology provides exceptional background rejection

& extremely high excess gain

• Resistant to the wide range of chemicals used in the automotive,

food processing & forest products industries

• Suitable for high temperature, high pressure washdown (1200 psi)

• Mechanical Viton seals hold up to extreme temperature variations

• Visible sensing beam on all models lets you see where the beam is aimed

for quick setup & alignment

• Output status indicator is the brightest available & is visible from any angle

& in any lighting condition

• The industry’s only background rejection sensors with a 2-wire circuit design

• Models available with both AC & DC operation in a single unit

• 4-wire DC sensors offer dual NPN & PNP outputs

3-Wire & 4-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Field of view Through beam part

Item No.

Light Operate

Item No.

Dark Operate

30 mm Diameter 20 – 132V AC 250 m 830 mm diameter Source E58-30TS250-GA E58-30TS250-GA

Through-Beam or 15 – 30V DC -at 7.6 metres Detector E58-30TD250-GL E58-30TD250-GD

30 mm Diameter

Reflex

20 – 132V AC

or 15 – 30V DC

18 m 150 mm diameter

at 6 metres

-E58-30RS18-GL* E58-30RS18-GD*

30 mm Diameter

Polarized Reflex

20 – 132V AC

or 15 – 30V DC

10 m 150 mm diameter

at 6 metres

-E58-30RP10-GL* E58-30RP10-GD*

* Retroreﬂector not included.

Connection type: 2 metre Cable

2-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Field of view Through beam part

Item No.

Light Operate

Item No.

Dark Operate

18 mm Diameter

Perfect Prox®

90 – 132V AC

or 18 – 50V DC

50 mm 6 mm diameter

at 50 mm

-E58-18DP50-EL E58-18DP50-ED

90 – 132V AC

or 18 – 50V DC

100 mm 10 mm diameter

at 100 mm

-E58-18DP100-EL E58-18DP100-ED

30 mm Diameter

Perfect Prox®

90 – 132V AC

or 18 – 50V DC

150 mm 19 mm diameter

at 150 mm

-E58-30DP150-EL E58-30DP150-ED

90 – 132V AC

or 18 – 50V DC

280 mm 26 mm diameter

at 280 mm

-E58-30DPS280-EL E58-30DPS280-ED

Connection type: 2 metre Cable

3-Wire & 4-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Field of view Through beam part

Item No.

Light Operate

Item No.

Dark Operate

18 mm Diameter

Perfect Prox®

10 – 30V DC 50 mm 6 mm diameter

at 50 mm

-E58-18DP50-HL E58-18DP50-HD

10 – 30V DC 100 mm 10 mm diameter

at 100 mm

-E58-18DP100-HL E58-18DP100-HD

30 mm Diameter

Perfect Prox®

20 – 132V AC

or 15 – 30V DC

150 mm 19 mm diameter

at 150 mm

-E58-30DP150-GL E58-30DP150-GD

20 – 132V AC

or 15 – 30V DC

280 mm 26 mm diameter

at 280 mm

-E58-30DPS280-GL E58-30DPS280-GD

Connection type: 2 metre Cable

Automation & Control

329

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Photoelectric Sensors

Eaton E64 Terminal Base Series Photoelectric Sensors

• Universal voltage operation — 16 to 240V AC or DC

• SPST relay output handles up to 1A AC & 2A DC

• Screw-terminal connections with 1/2 inch NPT conduit entry

• Output & stability indicators

• PLC compatible output

• Sensitivity adjustment

• Selectable light or dark operation

• Mounting brackets & retroreflector (for polarised reflex models) included

• Rugged ABS housing rated NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 & 13 (IP66)

• Polarised reflex models allow reliable detection of shiny targets that could reflect light back to the sensor

& falsely trigger a non-polarised sensor

• Time delay models can be set for normal operation, on-delay, off-delay, on/off-delay, or one-shot delay,

with adjustable timing range from 0.6 to 16 sec.

3-Wire & 4-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Field of view Light Source With time delay Item No.

Thru-Beam

Source

16-240VAC/DC 50 m 750 mm diameter

at 10 metres

Infrared - E64CAL4T

Thru-Beam

Detector

16-240VAC/DC 50 m 750 mm diameter

at 10 metres

-Yes E64CAT3T 

Polarized Reflex 16-240VAC/DC 0.15 – 3.5 m 125 mm diameter at 0.5 m Visible Red Yes E64CAT5T 

Diffuse Reflective 16-240VAC/DC 2 m 20 mm diameter

at 0.5 m

Infrared Yes E64CAT2T

 For a complete system, order one Source & one Detector.

 Retroreﬂector included in Polarized Reﬂex sensors.

Automation & Control

330

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Photoelectric Sensors

Eaton E65 Miniature Series Photoelectric Sensors

• 10 – 30V DC operation

• Output & stability indicators

• NPN or PNP selectable by wiring

• Light or dark operation selectable by wiring

• Sensitivity adjustment for fine tuning the sensor in your application

• All sensors include an adjustable mounting bracket for easy installation & alignment

• All sensors built with 2 metre cable for ease of use

B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Sensing beam Forward viewing Item No. Right angle viewing Item No.

Thru-Beam Source 10 – 30V DC 5 m Infrared E65CBL4 E65VBL4

Thru-Beam Detector 10 – 30V DC 5 m -E65CBL3 E65VBL3 

Polarised Reflex 10 – 30V DC 0.1 – 1.8 m Visible Red E65CBL5 E65VBL5

Clear Object Sensors 10 – 30V DC 0.2 – 0.6 m Infrared - E65VBL1C 

Diffuse Reflective Short Range 10 – 30V DC 100 mm Infrared E65CBL2 E65VBL2

Diffuse Reflective Long Range 10 – 30V DC 500 mm Infrared E65CBL2N E65VBL2N

Diffuse Reflective Fixed Focus 10 – 30V DC 12 mm Visible Red E65CBL6 -

Fiber Optic 10 – 30V DC Thru-beam mode:

11 cm, diffuse reflective, mode:

3.3 cm

Visible Red E65CBL7R -

Connection type: 2 metre Cable.

 For a complete system, order one Source & one Detector.

 Retroreﬂector included in Polarised Reﬂex & Clear Object sensors.

Eaton SM Series Photoelectric Sensors

• Highly visible LED indicators for power, output & TargetLock™

• TargetLock™ simplifies setup & ensures the sensor operates at the highest level of reliability possible

• Perfect Prox® models sense different coloured targets at the same range & ignore objects in the background

• AC/DC models operate on either 18 – 264V AC or 18 – 50V DC

• DC-only models feature both NPN & PNP outputs

• Visible beam on all models let you see exactly where the sensor is pointing

• Reverse polarity, overload & short circuit protection

• Full family includes thru-beam, polarised reflex, diffuse reflective & Perfect Prox® background rejection

3-Wire & 4-Wire sensors B51

Model selection Operating voltage Sensing range Field of view Through beam part

Item No.

Light Operate

Item No.

Dark Operate

Thru-Beam 10 – 30V DC 15m 254 mm diameter Source E65-SMTS15-HA E65-SMTS15-HA

at 3 metres Detector E65-SMTD15-HL E65-SMTD15-HD

Polarised Reflex 18 – 264V AC,

or 18 – 50V DC

3m 25 mm diameter, at 1.3

metres

-E65-SMPR3-GL E65-SMPR3-GD

10 – 30V DC 3m 25 mm diameter, at 1.3

metres

-E65-SMPR3-HL E65-SMPR3-HD

Diffuse Reflective 18 – 264V AC, or 18 –

50V DC

200 mm 50 mm diameter, at

127 mm

-E65-SMSD200-GL E65-SMSD200-GD

10 – 30V DC 200 mm 50 mm diameter, at

127 mm

-E65-SMSD200-HL E65-SMSD200-HD

Perfect Prox® 18 – 264V AC, or 18 –

50V DC

50 mm 6 mm diameter, at 57 mm -E65-SMPP050-GL E65-SMPP050-GD

-100 mm 9 mm diameter, at 127 mm -E65-SMPP100-GL E65-SMPP100-GD

10 – 30V DC 50 mm 6 mm diameter, at 57 mm -E65-SMPP050-HL E65-SMPP050-HD

-100 mm 9 mm diameter, at 127 mm -E65-SMPP100-HL E65-SMPP100-HD

Connection type: 2 metre Cable.

Automation & Control

331

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Photoelectric Sensors

Eaton E51 Assembled Photoelectric Sensors -

in reflex, diffuse reflective & thru-beam versions,

complete with head, body & receptacle. For complete thru-beam system, order one source & one detector.

B51

Description Max. Range Voltage Circuit Wires Item No.

Reflex standard P* 5.5m 20-264Vac/dc NO or NC 2E51ALP1

standard 5.5m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLP1

standard, logic** 5.5m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNP1

standard, NPN 5.5m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLP1

standard, PNP 5.5m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLP1

fast response 5.5m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLP11

fast resp, logic** 5.5m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNP11

fast response, NPN 5.5m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLP11

fast response, PNP 5.5m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLP11

extended range 10.7m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLP3

ext range, logic** 10.7m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNP3

ext range, NPN 10.7m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLP3

ext range, PNP 10.7m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLP3

polarised lens 4.6m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLP5

pol lens, logic** 4.6m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNP5

pol lens, NPN 4.6m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLP5

pol lens, PNP 4.6m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLP5

Diffuse Reflective std. P* 200mm 20-264Vac/dc NO or NC 2E51ALP2

standard 200mm 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLP2

standard, logic** 200mm 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNP2

standard, NPN 200mm 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLP2

standard,PNP 200mm 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLP2

fast response 200mm 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLP22

fast resp, logic** 200mm 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNP22

fast response, NPN 200mm 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLP22

fast response, PNP 200mm 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLP22

high gain 450mm 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLP6

high gain, logic** 450mm 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNP6

high gain, NPN 450mm 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLP6

high gain, PNP 450mm 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLP6

extended range 1m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLP4

ext range, logic** 1m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNP4

ext range , NPN 1m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLP4

ext range, PNP 1m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLP4

Detector for thru-beam P* 90m 20-264Vac/dc NO or NC 2E51ALC1

for thru-beam 90m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CLC1

for thru-beam, logic** 90m 120Vac NO + NC 3E51CNC1

for thru-beam,NPN 90m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51NLC1

for thru-beam,PNP 90m 10-30Vdc NO + NC 3E51PLC1

24Vac source for thru-beam -----E51ELA24

240Vac source for thru-beam -----E51ELA40

10-30Vdc source for thru beam -----E51EDN

*P = programmable.

**Will accept logic modules.

Automation & Control

332

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Photoelectric Sensors

Eaton Comet Thru-Beam Photoelectric Sensors - are available in a variety of sources & detectors

to sense objects as small as 6.5mm diameter. For complete system, order 1 source & 1 detector.

Sensitivity adjustment 15:1

Light source for 6m range infrared LED

Light source for 24m range visible red LED

Sensor = source + detector

Source B51

Voltage Max. Range Optimum Range Viewing Connector Item No.

20-264Vac

50/60Hz

or 15-30Vdc

refer

detector

refer

detector

forward 2m cable 11100A6513

right angle 2m cable 11100R6513

forward micro 11100AQD03

right angle micro 11100RQD03

10-30Vdc refer

detector

refer

detector

forward 2m cable 11100A6517

right angle 2m cable 11100R6517

forward micro 11100AQD07

right angle micro 11100RQD07

Detector B51

Voltage Max. Range Optimum Range Viewing Connector Item No.

20-264Vac

50/60Hz

or 15-30Vdc (NPN)

6m 30mm - 3m forward 2m cable 12100A6513

6m 30mm - 3m right angle 2m cable 12100R6513

6m 30mm - 3m forward micro 12100AQD03

6m 30mm - 3m right angle micro 12100RQD03

24m 30mm - 12m forward 2m cable 12102A6513

24m 30mm - 12m forward micro 12102AQD03

10-30Vdc

(NPN, PNP)

6m 30mm - 3m forward 2m cable 12100A6517

6m 30mm - 3m right angle 2m cable 12100R6517

6m 30mm - 3m forward micro 12100AQD07

6m 30mm - 3m right angle micro 12100RQD07

24m 30mm - 12m forward 2m cable 12102A6517

24m 30mm - 12m forward micro 12102AQD07

* For Plug in Cables, refer to page 364.

Automation & Control

333

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Photoelectric Sensors

Eaton Comet Reflex Photoelectric Sensors - High performance sensor housed in industry standard 18mm tubular body.

Comes with two mounting nuts for quick installation.

Sensitivity adjustment 15:1

Output indicator LED lights when output is “on”

Complete Unit = Sensor + Retroreflector

Sensor B51

Voltage Beam Max/Optimum Range Viewing Connect Item No.

20-264Vac

50/60Hz

or 15-30Vdc(NPN)

visible red 7.5m/30mm - 4.5m forward cable 14102A6513

visible red 4.5m/30mm - 3m right angle cable 14102R6513

visible red 7.5m/30mm - 4.5m forward micro 14102AQD03

visible red 4.5m/30mm - 3m right angle micro 14102RQD03

invisible/infrared 7.5m/30mm - 4.5m forward cable 14100A6513

invisible/infrared 7.5m/30mm - 4.5m forward micro 14100AQD03

polarised vis. red 4.5m/30mm - 3m forward cable 14101A6513

polarised vis. red 4.5m/30mm - 3m right angle cable 14101R6513

polarised vis. red 3m/30mm - 1.5m forward micro 14101AQD03

polarised vis. red 3m/30mm - 1.5m right angle micro 14101RQD03

10-30Vdc

(NPN, PNP)

visible red 7.5m/30mm - 4.5m forward cable 14102A6517

visible red 4.5m/30mm - 3m right angle cable 14102R6517

visible red 7.5m/30mm - 4.5m forward micro 14102AQD07

visible red 4.5m/30mm - 3m right angle micro 14102RQD07

invisible/infrared 7.5m/30mm - 4.5m forward cable 14100A6517

invisible/infrared 7.5m/30mm - 4.5m forward micro 14100AQD07

polarised vis. red 4.5m/30mm - 3m forward cable 14101A6517

polarised vis. red 3m/30mm - 1.5m right angle cable 14101R6517

polarised vis. red 4.5m/30mm - 1.5m forward micro 14101AQD07

polarised vis. red 3m/30mm - 1.5m right angle micro 14101RQD07

Retroreflectors B51

Description Item No.

75mm diameter with mounting hole (2 per package) 6200A-6501

75mm diameter with mounting hole (1 per package) E51KR84

75mm diameter, metal backed, with mounting hole (1 per package) 6200A-6506

75mm wide retro reflective tape, 1 piece 6303A-XXX**

Polarised visible beam red sensors may not operate with retro reﬂective tape. Test selected tape before installation.

* For Plug in Cables, refer to page 364.

**Replace XXXs in Item number with length in feet of tape required.

Automation & Control

334

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Photoelectric Sensors

Eaton Comet Diffuse Reflective Photoelectric Sensors - High performance sensors housed in industry

standard 18mm tubular body. Come with two mounting nuts for quick installation.

Sensitivity adjustment 15:1

Light source for model 13102 visible red LED

Light source for all other models infrared LED

Output indicator LED lights when output is “on”

B51

Voltage Max. Range Optimum Range Viewing Connector Item No.

20-264Vac

50/60Hz

or 15-30Vdc(NPN)

200mm 30mm - 1.5m forward 2m cable 13106A6513

200mm 30mm - 1.5m right angle 2m cable 13106R6513

200mm 30mm - 1.5m forward micro 13106AQD03

200mm 30mm - 1.5m right angle micro 13106RQD03

600mm 30mm - 4.5m forward 2m cable 13100A6513

600mm 30mm - 4.5m right angle 2m cable 13100R6513

600mm 30mm - 4.5m forward micro 13100AQD03

600mm 30mm - 4.5m right angle micro 13100RQD03

10-30Vdc

(NPN, PNP)

200mm 30mm - 1.5m forward 2m cable 13106A6517

200mm 30mm - 1.5m right angle 2m cable 13106R6517

200mm 30mm - 1.5m forward micro 13106AQD07

200mm 30mm - 1.5m right angle micro 13106RQD07

600mm 30mm - 4.5m forward 2m cable 13100A6517

600mm 30mm - 4.5m right angle 2m cable 13100R6517

600mm 30mm - 4.5m forward micro 13100AQD07

600mm 30mm - 4.5m right angle micro 13100RQD07

* For Plug in Cables, refer to page 364.

Automation & Control

With models measuring up to 2,000 amps

AC & 300 amps DC, CurrentWatch products

are perfect for providing improved reliability,

predictive diagnostics, feedback & monitoring

for all types of electrical equipment.

Simply run a conductor wire through the

sensing aperture, wire the outputs to your

controller & installation is complete. With

features such as split-core housings that

wrap around existing wires, industry standard

outputs & self-powered models available,

sensing current has never been easier.

For more information on Eaton’s full line of

Cutler-Hammer contact & non-contact sensing

solutions including CurrentWatch, just give

our experienced Sensor Application Engineers

a call at 1300 3 EATON.

For further Information:

0508 328 6669

www.eaton.co.nz

Sense Your

Power With

CurrentWatch™

High Performance AC & DC Current Sensors

Introducing CurrentWatch™, a complete line of Cutler-Hammer current sensors, switches & ground fault devices from

Eaton’s electrical business.

335

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

CurrentWatch Current Sensors & Switches

Eaton EDC Series CurrentWatch Current Sensors

• Jumper-Selectable Ranges - Reduces inventory & eliminates zero or span pots

• Isolation output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety, also eliminating insertion loss (voltage drop)

• Internal Power Regulation. Cuts installation costs & works well, even with unregulated power

• Split Core Design & Built-In Mounting Brackets. Makes installation quick & easy

• UL & CE Approved, Applications - Battery banks, transportation, electrical heating elements

Top Terminal Current Sensors B51

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Signal Current Range Item No.

Split-Core Housings

24V AC/DC 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) 0 – 5V DC 50, 75 or 100A EDC205SP

100, 150 or 200A EDC305SP

150, 225 or 300A EDC405SP

0 – 5V DC 50, 75 or 100A EDC210SP

100, 150 or 200A EDC310SP

150, 225 or 300A EDC410SP

4 – 20 mA 50, 75 or 100A EDC2420SP

100, 150 or 200A EDC3420SP

150, 225 or 300A EDC4420SP

Solid-Core Housings

0.75 in. (19 mm) 4 – 20 mA 5, 10 or 20A EDC1420SC

Eaton ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches

• Choice of N.O. or N.C. Solid-State Outputs. 1A @ 240V AC, 0.15A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 120V AC,

3A @ 120V AC, 0.15A @ 30V DC, Dual Contact

• Self-Powered - Cuts installation & operating costs

• Easily Adjustable Setpoint - Speeds start-up & reduces inventory

• Solid or Split-Core Housings - Choose the appropriate version for your application

• LED Indication - Provides quick visual indication of output contact status

• Built-In Mounting Feet - Provide for a secure installation

• UL, C-UL & CE Approved, Applications - Electronic proof of flow, Conveyors, Lighting Circuits,

Fans, Pumps, Heating elements, Critical motors & Ancillary equipment

Front & Top Terminal Switches B51

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Type, Voltage & Rating Setpoint & LED Configuration Item No.

Solid-Core Housings with Front

Terminals

Self-Powered

(No External Power needed)

0.55 in. (14 mm) Normally Open,

1A @ 240V AC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ400SC

Normally Open,

15A @ 120V AC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ406SC

Normally Closed,

1A @ 240V AC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ401SC

Normally Closed,

15A @ 120V AC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ407SC

Dual Contact, N.O. & N.C.,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ430SC

Normally Open,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ420SC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ424SC

Normally Closed,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ421SC

Solid-

Core Housings with Top

Terminals

0.74 in. (19 mm) Normally Open,

3A @ 120V AC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ404SC

Normally Closed,

3A @ 120V AC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ405SC

Split-Core Housings

0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Normally Open,

1A @ 240V AC

Adjustable 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 200A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ402SP

Normally Closed,

1A @ 240V AC

Adjustable 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 200A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ403SP

Normally Open,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Adjustable 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 200A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ422SP

Normally Closed,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Adjustable 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 or

40 – 200A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ423SP

Automation & Control

336

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

CurrentWatch Current Sensors & Switches

Eaton EGF Series CurrentWatch Current Sensors

• Broad Range of Options to Meet Application Needs - N.O. or N.C., solidstate or mechanical relays,

normally energised or normally de-energised contacts

• Setpoint Options Maximize Ease-of-Use & Application

• Flexibility - Field selectable 5, 10 or 30 mA setpoints on the EGF “Tri-set” models make user

adjustments fast, sure & convenient

• Compatible with Standard Equipment - Application on single- & three phases systems, ideal for use

with shunt trip breakers, & magnetically isolated from monitored circuit & control power

• Agency Approved - UL & CE Certified, accepted worldwide

• Applications - Personnel Protection (Typically 5 mA), Equipment Protection (Typically 10 or 30 mA),

Regulatory requirements.

Solid-State Output Sensors B51

Power Supply Setpoint AC Solid-State Output DC Solid-State Output Contacts Item No.

Solid-Core Housings

120V AC Fixed, 50 mA Solid-State, N.O.,

1A @ 240V AC

—Normally Energised EGF1NOACNE050

Normally De-energised EGF1NOACDE050

Solid-State, N.C.,

1A @ 240V AC

—Normally Energised EGF1NCACNE050

Normally De-energised EGF1NCACDE050

—Solid-State, N.O.,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Normally Energised EGF1NODCNE050

Normally De-energised EGF1NODCDE050

—Solid-State, N.C.,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Normally Energised EGF1NCDCNE050

Normally De-energised EGF1NCDCDE050

Fixed, 100 mA Solid-State, N.O.,

1A @ 240V AC

—Normally Energised EGF1NOACNE100

Normally De-energised EGF1NOACDE100

Solid-State, N.C.,

1A @ 240V AC

—Normally Energised EGF1NCACNE100

Normally De-energised EGF1NCACDE100

—Solid-State, N.O.,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Normally Energised EGF1NODCNE100

Normally De-energised EGF1NODCDE100

—Solid-State, N.C.,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Normally Energised EGF1NCDCNE100

Normally De-energised EGF1NCDCDE100

Tri-Set Adjustable,

5, 10 or 30 mA

Solid-State, N.O.,

1A @ 240V AC

—Normally Energised EGF3NOACNET3

Normally De-energised EGF3NOACDET3

Solid-State, N.C.,

1A @ 240V AC

—Normally Energised EGF3NCACNET3

Normally De-energised EGF3NCACDET3

—Solid-State, N.O.,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Normally Energised EGF3NODCNET3

Normally De-energised EGF3NODCDET3

—Solid-State, N.C.,

0.15A @ 30V DC

Normally Energised EGF3NCDCNET3

Normally De-energised EGF3NCDCDET3

Automation & Control

337

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

CurrentWatch Current Sensors & Switches

Eaton EPRM Series CurrentWatch Current Sensors

• True RMS Output Models Available - True RMS technology is accurate on distorted waveforms

like VFD or SCR outputs

• Switch-Selectable Input & Output Ranges - Field selectable input accommodates multiple AC

current ranges, while voltage output models offer choice of 0-5V DC or 0-10V DC analogue outputs

• Application Versatility - Supports input ranges of up to 400A & standard 50/60 Hz or distorted

(VFD, SCR) loads

• Agency Approvals & Patented Technology - CE Approved & UL 508 Pending with a patented

technology that eliminate problems inherent with magnetic technology such as core saturation

• Applications - Motor Control Centres, Automation & Data Logging & VFD Controlled Loads.

B51

Power Supply Output Signal Current Selectable Range Item No.

AC Current Sensors

Split-Core Housings

24V DC ± 5% Auxiliary Power 0 – 5 or 0 – 10V DC 10, 25 or 50A EPRM0510ASP

50, 75 or 100A EPRM1510ASP

100, 150 or 200A EPRM2510ASP

200, 300 or 400A EPRM3510ASP

24V DC ± 5% Loop-Powered 4 – 20 mA 10, 25 or 50A EPRM0420LSP

50, 75 or 100A EPRM1420LSP

100, 150 or 200A EPRM2420LSP

200, 300 or 400A EPRM3420LSP

True RMS Sensors

Split-Core Housings

24V DC ± 5% Auxiliary Power 0 – 5 or 0 – 10V DC 10, 25 or 50A EPRMR0510ASP

50, 75 or 100A EPRMR1510ASP

100, 150 or 200A EPRMR2510ASP

200, 300 or 400A EPRMR3510ASP

24V DC ± 5% Loop-Powered 4 – 20 mA 10, 25 or 50A EPRMR0420LSP

50, 75 or 100A EPRMR1420LSP

100, 150 or 200A EPRMR2420LSP

200, 300 or 400A EPRMR3420LSP

Automation & Control

338

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

CurrentWatch Current Sensors & Switches

Eaton EAC Series CurrentWatch Current Sensors

• Highly Accurate - Factory matched & calibrated single-piece sensor is more accurate than traditional

two-piece, field-installed solutions

• Average Responding - “Average Responding” algorithm gives an RMS output on pure sine waves,

perfect for constant speed (linear) loads

• Jumper Selectable Ranges - The ability to change input ranges reduces inventory & eliminates

zero & span

• Isolation - Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety & elimination of insertion loss

(voltage drop)

• UL, C-UL & CE Approved - Accepted worldwide. Typical Applications - Automation Equipment,

Data Loggers & Panel Meters

Top Terminal Current Sensors B51

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Signal Current Range Item No.

Solid-Core Housings

Self-Powered

(No External Power Needed)

0.74 in. (19 mm) 0 – 5V DC 10, 20 or 50A EAC105SC

100, 150 or 200A EAC205SC

0 – 10V DC 10, 20 or 50A EAC110SC

100, 150 or 200A EAC210SC

24V DC Loop-Powered 4 – 20 mA 2 or 5A EAC0420SC

10, 20 or 50A EAC1420SC

100, 150 or 200A EAC2420SC

Split-Core Housings

Self-Powered (No

External Power Needed)

0.85 in. (21.6 mm) 0 – 5V DC 10, 20 or 50A EAC105SP

100, 150 or 200A EAC205SP

0 – 10V DC 10, 20 or 50A EAC110SP

100, 150 or 200A EAC210SP

24V DC Loop-Powered 4 – 20 mA 2 or 5A EAC0420SP

10, 20 or 50A EAC1420SP

100, 150 or 200A EAC2420SP

Split-Core Housings

120V AC 4 – 20 mA 2 or 5A EACP0420120SP

10, 20 or 50A EACP1420120SP

100, 150 or 200A EACP2420120SP

24V AC/DC 4 – 20 mA 2 or 5A EACP042024USP

10, 20 or 50A EACP142024USP

100, 150 or 200A EACP242024USP

Automation & Control

339

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

CurrentWatch Current Sensors & Switches

Eaton EACR Series CurrentWatch Current Sensors

• True RMS Output - True RMS technology is accurate on distorted waveforms like VFD

or SCR outputs

• Jumper-Selectable Ranges - Reduces inventory & eliminates zero

& span isolation - Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety

& elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop)

• UL, C-UL & CE Approved, Applications - VFD Controlled Loads, SCR Controlled Loads

& Switched mode Power Supplies & Electronic Ballasts

Top Terminal Current Sensors B51

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Signal Current Range Item No.

Solid-Core Housings

24V DC Loop-Powered 0.74 in. (19 mm) 4 – 20 mA 2 or 5A EACR0420SC

10, 20 or 50A EACR1420SC

100, 150 or 200A EACR2420SC

Split-Core Housings

24V DC Loop-Powered 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) 4 – 20 mA 2 or 5A EACR0420SP

10, 20 or 50A EACR1420SP

100, 150 or 200A EACR2420SP

ECS7 Series CurrentWatch Current Switches

• Self-Powered & Self-Calibrating. Reduces installation costs

• Status Monitoring, Overload & Operating Window Options

• Choose the operating style that matches your application

• Universal Output . AC or DC compatibility with any automation system

• UL, C-UL & CE Approved, Applications - Conveyors, Electronic Proof of Flow

& Pump Protection

Front & Top Terminal Switches B51

Power Supply Output Type Aperture Size Intelligent Logic Item No.

Solid-Core Housing

Self-Powered (No

External Power Needed)

Normally Open 0.74 in. (19 mm) Over/Underload, 1.5 – 150A

Self-Calibrating

ECS701SC 

Overload Only, 1.5 – 150A Self-

Calibrating

ECS700SC

Underload Only, 1.5 – 150A

Self-Calibrating

ECS702SC

Split-Core Housing

0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Over/UnderLoad, 2.8 – 150A

Self-Calibrating

ECS711SP 

Overload Only, 2.8 – 150A Self-

Calibrating

ECS710SP

Underload Only, 2.8 – 150A

Self-Calibrating

ECS712SP

 Output is closed when current is within ± 15% window.

Automation & Control

340

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

CurrentWatch Current Sensors & Switches

Eaton ECSTD Series CurrentWatch Current Switches

• Adjustable Start-Up/Delay Timer - Field adjustable from 0-15 seconds to eliminate nuisance alarms due

to start-up inrush or temporary overcurrent conditions

• Choice of N.O./N.C. AC or Universal Outputs - Contact ratings of 1.0A @ 240V AC or universal outputs

of 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC (N.O. models) & 0.2A @ 135V AC/DC (N.C. models) for use with most standard

motor control systems

• Improved Ease of Installation & Use - Self-powered, split-core models simplify installation, 1.0A AC

rating eliminates need for time delay relay & status LED provides visual indication of setpoint trip

& contact status

• Industrial Grade Performance - Constant hysteresis & linear response characteristics enhance

setpoint accuracy

• Agency Approved - UL Listed, CE pending

• Applications - Motor Protection & High Inrush or Temporary Overload Current

B51

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Type Setpoint Options Item No.

AC Output Switches (N.O./N.C. 1A @ 240V AC)

Solid-Core Housings

Self Powered

(No External Power Needed)

0.75 in. (19 mm) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints: 1.5 – 12,

12 – 55 or 50 – 175A

ECSTD401SC

Normally Closed Adjustable Setpoints: 1.5 – 12,

12 – 55 or 50 – 175A

ECSTD402SC

Split-Core Housings

0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints:

2 – 12, 12– 55 or

50 – 200A

ECSTD404SP

Normally Closed Adjustable Setpoints:

2 – 12, 12 – 55 or

50 – 200A

ECSTD405SP

AC/DC Output Switches (N.O. 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC, N.C. 0.2A @ 135V AC/DC) 

Solid-Core Housings

Self Powered

(No External Power Needed)

0.75 in. (19 mm) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints:

1.5 – 12, 12 – 55 or

50 – 175A

ECSTD406SC

Normally Closed Adjustable Setpoints:

1.5 – 12, 12 – 55 or

50 – 175A

ECSTD407SC

Split-Core Housings

0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints:

2 – 12, 12– 55 or

50 – 200A

ECSTD408SP

Normally Closed Adjustable Setpoints:

2 – 12, 12 – 55 or

50 – 200A

ECSTD409SP

 Preferred for PLC inputs.

Automation & Control

341

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

CurrentWatch Current Sensors & Switches

Eaton ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches

• Universal Outputs N.O. or N.C. solid-state switch for control circuits up to 240V AC/DC

• Easily Adjustable Setpoint - Increases application flexibility & speeds start-up

• Solid- or Split-Core Housings

• LED Indication - Provides quick indication of contact status

• Built-In Mounting Feet - Simple, two-screw panel mount or attach with optional

DIN-rail mounting kit accessory

• Applications - Electronic proof of flow, Conveyors, Lighting Circuits, Fans, Pumps,

Heating elements, Critical motors & Ancillary equipment

Top Terminal Current Switch B51

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Signal Setpoint & LED Configuration Item No.

Solid-Core Housings

Self Powered

(No External Power Needed)

0.74 in. (19 mm) Normally Open Adjustable 1 – 150A Setpoint

with LED

ECSNOASC

Fixed 1.0A Setpoint No LED ECSNOFSC

Normally Closed Adjustable 1 – 150A Setpoint

with LED

ECSNCASC

Fixed 1.0A Setpoint No LED ECSNCFSC

Split-Core Housings

0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Normally Open Adjustable 1.75 – 150A

Setpoint with LED

ECSNOASP

Fixed 1.5A Setpoint

No LED

ECSNOFSP

Normally Closed Adjustable 1.75 – 150A Setpoint

with LED

ECSNCASP

Fixed 1.5A Setpoint No LED ECSNCFSP

DIN Rail Mounting Kit*

----EDINKIT

*Sensor pictured for reference & not included in kit.

Automation & Control

342

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Plug In Relays - D2 Series

D2PF 2 A A

Type

D2PR = Standard Relay

D2PF = Full-Featured Relay

Contact Configuration

2 = DPDT

4 = 4PDT

5 = DPDT Latching

Coil Voltage

A = 120V ac

A1 = 110V dc

B = 240V ac

P = 6V ac

P1 = 6V dc

R = 12V ac

R1 = 12V dc

T = 24V ac

T1 = 24V dc

W1 = 48V dc

Options

A = LED, Test Button, Flag Indicator,

Flange Mounting, Lock-Down

Door, Finger-Grip Cover, I.D. Tag

3 = Indicating Light and Test Button

4 = Flange Mounting

Eaton D2PF2 2 Pole Relays

• Flag indicator shows relay status in manual or

powered condition

• Bi-polar LED status lamp allows for reverse

polarity applications

• LED status lamp shows coil “ON” or “OFF”

status — ideal for use in low light applications

• Shows coil ON or OFF status

• Colour coded pushbutton identifies AC coils

with red or DC coils with blue pushbuttons

• Allows for manual operation of relay without

the need for coil power

• Ideal for field service personnel to test control circuits

• Lock down door, when activated, holds pushbutton & contacts in the

operate position

• Excellent for analysing circuit problems

• Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets more

easily than conventional relays

• White plastic I.D. tag/write label used for identification of relays in

multi-relay circuits

Eaton D2PF2 2 Pole Relays B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 8 Amps 48V DC 2 Pole 48V DC D2PF2AW1

Relay 8 Amps 24V DC 2 Pole 24V DC D2PF2AT1

Relay 8 Amps 24V AC 2 Pole 24V AC D2PF2AT

Relay 8 Amps 240V AC 2 Pole 240V AC D2PF2AB

Relay 8 Amps 12V DC 2 Pole 12V DC D2PF2AR1

Relay 8 Amps 12V AC 2 Pole 12V AC D2PF2AR

Relay 8 Amps 120V AC 2 Pole 120V AC D2PF2AA

Relay 8 Amps 110VDC 2 Pole 110V DC D2PF2AA1

2 OR 4 Pole DIN or Panel

Mount Base (Fingersafe)

-D2PA7-A2

Hold down clip -PQC-1782

Eaton D2PF4 4 Pole Relays

• Flag indicator shows relay status in manual

or powered condition

• LED status lamp shows coil “ON” or “OFF”

status — ideal for use in low light applications

• Push-to-test button allows for manual

operation of relay without the need for coil

power

• Lock-down door holds pushbutton & contacts

in the operate position when activated

• Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets easily

• I.D. tag/write label to identify relays in multiple-relay circuits

• Bi-polar LED allows for reverse polarity applications

Eaton D2PF4 4 Pole Relays B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 3 Amps 48V DC 4 Pole 48V DC D2PF4AW1

Relay 3 Amps 24V DC 4 Pole 24V DC D2PF4AT1

Relay 3 Amps 24V AC 4 Pole 24V AC D2PF4AT

Relay 3 Amps 240V AC 4 Pole 240V AC D2PF4AB

Relay 3 Amps 12V DC 4 Pole 12V DC D2PF4AR1

Relay 3 Amps 12V AC 4 Pole 12V AC D2PF4AR

Relay 3 Amps 110V DC 4 Pole 110V DC D2PF4AA1

2 OR 4 Pole DIN or Panel

Mount Base (Fingersafe)

-D2PA7-A2

Hold down clip -PQC-1782

Automation & Control

For deciphering Item Numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

343

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

D3PF 2 A A

Type

D3PR = Standard Relay

D3PF = Full Featured Relay

Contact Configuration

2 = DPDT (8-Pin)

3 = 3PDT (11-Pin)

5 = DPDT Latching (11-Pin) 

Coil Voltage

A = 120V ac

A1 = 110V dc

B = 240V ac

P = 6V ac

P1 = 6V dc

R = 12V ac

R1 = 12V dc

T = 24V ac

T1 = 24V dc

W1 = 48V dc

Options

Blank = Relay with Test Button

A = LED, Test Button, Flag

Indicator, Lock-Down

Door, Finger-Grip Cover,

I.D. Tag

Plug In Relays – D3 series

Eaton D3PF2 8 Pin Round Pin Plug Relays

• Flag indicator shows relay status in manual or

powered condition

• LED status lamp shows coil “ON” or

“OFF” status

• Push-to-test button allows for manual operation

of relay

• Lock-down door holds pushbutton & contacts

in the operated position when activated

• Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets easily

• I.D. tag/write label to identify relays in multiple-relay circuits

• Bi-polar LED allows for reverse polarity applications

Eaton D3PF2 8 Pin Plug Relays B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 12 Amps 24V DC 2 Pole 24V DC D3PF2AT1

Relay 12 Amps 24V AC 2 Pole 24V AC D3PF2AT

Relay 12 Amps 240V AC 2 Pole 240V AC D3PF2AB

Relay 12 Amps 12V DC 2 Pole 12V DC D3PF2AR1

Relay 12 Amps 120V AC 2 Pole 120V AC D3PF2AA

Relay 12 Amps 110V DC 2 Pole 110V DC D3PF2AA1

8 PIN Octal Base -D3PA6

Hold down clip for 2/3-pole -PQC-1332

Eaton D3PF3, D3PR5 11 Pin Round Pin

Plug Relays

• Flag indicator shows relay status in manual

or powered condition

• LED status lamp shows coil “ON”

or “OFF” status

• Push-to-test button allows for manual operation

of relay

• Lock-down door holds pushbutton & contacts

in the operated position when activated

• Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays

from sockets easily

• I.D. tag/write label to identify relays in multiple-relay circuits

• Bi-polar LED allows for reverse polarity applications

D3PF3 11 Pin Round Pin Plug Relays B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 12 Amps 24V DC 3 Pole 24V DC D3PF3AT1

Relay 12 Amps 24V AC 3 Pole 24V AC D3PF3AT

Relay 12 Amps 240V AC 3 Pole 240V AC D3PF3AB

Relay 12 Amps 120V AC 3 Pole 120V AC D3PF3AA

Relay 12 Amps 110V DC 3 Pole 110V DC D3PF3AA1

11 PIN Octal Base -D3PA7-A2

D3PR5 11 PIN Latching Relays B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 10 Amps 120V AC 2 Pole 120V AC D3PR5A

Relay 10 Amps 24V AC 2 Pole 24V AC D3PR5T

Automation & Control

For deciphering Item Numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.  D3PR only.

344

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Plug In Relays - D4 Series

D4PR1, D4PR2 Single & Double Pole Slimline Flat Pin Relay

• Slim-styled power relay

• Socket has built-in hold-down clip

• Panel or DIN rail mounting

Eaton D4PR1 Single Pole Slimline Flat Pin Relay B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 10 Amps 12V DC 1 Pole 12V DC D4PR11R1

Relay 10 Amps 24V DC 1 Pole 24V DC D4PR11T1

Relay 10 Amps 24V AC 1 Pole 24V AC D4PR11T

Relay 10 Amps 240V AC 1 Pole 240V AC D4PR11B

Relay 10 Amps 120V AC 1 Pole 120V AC D4PR11A

Single Pole Base -D4PA1

D4PR2 Double Pole Slimline Flat Pin Relay B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 5 Amps 24V DC 2 Pole 24V DC D4PR21T1

Relay 5 Amps 24V AC 2 Pole 24V AC D4PR21T

Relay 5 Amps 12V DC 2 Pole 12V DC D4PR21R1

Relay 5 Amps 120V AC 2 Pole 120V AC D4PR21A

Relay 5 Amps 240V AC 2 Pole 240V AC D4PR21B

Double Pole Base -D4PA2

Automation & Control

D4PR 1 1 A

Type

D4PR = D4PR Standard Relay Contact Configuration

1 = SPDT

2 = DPDT

Coil Voltage

A = 120V ac

A1 = 110V dc

B = 240V ac

P = 6V ac

P1 = 6V dc

R = 12V ac

R1 = 12V dc

T = 24V ac

T1 = 24V dc

W1 = 48V dc

Options

1 = Indicating Light

For deciphering Item Numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

Automation & Control

345

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Plug In Relays - D7 Series

D7PF2 Double Pole Flat Pin Relay B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 12 Amps 48V DC 2 Pole 48V DC D7PF2AW1

Relay 12 Amps 24V DC 2 Pole 24V DC D7PF2AT1

Relay 12 Amps 24V AC 2 Pole 24V AC D7PF2AT

Relay 12 Amps 240V AC 2 Pole 240V AC D7PF2AB

Relay 12 Amps 12V DC 2 Pole 12V DC D7PF2AR1

Relay 12 Amps 120V AC 2 Pole 120V AC D7PF2AA

Relay 12 Amps 110V DC 2 Pole 110V DC D7PF2AA1

D7 2 pole relay base -D7PAA-B1

Hold down clip -PQC-1349

D7PF4 Four Pole Flat Pin Relay B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 12 Amps 48V DC 4 Pole 48V DC D7PF4AW1

Relay 12 Amps 24V DC 4 Pole 24V DC D7PF4AT1

Relay 12 Amps 24V AC 4 Pole 24V AC D7PF4AT

Relay 12 Amps 240V AC 4 Pole 240V AC D7PF4AB

Relay 12 Amps 12V DC 4 Pole 12V DC D7PF4AR1

Relay 12 Amps 12V AC 4 Pole 12V AC D7PF4AR

Relay 12 Amps 120V AC 4 Pole 120V AC D7PF4AA

D7 4 pole relay base -D7PAD

Hold down clip PQC-1351

Automation & Control

For deciphering Item Numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

D7PF 2 & 4 Pole Flat Pin Relays

• Flag indicator shows relay status in manual or powered condition

• Bi-polar LED status lamp allows for reverse polarity applications

• Shows coil ON or OFF status

• Ideal in low light conditions

• Colour coded pushbutton identifies AC coils with red or DC coils with blue pushbuttons

• Allows for manual operation of relay without the need for coil power

• Ideal for field service personnel to test control circuits

• Lock down door, when activated, holds pushbutton & contacts in the operated position

• Excellent for analysing circuit problems

• Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets more easily than conventional relays

• White plastic I.D. tag/write label used for identification

D7PF 2 A B

Type

D7PR = Standard Relay

D7PF = Full Featured Relay

Contact Configuration

1 = SPDT

2 = DPDT

3 = 3PDT

4 = 4PDT

Coil Voltage

A = 120V ac

A1 = 110V dc

B = 240V ac

P = 6V ac

P1 = 6V dc

R = 12V ac

R1 = 12V dc

T = 24V ac

T1 = 24V dc

W = 48V dc

W1 = 48V dc

Options

1 = Indicating Light

4 = Flange Mounting

A = LED, Test Button, Flag

Indicator, Lock-Down Door,

Finger-Grip Cover, I.D. Tag

346

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Plug In Relays - D8 Series

D8PR6, D8PR7 Single & Double Pole

High Current Power Relay

• Allows switching of 25A & 30A loads

• A high-capacity, high-withstand voltage relay

compatible with momentary voltage drops

• No contact chattering for momentary voltage

drops up to 50% of rated voltage

• UL Class B construction standard

• Wide-range AC-activated coil that handles

100 to 120V AC at either 50 or 60 Hz

• Panel, DIN rail & flange mounting

D8PR6 Single Pole High Current Power Relay B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 30 Amps 24V DC 1 Pole 24V DC D8PR6TET1

Relay 30 Amps 12V DC 1 Pole 12V DC D8PR6TER1

Relay 30 Amps 24V AC 1 Pole 24V AC D8PR6TET

Relay 30 Amps 240V AC 1 Pole 240V AC D8PR6TEB

Screw terminal DIN adaptor -D8PA2

E-bracket mounting adaptor -D8PA5

D8PR7 Double Pole High Current Power Relay B51

Description Voltage Item No.

Relay 25Amps 24V AC 2 Pole 24V AC D8PR7TET

Relay 25Amps 240V AC 2 Pole 240V AC D8PR7TEB

Relay 25 Amps 24V DC 2 Pole 24V DC D8PR7TET1

Relay 25 Amps 12V DC 2 Pole 12V DC D8PR7TER1

Screw terminal DIN adaptor -D8PA2

E-bracket mounting adaptor -D8PA5

For deciphering Item Numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

D9PR 8B A

Type

D9PR = Standard Relay Coil Voltage

A = 120V ac

A1 = 110V dc

B = 240V dc

R1 = 12V dc

T = 24V ac

T1 = 24V dc

Contact Configuration

8B = 4PST-NO

9B = 3PST-NO/SPST-NC

10B = DPST-NO/DPST-NC

General Purpose Plug-In Relays — D9 Series

• Ideal for 3-phase motor control applications

• No contact chattering for momentary voltage drops up to 50%

of rated voltage

• Push-to-test button is a standard feature to check contact operation

D9 Series B51

Coil Voltage Item No.

4PST-NO-Power Relay

24V ac D9PR8BT

120V ac D9PR8BA

240V ac D9PR8BB

24V dc D9PR8BT1

3PST-NO/SPST-NC Power Relay

120V ac D9PR9BA

DPST-NO/DPST-NC Power Relay

24V ac D9PR10BT

120V ac D9PR10BA

24V dc D9PR10BT1

Plug-In Relays - D9 Series

Automation & Control

For deciphering Item Numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

D8PR 6 TE A

Type

D8PR = Standard Relay Contact Configuration

6 = SPST-NO

7 = DPST-NO

Coil Voltage

A = 120V ac

B = 240V dc

R1 = 12V dc

T = 24V ac

T1 = 24V dc

Options

TE = E-Bracket

TF = Flange Mount

347

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Interface Relays – XR series

XR Terminal Block Interface Relays

• 6mm wide (1P), 14mm wide (2P) relay

screw connection or spring-cage

• Plug-in jumpers or bridges available

• SPDT or DPDT contacts rated 6A

• DIN rail mount, LED indication

• Field-replaceable pluggable miniature relay

• 12VDC to 110VDC/120VAC available

• 10A High current series in SPDT

B51

Description Item No.

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 12VDC, screw conn XRU1D12

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 120VAC/110VDC, screw conn XRU1D120U

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 230VAC/220VDC, screw conn XRU1D230U

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 24VDC, screw conn XRU1D24

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 24VAC/DC, screw conn XRU1D24U

XR Relay, 2P, 6A, 12VDC, screw conn XRU2D12

XR Relay, 2P, 6A, 120VAC/110VDC, screw conn XRU2D120U

XR Relay, 2P, 6A, 230VAC/220VDC, screw conn XRU2D230U

XR Relay, 2P, 6A, 24VDC, screw conn XRU2D24

XR Relay, 2P, 6A, 24VAC/DC, screw conn XRU2D24U

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 12VDC, spring-cage XRP1D12

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 120VAC/110VDC, spring-cage XRP1D120U

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 230VAC/220VDC, spring-cage XRP1D230U

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 24VDC, spring-cage XRP1D24

XR Relay, 1P, 6A, 24VAC/DC, spring-cage XRP1D24U

XR Relay, 2P, 6A, 230VAC/220VDC, spring-cage XRP2D230U

XR Relay, 1P, 10A, 12VDC, screw conn XRU1H12

XR Relay, 1P, 10A, 120VAC/110VDC, screw conn XRU1H120U

XR Relay, 1P, 10A, 230VAC/220VDC, screw conn XRU1H230U

XR Relay, 1P, 10A, 24VDC, screw conn XRU1H24

XR Relay, 1P, 10A, 24VAC/DC, screw conn XRU1H24U

Accessories B51

Description Item No.

2-position snap-in Jumper, grey XRAFBST2GY

80-position snap-in Jumper, grey XRAFBST500GY

Power Terminal Block XRAPLCESK

End Cover XRAATPBK

Automation & Control

Type

XR = XR Terminal Block Relay Connection Type

U = Screw

P = Spring-Cage

Number of Poles

1 = 1 PDT

2 = 2 PDT

Gold plated contacts

G = Yes

Blank = No

Coil Voltage

D12 = 12V dc

D120U = 120V ac / 110V dc

D24 = 24V dc

D230U = 24Vac / dc

XR U 1 D120 G

348

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Rhomberg Monitoring Relays

Rhomberg 3-Phase

Sequence/Failure/Asymmetry Relays

• Protects Against Phase Imbalance or

Asymmetry, Phase Loss or Phase Reversal

• Sensitivity (Nps) Adjustment

• Insensitive To Regenerated EMF

• Loss of Neutral Detection in SP431

B57

Description Item No.

Ph Fail, Ph Seq, Ph Asy Detection with 1 C/O

& LEDs

AP430/*S

Ph Fail, Ph Seq, Ph Asy Detection with 2 C/O

& LEDs

AP430/*D

Ph Fail, Ph Seq, Ph Asy Detection Plug In 1

C/O & LEDs

SP430/*-SP

Ph Fail, Ph Seq, Ph Asy Detection Plug In 2

C/O & LEDs

SP430/*-DP

Ph Fail, Ph Seq, Ph Asy Loss of Neutral

Detection Plug In

SP431/*-SP

Ph Fail, Ph Seq Detection Plug In with LEDs SP433/*-SP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base S3B

* Specify voltage: 110, 115, 220, 380, 400, 415 & 525Vac.

Rhomberg Current Relays/Monitors

(AC & DC) Single Phase

• 11 Pin Plug In or DIN Rail Mount Relay

(with Plug In Terminals)

• 250Vac/10A Relay

• Single Pole & 2 Pole Configuration

• Slimline & Slimline-D Series

B57

Description Item No.

Current Monitor 5 Amp AC/DC Selectable with

Time Delay

P100PD*S3

Current Monitor 5 Amp AC/DC Selectable with

Time Delay Plug In

SP103/*-SP

Current Monitor For DC Shunt Selectable with

Time Delay

P101PD*S3

Current Monitor For DC Shunt Selectable with

Time Delay Plug In

SP104/*-SP

Current Window Comparator AC Adjustable

with Time Delay

P120PD*S3

Current Window Comparator AC Adjustable

with Time Delay Plug In

SP123/*-SP

Single Phase Reverse Power Monitor For AC

Current

SP510/**-SP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base S3B

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc & 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

** Specify voltage: 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

Rhomberg Voltage Monitors (AC & DC)

& Frequency Relays

• 11 Pin Plug In or DIN Rail Mount Relay

(with Plug In Terminals)

• 250Vac/10A Relay

• Slimline & Slimline-D Series

B57

Description Item No.

Voltage Comparator adj delay DPDT 415VAC AP231/400AD

Overvoltage & undervoltage monitoring relay,

24VDC

AP224/24VDCS

Overvoltage & undervoltage monitoring relay,

240VAC

AP224/240VACS

Voltage Monitor 1-Ph Selectable with Time

Delay

P200PD*S3

Voltage Monitor 1-Ph Selectable with Time

Delay Plug In

SP201/*-SP

Voltage Window Comparator 1-Ph Selectable

with Time Delay

P220PD*S3

Voltage Window Comparator 1-Ph Selectable

with Time Delay Plug In

SP221/*-SP

Voltage Window Comparator 3-Ph Selectable

with Time Delay

P230PD**S3

Voltage Window Comparator 3-Ph Selectable

with Time Delay Plug In

SP231/**-SP

Voltage Window Comparator 3-Ph + N Over

& Under

SP232/**-SP

Frequency Monitor Over & Under 50Hz SP320/**-SP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base S3B

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc & 24, 110, 240, 415Vac

** Specify voltage: 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

Rhomberg Bases For Monitoring Relays

• Shrouded terminals

B57

Description Item No.

11 Pin DIN Rail Socket / Base S3B

Rhomberg Motor/Pump Protection Relays

• Borehole Pump Protection

• Auto-Calibrating

• Overload (Blocking/Closed Valve)

Protection

• Underload (Running Dry) Protection

with Auto Restart Timer

• Max 4kW Without External CT

• Over & Under Voltage Protection

• Phase Sequence/Failure Monitoring

• Liquid Level Control

B57

Description Item No.

Motor/Pump Protection Relay 240Vac

Single Phase

MP820/240AS

Motor/Pump Protection Relay 400-415Vac

Three Phase

MP830/415AS

Automation & Control

349

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

EMR4 measuring & monitoring relays

Current, phase, sequence relays, phase imbalance monitoring M00

Description

Current measuring

range, I ~ /I = A Circuit symbol Supply voltage Item No.

Current monitoring relays, single-phase

• Switching hysteresis adjustable

from 5 – 30%

• Response delay 0.1 – 30 s

• EMR4...-A: monitors one upper or

lower limit

• EMR4...-B: monitors one upper

limit

• Extension of the measurement

range possible with current

transformers

3 – 30 mA

10 – 100 mA

0.1 – 1 A

24 – 240 V

AC/DC

EMR4-I1-2-A

0.3 – 1.5 A

1 – 5 A

3 – 15 A

24 – 240 V

AC/DC

EMR4-I15-2-A

0.3 – 1.5 A

1 – 5 A

3 – 15 A

220 – 240 V

EMR4-I15-2-B

Description

Monitoring

voltage Circuit symbol Supply voltage Item No.

Phase sequence relay

• Monitors three-phase systems

for phase sequence & phase

failure (< 0.6 x Ue)

• Supply voltage = voltage being

monitored

200 – 500 V

EMR4-F500-2

Phase imbalance monitoring relay

• Monitors three-phase systems

for phase imbalance

• Detects phase failure even at

95% voltage feedback from the

motor

• Response delay: 0.5 s

• Phase imbalance response

threshold adjustable from 5 – 15 %

• Phase sequence detection

• Supply voltage = voltage being

monitored

380 – 415 V

50 Hz

380 – 415 V

50 Hz

EMR4-A400-1

Current, phase, sequence relays, phase imbalance monitoring M00

Description

Monitoring voltage

adjustable from Circuit symbol Supply voltage Item No.

Phase monitoring relays

• Monitors three-phase systems

for phase sequence, over- &

undervoltage & phase failure (<

0.6 x Ue)

• 3-phase voltage monitoring

within a range

• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay

(0.1 – 10 s)

Umin 300 – 380

V AC

160 – 330 V AC EMR4-W500-2-C

Umax 420 – 500

V AC

300 – 500 V AC EMR4-W500-2-D

Umin 350 – 430

V AC

Umax 500 – 580

V AC

300 – 500 V AC EMR4-W580-2-D

Automation & Control

350

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

EMR4 measuring & monitoring relays

Level monitoring relays, insulation monitoring relays, sealable shrouds M00

Description Response sensitivity Circuit symbol Supply voltage Item No.

Liquid level monitoring relays

• Monitors the level of conductive liquids

• Monitors the ratio of mixtures of conductive liquids

• Selectable: protection against running dry or overflowing

5 kW – 100 kW220 – 240 V AC EMR4-N100-1-B

• Monitors the level of conductive liquids

• Monitors the ratio of mixtures of conductive liquids

• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay between 0.5 – 10 s

250 W – 500 kW220 – 240 V AC EMR4-N500-2-B

• Monitors the level of conductive liquids

• Monitors the ratio of mixtures of conductive liquids

• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay between 0.5 – 10 s

250 W – 500 kW24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-N500-2-A

Description

Insulation

resistance

range Circuit symbol Supply voltage Item No.

Insulation monitoring relays

• Monitors the insulation resistance in nonearthed DC

supply systems

• Selector switch for open or closed-circuit principle

• With test & reset facilities

• Status indication via LEDs

10 – 110 kW24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-RDC-1-A

• Monitors the insulation resistance between non-earthed

AC supply systems & the protective conductor/earth

• Tripping function memory

• Insulation monitoring in 1- & 3-phase AC supply systems

• Test via local test button or remote

test operation

• Status indication via LEDs to

VDE 0413 / Part 2

10 – 110 kW24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-RAC-1-A

Mounting width (mm) Item No.

Sealable shrouds

22.5 EMR4-PH22

45 EMR4-PH45

Automation & Control

351

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Rhomberg Control Relays

• Switching Amplifiers, Tacho Relays,

Thermistor Relays, Flip Flop Relays

• Power Supply Modules

B57

Description Item No.

Switching Amplifier/Relay For NAMUR Sensors

Plug In

SC300/*-SP

Switching Amplifier/Relay For Three Wire DC

Sensors Plug In

SC314/*-SP

Tacho Relay For NAMUR Sensors Pulse In

0-1mA Re-Transmit Plug In

SC320/*-SP

Control Relay For Rhomberg Photo Electric

Sensors Plug In

SC410/*-SP

Temperature Control Relay For PT-100/Rtd

Sensors Plug In

SC501/*-SP

Thermistor Motor Protection Relay Auto Reset

Plug In

SC510/*-SP

Thermistor Motor Protection Relay Auto Reset

Plug In

SC510/*-DP

Thermistor Motor Protection Relay Test & Reset

Buttons Plug In

SC511/*-SP

Flip Flop Relay No Memory Contact Input

Plug In

SC610/*-SP

Flip Flop Relay with Memory Contact Input or

Sensor Plug In

SC611/*-SP

Multi Function Preselect Counter Plug In SC700/*-SP

Preset Counter Panel Mount 48x48 CC701/*DSP

Power Supply 250Vac / 24Vac 150mA

Unregulated Plug In

SC900/240/24A

Power Supply 250Vac / 24Vdc 120mA

Unregulated Plug In

SC900/240/24D

Power Supply 250Vac / 24Vdc 100mA Regulated

Plug In

SC900/240/24R

Power Supply 240Vac / 12Vdc 150mA Regulated

Plug In

SC900/240/12R

11 Pin DIN Rail Base S3B

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc & 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

Timers

Rhomberg Multi-Function DIN Rail

& Plug In

• Delayed-ON, Interval, Recycling Functions

22.5mm Size

• 0.2 Sec. To 100 Hours

• DPDT Relay (5A Per Contact)

B57

Description Item No.

0.2 Sec - 100 Hrs 2 Timed Contacts DIN Rail AT100/**D

0.2 Sec - 120 Sec 2 Timed Contacts 11 Pin ST100/**DP

22 Sec - 240 Min 2 Timed Contacts 11 Pin ST101/**DP

0.2 Sec - 100 Hrs 1 Timed Contact DIN Rail AT110/*S

0.2 Sec - 120 Sec 2 Timed Contacts 11 Pin (Hold or Pulse Reset

NPN)

ST110/**DP

22 Sec - 240 Min 2 Timed Contacts 11 Pin (Hold or Pulse Reset

NPN)

ST111/**DP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base (Accepts Retainer Clip with Plug in Timers) S3B

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc, 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

** Specify voltage: 30Vdc, 250, 415Vac.

Rhomberg Asymmetrical Recycling

DIN Rail & Plug in

• Asymmetrical Recycling - ON or OFF

Cycle First

• DPDT Relay (5A Per Contact)

• DIN Rail & Plug in 22.5mm Size

B57

Description Item No.

0.2 Sec - 240 Min 2 Timed Contacts DIN Rail AT200/**D

T1 = 0 - 120s, T2 = 0 - 120s 2 Timed Contacts 11 Pin ST200/**DP

T1 = 0 - 120s, T2 = 22s - 240m 2 Timed Contacts 11 Pin ST201/**DP

T1 = 22s - 240m, T2 = 22s - 240m 2 Timed Contacts 11 Pin ST202/**DP

T1 = 22s - 240m, T2 = 0 - 120s 2 Timed Contacts 11 Pin ST203/**DP

Multi Function Type 0.2 Sec - 120 Sec 1 Timed Contact 11 Pin ST210/*SP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base (Accepts Retainer Clip with Plug in Timers) S3B

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc & 24, 110, 240, 415Vac

** Specify voltage: 30Vdc & 250, 415Vac

Automation & Control

352

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Timers

ETR4 M00

Description Rated operational current AC–15

Conventional

thermal current Time range Item No. Item No.

240 V, Ie, A 400 V, Ie, A Ith, A

ETR4 electronic timing relays, 22.5 mm wide

Actuating voltage:

Type suffix -A: 24 – 240 V DC & 24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Type suffix -W: 400 V AC, 50/60 Hz

On-delayed 3 3 6 0.05 – 1 s

0.15 – 3 s

0.5 – 10 s

1.5 – 30 s

5 – 100 s

15 – 300 s

1.5 – 30 min

15 – 300 min

1.5 – 30 h

5 – 100 h

ETR4-11-A ETR4-11-W

Multi-function relay 3 3 6 ETR4-69-A ETR4-69-W

Multi-function relay with connection for potentiometer & two

changeover contacts that can be converted to two timed contacts

or one non-delayed contact & one timed contact.

3 3 6 ETR4-70-A -

Star-delta timing relays 3 3 6 3 – 60 s ETR4-51-A ETR4-51-W

ETR2 M00

Description Rated operational current AC–15

Conventional

thermal current Time range Item No.

240 V, Ie, A 400 V, Ie, A Ith , A

ETR2 electronic timing relays, 17.5 mm wide

Actuating voltage:

24 – 48 V DC & 24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

On-delayed 3 – 5 0.05 – 1 s

0.5 – 10 s

5 – 100 s

0.5 – 10 min

5 – 100 min

0.5 – 10 h

5 – 100 h

ETR2-11

Off-delayed 3 – 5 ETR2-12

Fleeting contact on energisation 3 – 5 ETR2-21

Flashing, pulse initiating 3 – 5 ETR2-42

Flashing, 2 speeds or pause initiating 3 – 5 ETR2-44

Multi-function relay (i.e. all of the above plus fleeting contact on

de-energisation

3 – 5 ETR2-69

Automation & Control

353

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Timers

Rhomberg Special Function Timers

• No Power Delayed OFF Functions - ‘True OFF Delay’

• Multi start attempt timer for repeated

starting attempts of standby generator

sets with start failure alarm output

• Slim Housing (22.5mm)

B57

Description Item No.

0.2 Sec - 120 Sec No Power Delay OFF Timer 1 Timed Contact 11 Pin ST300/*SP

22 Sec - 240 Min No Power Delay OFF Timer 1 Timed Contact 11 Pin ST301/*SP

Multi Start Attempt Timer 1 C/O AT500/*S

11 Pin DIN Rail Base (Accepts Retainer Clip with Timer) S3B

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc & 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

Rhomberg Star Delta Timers

• Star Time Adjustable up to 60 Sec.

(30 Sec. Max Adjustment Available on Request)

• Pause Time 75msec (50msec Available On Request)

• Relay Rests in “Centre-Off” Position

During Pause & Power OFF State

• 5A Relay Output

B57

Description Item No.

Star Time Adjustable Pause Time 75msec Fixed 1 C/O DIN Rail AT130/*AS

Star Time Adjustable Pause Time 75msec Fixed 1 C/O Plug in ST130/*-SP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base (Accepts Retainer Clip with St310) S3B

* Specify voltage: 110, 240, 415Vac

Eaton TRL 18mm DIN Timers

• Slim 18mm DIN rail mount timers

• Timing range 50 msec to 100 hours

• Changeover output contact rated 8A,

240VAC

• Universal supply voltage

12V-240V AC/DC for TRL07 & TRLPG

24V-240V AC/DC for TRL04

Eaton TR series Plug-in Timers

• 20 time ranges & 10 timing functions

• Time delays from 0.1 sec. to 600 hrs

• 2 Form C DPDT delayed output contacts

Eaton E42A24M analogue panel-mount timer

• 11-pin plug-in multifunction timer

• ON delay, OFF delay, pulse output, etc.

B51

Description Item No.

18mm DIN Multifunction Timer - 4 modes TRL04

18mm DIN Multifunction Timer - 7 modes TRL07

18mm DIN Asymmetrical Pulse Generator - 2 modes TRLPG

Timer S1DXMA Power On Delay 0.20S to 30m 2 TRNB24AD

Timer On Delay 1s - 500h 2 Time 8 PIN 24V ac/dc TRNP24AD

Timer On Delay 1s - 500h 2 Time 8 PIN 240V ac TRNP240AC

Timer 8 Mode 1s-500h 2 time 11 PIN 24V ac/dc TRFP24AD

Timer 8 Mode 1s-500h 2 time 11 PIN 240V ac TRFP240AC

Timer Battery Powered LCD Time Control 48x48mm E5-248-C1420

Multifunction Timer 7 mode 48 x 48 mm Panel or DIN mount E42A24M

Time Switches

Eaton Time switches

• Analogue synchronous or digital types

• With or without battery backup

• Standard DIN rail mountable

• Daily/weekly/yearly time switches

• Daylight saving feature

• Easy to program, plain English menu

• 16A AC-1, 240V AC changeover contact

• 1, 2 or 4 channel models

• Pulse output option, for school bells

• Clock dial or 18mm wide, captive pins

• Replacement batteries available

B51

Description Item No.

Analogue timeswitches (day/week program)

Analogue timeswitch, clock dial, 24 hr, 1 ch, captive pins TAD1NC

Analogue timeswitch, slim 18mm module, 24 hr, 1 ch TAD1NCS

Analogue timeswitch, clock dial, 7 day, battery backup, 1ch, tappets TAW1

Analogue timeswitch, clock dial, 24 hr, battery backup, 1 ch, captive pins TAD1

Analogue timeswitch, slim 18mm module, 24 hr, battery backup, 1 ch TAD1S

Analogue timeswitch, slim 18mm module, 7 day, battery backup, 1 ch TAW1S

Analogue Timeswitch Dial, 24 Hr, 1 Ch TAD1NCQA

Analogue Timeswitch Dial, 24 Hr, 7 day, 1 Ch TADW1NCQA

Analogue Timeswitch Dial Quartz, 24Hr, 7 day 1ch TADW1QA

Digital Timeswitches (week program)

Digital timeswitch, 35mm wide, 7 day, 28 mem, battery backup, 1 ch TDW1

Digital timeswitch, 18mm wide, 7 day, 28 mem, battery backup, 1 ch TDW1S

Digital timeswitch, 35mm wide, 7 day, 42 mem, battery backup, 2 ch TDW2

Digital timeswitch, 35mm, 7 day, 42 mem, battery, pulse/cycle, 2 ch TDW2E

Digital Timeswitches (year program)

Digital timeswitch, 105mm, 365 day, 324 mem, pulse, battery, 2 ch TDY2

Same as TDY2 digital timeswitch, but with radio control capability TDY2E

Digital timeswitch, 105mm, 365 day, 324 mem, pulse, battery, 4 ch TDY4

Same as TDY4 digital timeswitch, but with radio control capability TDY4E

Twilight switches (DIN mount control unit

+ remote sensor)

Twilight switch, adjustable sensitivity 2-100 lux, 1 ch TSM1S

Twilight switch, adjustable sensitivity 2-200 lux, 1 ch TSM1

Twilight switch, adjustable sensitivity 2-2000 lux, 1 ch TSM1E

Twilight switch, adjustable sensitivity 2-7500 lux, 2 ch TSM2

Combined timeswitch & twilight switch (DIN mount + remote sensor)

Digital timeswitch, 7 day, sensor adjustable sensitivity 2-2000 lux TSMC1

Automation & Control

354

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Time Switches

Eaton Time Switch Accessories B51

Description Item No.

Battery for TDY2, TDY2E, TDY4, TDY4E timeswitches TBAT1

Battery for TAD1, TAW1 timeswitches TBAT2

Battery for TDW1S timeswitches TBAT3

Battery for TDW1, TDW2, TDW2E timeswitches TBAT4

Battery for TAD1S, TAW1S timeswitches TBAT5

Power supply for DCF antenna (TDY2E & TDY4E) TDCFMU

Antenna for radio control DCF reception TDCFANT

Programming software & adapter cable TPROG

Memory card TMEMO

Light sensor, built-in type (TSM1S, TSM1, TSM1E, TSMC1) TSENS

Light sensor, surface-mount type (TSM1S, TSM1, TSM1E, TSMC1) TSENS1

Light sensor, surface-mount type (TSM2 only) TSENS2

Terminal cover, for all 18mm timeswitches & twilight switches TCV1

Terminal cover, for all 35mm timeswitches & twilight switches TCV2

Terminal cover, for all 54mm analogue clock dial timeswitches TCV3

Terminal cover, for all 54mm twilight switches TCV4

Terminal cover, for all 72mm twilight switches TCV5

Terminal cover, for all 105mm timeswitches & twilight switches TCV6

Staircase light timeswitches

Analogue staircase light timeswitch, 0.5-20 min, override function TE7

Analogue staircase light timeswitch, 0.5-20 min, multifunction TE1

Counters

E5 1 48 C 1 400

Type

E5 = E5 Series Counter Type

1 = Pulse Counter Display

C = LCD

Front Dimension

48 = 48 x 48 mm

Power

400 = Battery-Powered

421 = ac Power

422 = dc Power

Presets

1 = 1 Preset

2 = 2 Presets

1/16 DIN LCD Preset Counter

Battery-Powered

• 2-line displays count, preset and level of the output

• Replacement for electromechanical preset counters

• No power supply necessary (battery operated)

• Count and reset input electrically separated from counter

through optocoupler input range 12 – 250V AC/DC

AC/DC-Powered

• 2-line LCD display

• Programmable as impulse counter, frequency meter or time meter

with sign and zero blanking

• Batch mode

1/16 DIN LCD B57

Description Item No.

Battery-Powered 1 Preset LCD

Battery Power 1.89 x 1.89 Inch (48 x 48 mm) E5-148-C1400

AC/DC-Powered 1 Preset LCD

90 – 260V ac Power 1.89 x 1.89 Inch

(48 x 48 mm))

E5-148-C1421

10 – 30V dc Power 1.89 x 1.89 Inch

(48 x 48 mm)

E5-148-C1422

AC/DC-Powered 2 Preset LCD

90 – 260V ac Power 1.89 x 1.89 Inch

(48 x 48 mm)

E5-148-C2421

10 – 30V dc Power 1.89 x 1.89 Inch

(48 x 48 mm)

E5-148-C2422

Automation & Control

355

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Eclipse Series 1/8 DIN LED Ratemeter 577 00 48 1

Type

577 = Eclipse Series Power

00 = dc Power

01 = ac Power

Function

48 = Counter

Outputs

1 = Dual Relay Out

2 = Analogue Output (4 – 20mA + 0 – 10V)

3 = Dual Relay + Analogue Output

4 = RS-485 Communications

5 = Dual Relay + RS-485 Communications

6 = Analogue Output + RS-485 Communications

7 = Dual Relay, RS-485 Communications + Analogue Output

Counters 577 00 48 1

Type

577 = Eclipse Series Power

00 = dc Power

01 = ac Power

Function

48 = Counter

Outputs

1 = Dual Relay Out

2 = Analogue Output (4 – 20mA + 0 – 10V)

3 = Dual Relay + Analogue Output

4 = RS-485 Communications

5 = Dual Relay + RS-485 Communications

6 = Analogue Output + RS-485 Communications

7 = Dual Relay, RS-485 Communications + Analogue Output

1/8 DIN Eclipse Series Preset Counter

• 1/8 DIN cutout

• Type 4X front panel protection

• 7-segment LED Display

LED Count Control, 6-Digit B57

Description Item No.

Relay Out, 9 – 30V dc Power 57700481

Relay Out, 85 – 265V ac Power 57701481

Relay & Analogue Out, 9 – 30V dc Power 57700483

Relay & Analogue Out, 85 – 265V ac Power 57701483

Relay & RS-485 Out, 9 – 30V dc Power 57700485

Relay & RS-485 Out, 85 – 265V ac Power 57701485

Relay, Analogue & RS-485 Out, 9 – 30V dc Power 57700487

Relay, Analogue & RS-485 Out, 85 – 265V ac Power 57701487

Ratemeters 533 0 0 404

Type

533 = Courier Series Power

0 = Batter- Powered

Counter

0 = No Option

1 = Extend Temperature Range

2 = Backlight Option (24V dc required)

Function

404 = Ratemeter

Courier Series Battery-Powered

Ratemeter

• 1/Tau ratemeter

• Scaling capabilities

• Type 4X protection

• Internal battery: 3V, Lithium

1/Tau LCD Ratemeter B57

Description Item No.

Battery-Powered 53300404

• 1/8 DIN cutout

• Type 4X front panel protection

• Front panel programming

B57

Description Item No.

9 – 30V dc

9 – 30V dc, Alarms

9 – 30V dc, Analogue Out

9 – 30V dc, Alarms,

Analogue Out

57700470

57700471

57700472

57700473

B57

Description Item No.

9 – 30V dc, RS-485

9 – 30V dc, Alarms, RS-485

9 – 30V dc, Analogue Out, RS-485

9 – 30V dc, Alarms, Analogue Out, RS-485

57700474

57700475

57700476

57700477

85 – 265V ac

85 – 265V ac, Alarms

85 – 265V ac, Analogue Out

85 – 265V ac, Alarms, Analogue Out

57701470

57701471

57701472

57701473

85 – 265V ac, RS-485

85 – 265V ac, Alarms, RS-485

85 – 265V ac, Analogue Out, RS-485

85 – 265V ac, Alarms, Analogue Out, RS-485

57701474

57701475

57701476

57701477

Automation & Control

356

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Hour Meters

Number of Digits

6 = 6 Digits

7 = 7 Digits

8 = 8 Digits

Function

T = Time Meter

Voltage

402 = dc Voltage

406 = ac Voltage

6 T - 3H - 508R PM - 406

Option

65 = IP65 Seal

3H = 3-Hole Mount

Size

508R = 50.8 mm Round

4848 = 48 x 48 mm Square

Mounting

PM = Panel Mount

Electronic LCD Hour Meters

Battery-Powered

• Low price and high efficiency

• Large 8-digit LCD display, height of

the figures 0.31 inch (8 mm)

• Different time ranges from 0.1 second to 100,000 hours

• Lifetime of the battery is approximately 8 years

AC/DC-Powered

• Solid-state hour meters

• Record and display up to 99,999.9 hours, rollover and

continue timing

• EEPROM memory can retain data for 25+ years

• Time accumulation indicated by flashing hourglass icon

Electronic LCD Hour Meter B57

Description Item No.

Battery-Powered 1/32 DIN 8-digit LCD

Hours / Minutes, 0.94 x 1.89 Inch (24 x 48 mm) E5-224-C0440

Hours / Minutes, 10 – 260V Input, 0.94 x 1.89

Inch (24 x 48 mm)

E5-224-C0448

Minutes / Seconds, 0.94 x 1.89 Inch (24 x 48 mm) E5-224-C0450

Minutes / Seconds, 10 – 260V Input 0.94 x 1.89

Inch (24 x 48 mm)

E5-224-C0458

AC/DC-Powered Round LCD

Elapsed Hour Meter, 48 – 150V dc / 100 – 230V

E42DIR48230

Elapsed Hour Meter w/ Reset, 48 – 150V dc /

100 – 230V ac

E42DIR48230R

Elapsed Hour Meter, 12 – 48V dc / 20 – 60V ac E42DIR1260

AC/DC-Powered Compact Rectangular LCD

Elapsed Hour Meter, 48 – 150V dc / 100 – 230V

E42DI2448230

Elapsed Hour Meter, w/ Reset, 48 – 150V dc /

100 – 230V ac

E42DI2448230R

Elapsed Hour Meter, 12 – 48V dc / 20 – 60V ac E42DI241260

Electromechanical Hour Meters

1/16 DIN

• High shock-resistance

• Without reset

• Data retention if power is lost

71.1 mm Round

• 6-digit hour meter for round panel cut-out

• Low cost

• Waterproof

• Type 4X protection

Electromechanical Hour Meters B57

Description Item No.

1/16 DIN

10 – 30V dc, 1.89 x 1.89 Inch (48 x 48 mm) 8-T-65-4848PM-402

100 – 130V ac, 1.89 x 1.89 Inch (48 x 48 mm) 7-T-65-4848PM-406

187-264V ac, 1.89 x 1.89 Inch (48 x 48 mm) 7-T-65-4848PM-408

71.1 mm Round

115V ac, 2.80 Inch (71.1 mm) Round 6-T-3H-508RPM-406

10 – 80V dc, 2.80 Inch (71.1 mm) Round 6-T-3H-508RPM-402

DIN-Rail Adapter — Accessory B57

Description

DIN-Rail Adapter for DIN Electromechanical

Hour Meter

Automation & Control

357

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Water Pump Pressure Switches

Eaton CHWPS water pump pressure switches

• Suitable for all water pumps: submersible, jet, reciprocating, etc.

• Available in 20-40, 30-50 & 40-60 psi models

• Diaphragm-actuated contacts

• Adjustable cut-in & cut-out pressures

• Easy wiring & corrosion resistant

• Ideal for pump OEM applications

• Rated 1-ph 230V, 2.0 HP, 12A

• Removable cover, ample wiring space

B51

Description Item No.

20-40 psi pressure switch CHWPS2040D

30-50 psi pressure switch CHWPS3050D

40-60 psi pressure switch CHWPS4060D

20-40 psi pressure switch c/w pulsation plug CHWPS2040DP

20-40 psi pressure switch c/w low pressure cut-off CHWPS2040DL

30-50 psi pressure switch c/w low pressure cut-off CHWPS3050DL

Riko Float Switches

• Stainless & Plastic Type Floats

• Horizontal & Vertical Types

• Multiple Level Switches

• Suitable For 240Vac

B51

Description Item No.

1/2" NPT Polypropylene Horizontal Float Switch, 90mm x 15mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS10N1

1/2" NPT Nylon-6 Horizontal Float Switch, 90mm Long x 15mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS10N2

PA/rubber Upright Float Switch, 44mm Long x 20mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS17A2

PA/rubber Upright Float Switch, 44mm Long x 20mm Dia. 0.5 Amp, PP clip MFS17A2PPC

PA/rubber Upright Float Switch, 44mm Long x 26.5mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS17B2

Polypropylene Upright Float Switch, 44mm Long x 25mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS17C2

Polypropylene Upright Float Switch, 44mm Long x 18mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS17D2

1/4” PF PA/rubber Horizontal Float Switch, 38mm x 31mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS21E2

Polypropylene Horizontal Float Switch, 73mm x 15mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS9N1

Nylon-6 Horizontal Float Switch, 73mm Long x 15mm Dia. 0.5 Amp MFS9N2

S/S Horizontal Float Switch, 73mm Long x 28mm Dia. 0.5 Amp RFS11A2

1/2" NPT S/S Horizontal Float Switch, 94mm Long x 17mm Dia. 0.5 Amp RFS122

S/S Upright Float Switch, 42mm Long x 28mm Dia. 0.5 Amp RFS22

S/S Elbow Float Switch, 83.5mm Long x 28mm Dia. 0.5 Amp RFS42

S/S Upright Float Switch, 75 Long x 50mm Dia. 0.5 Amp RFS62

S/S Upright Float Switch, 59mm Long x 43mm Dia. 0.5 Amp RFS8

S/S Elbow Float Switch, 99mm Long x 28mm Dia. 0.5 Amp RFS9

316S/S Float only, RFS22 FLOAT316SS

316S/S Float only, RFS62 FLOAT50MM316

MFS9N1

MFS

17A2

MFS

17B2

MFS

17C2

MFS

17D2

MFS

23F

MFS

25J RFS22 RFS62 RFS8

RFS42

RFS9

RFS11A2

Special Models

Float Switch Map RFS122

MFS9N2

MFS10N1

MFS10N2

MFS21E2

MFS21K

Automation & Control

358

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

DC Power Supplies

Eaton PSG range of DC Power Supplies

• DIN rail mountable, all mounting hardware supplied

• Industrial application, range includes 60 to 480 watts, 2.5 to 20A

• 1-phase Input 85 to 264V AC, 22-28V DC adj Output

• 3-phase Input 350 to 575V AC, 22-28V DC adj Output

• Wide operating temp -20 to +75 degrees Celsius

• Transient surge voltage protection

• Certified to IEC, CE, UL; RoHS compliant

• Green operation LED for DC OK

• MTBF in excess of 800,000 hours

• Screw terminal type connections

B57

Description Item No.

Single-phase AC input type

Power Supply 85-264VAC Input, 24VDC, 2.5A Output, 60 PSG60E

Power Supply 85-264VAC Input, 24VDC, 5A Output, 120W PSG120E

Power Supply 85-264VAC Input, 24VDC, 10A Output, 240W PSG240E

Power Supply 85-264VAC Input, 24VDC, 20A Output, 480W PSG480E

Three-phase AC input type

Power Supply 350-575VAC Input, 24VDC, 2.5A Output, 60W PSG60F

Power Supply 350-575VAC Input, 24VDC, 5A Output, 120W PSG120F

Power Supply 350-575VAC Input, 24VDC, 10A Output, 240W PSG240F

Power Supply 350-575VAC Input, 24VDC, 20A Output, 480W PSG480F

Liquid Level Controllers

• Level Control of Conductive Liquids - Relay & Probes

• Level Control of Non-Conductive Liquids or Granular Materials

• Relay For Use with Capacitive Proximity Switches

B57

Description Item No.

Level Relay For Resistive Sensors Single Point Control Plug In SC100/***ACS

Level Relay Single Pt High / Low C/W Drain Function 1 C/O AC130/***S

Level Relay Single Pt High / Low C/W Drain Function 2 C/O AC130/***D

Level Relay Single Pt High / Low C/W Drain Function 1 C/O Plug In SC130/***S

Level Relay Single Pt High / Low C/W Drain Function 2 C/O Plug In SC130/***D

Level Relay Non Conductive Type Single Pt High / Low 1 C/O Plug In SC230/*SP

11 Pin DIN Rail Base S3B

Accessories

Probe Holder with Screw Cap Incl 3 X 1 MTR Coated SS316 Rods CP3C

Probe Holder with Screw Cap Incl 2 X 1 MTR Coated SS316 Rods CP2C

Probe Holder with Screw Cap Incl 1 X 1 MTR Coated SS316 Rods CP1C

Extension Rods 1 MTR Male / Female EP1/CEXT

* Specify voltage: 12, 24Vdc & 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

*** Specify voltage: 24, 110, 240, 415Vac.

Automation & Control

359

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

MCS Pressure Switches

With main contacts, R ½“ pressure pipe flange

M00

Preferred setting range

Max. operating

pressure

Make & break pressure: separately infinitely adjustable. Pressures can be

set to any point within the area of the pressure diagram for the appropriate

switch.

Variable switching

differential

Item No.

From Bar To Bar Bar

MCSN pressure switches, IP65, 3-pole

0.9 4 7

Min. switching differential: 0.6 bar

Example: Cut-out pressure 3.3 bar. Cut-in pressure 2.2 bar

MCSN4

2 10 15

Min. switching differential: 1.4 bar

Example: Cut-out pressure 8.5 bar. Cut-in pressure 4.5 bar

MCSN11

5 15 25

Min. switching differential: 2.4 bar

Example: Cut-out pressure 14.5 bar. Cut-in pressure 7.5 bar

MCSN16

8 22 25

Min. switching differential: 3.0 bar

Example: Cut-out pressure 17.5 bar. Cut-in pressure 7.8 bar

MCSN22

Automation & Control

360

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

MCS Pressure Switches

With auxiliary contacts, R ¼“ pressure pipe flange

M00

Contacts

Quantity Preferred setting range

Max.

operating

pressure

Make & break pressure: separately infinitely adjustable. Pressures can be

set to any point within the area of the pressure diagram for the appropriate

switch.

Variable

switching

differential

Item No.

From Bar To Bar Bar

MCS pressure switches, IP65

1 changeover

contact

0.3 4 7

Min. switching differential: 0.2 bar

Example: Cut-out pressure 3.3 bar. Cut-in pressure 2.2 bar

MCS4

1 changeover

contact

2 10 15

Min. switching differential: 0.3 bar

Example: Cut-out pressure 8.5 bar. Cut-in pressure 4.5 bar

MCS11

1 changeover

contact

8 22 25

Min. switching differential: 0.7 bar

Example: Cut-out pressure 17.5 bar. Cut-in pressure 7.8 bar

MCS22

Wall fixing bracket

For MCS & MCSN

----Wall mounting bracket can be rotated to right or left in 90° stages W-MCS

Automation & Control

361

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

SW Float switches

M00

Description Item No.

Float switch, IP65

Standard features

• Lever can be transposed to reverse contact operation

• One insulated earth terminal , one insulated N terminal

• Shroud: impact-resistant, grey

• Two cable entry knockouts for M20, without cable gland

• IP65 in conjunction with V-M20 cable gland

• Bracket for wall fixing

• Mounting position as required

Moulded float

To be filled with sand or liquid SK-SW

Cable operation

Set of accessories, without float for cable operation, consists of:

• 1 cable eye bolt

• 2 guide pulleys

• 4 cable clamps incl. screws

• 10 m steel cable (plastic sheathed)

• 1 counterweight

SBO-SW

Rod operation

Set of accessories, without float for rod operation, consists of:

• 1 bracket

• 3 clamp rings

• 1 operating rod (plastic 1.20 m)

• 2 hexagonal nuts (plastic)

STO-SW

Metric cable gland, M20 to EN 50 262

With lock nut & built-in strain relief

IP68 up to 5 bar, halogen-free

External diameter of cable 6 – 13 mm

V-M20

Automation & Control

362

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Temperature Controllers

Eaton TC Series Temperature Controllers

• TC series panel-mount: 24 x 48, 48 x 48 & 96 x 48 sizes

• Universal input: J, K, T, E, B, R, S, N, L thermocouples or Pt100 RTD

• Outputs available: relay, alarm, SSR, analog

• Supply options: 90-250V AC or 11-26V AC/DC

• Advanced fuzzy logic PID minimises overshoot/undershoot & allows quick accurate response

• Fast sampling rate up to 5 times per second ensures accuracy in fast processes

• Standard IP65 front panel (TC48) suitable for washdown environments

• Sensor break detection feature (thermocouple/RTD open, RTD short)

• Two bright easy-to-read 4-digit LED displays for process value & set value

• Heat/cool control, dwell timer function available

B57

Description Item No.

24 x 48 size

Temp Ctrl, 24 x 48mm, 2 Relay Out, 90 – 250V AC TC24411100

Temp Ctrl, 24 x 48mm, SSR Driver/Relay Out, 90 – 250V AC TC24412100

Temp Ctrl, 24 x 48mm, 2 Relay Out, 11 – 26V AC/DC TC24511100

Temp Ctrl, 24 x 48mm, Analogue Out, Relay Alarm, 90 – 250V AC TC24413100

Process Cntrl, 24 x 48mm, Analogue/Relay Out, 90 – 250V AC PC24463100

48 x 48 size

Temp Ctrl, 48 x 48mm, 1 Relay Out, Relay Alarm, 90 – 250V AC TC484110101

Temp Ctrl, 48 x 48mm, SSR Driver Out, 90 – 250V AC TC484120001

Temp Ctrl, 48 x 48mm, SSR Driver Out, Relay Alarm, 90 – 250V AC TC484120101

Temp Ctrl, 48 x 48mm, Analogue Out, Relay Alarm, 90 – 250V AC TC484130101

Temp Ctrl, 48 x 48mm, 1 Relay Out, Relay Alarm, 11 – 26V AC/DC TC485110101

96 x 48 size

Temp Ctrl, 96 x 48mm, 1 Relay Out, Relay Alarm, 90 – 250V AC TC964110100

Automation & Control

363

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Feed-Through Terminals

Feed-Through Connection Terminals

(suitable for 35mm DIN Rail & 32mm G Rail)

Type 2.5mm 4mm

Current 26 amps - 750V / 24 amps - 800V 34 amps - 750V / 32 amps - 800V

Width / Strip Length /

Screw

5mm / 7mm / M2.5 6mm / 12mm / M3

Cable 0.2mm-2.5mm stranded /

0.2mm -4mm solid

0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm-6mm solid

B16

Description Reference

2.5mm

Item No. Description Reference

4mm

Item No.

2.5mm terminal beige 1296.0 RK2.5PA 4mm terminal beige 1001.2 RK2.5-4PA

2.5mm terminal beige 10P 1297.2 KBL2.5PA 4mm terminal beige 10P 1002.2 KBL2.5-4PA

End plate beige 2001.2 AP2.5-10PA End section beige 2001.2 AP2.5-10PA

Partition beige 2002.2 TW2.5-10PA Partition beige 2002.2 TW2.5-10PA

2.5mm terminal red 1296.9 RK2.5PAR 4mm terminal red 1001.9 RK2.5-4PAR

End plate red 2001.9 AP2.5-10PAR End plate red 2001.9 AP2.5-10PAR

2.5mm terminal white 1296.7 RK2.5PAW 4mm terminal white 1001.7 RK2.5-4PAW

End plate white 2001.7 AP2.5-10PAW End plate white 2001.7 AP2.5-10PAW

2.5mm terminal blue 1296.5 RK2.5PAB 4mm terminal blue 1001.5 RK2.5-4PAB

End plate Blue 2001.5 AP2.5-10PAB End plate Blue 2001.5 AP2.5-10PAB

Partition blue 2002.5 TW2.5-10PAB Partition blue 2002.5 TW2.5-10PAB

Cross Connection 2P bare 2567.0 Q.22.5 Cross Connection 2P insul. 2740.2 QI24

Cross Connection 3P bare 2568.0 Q.32.5 Cross Connection 3P insul. 2741.2 QI34

Cross Connection 10P bare 2570.0 Q.102.5 Cross Connection 10P insul. 2743.2 QI104

Cross Connection 100P bare 2152.0 Q.0.5m Cross Connection 83P bare 2153.0 Q.0.5m4

Cover (60mm) 2499.0 ADQ Cover (60mm) 2499.0 ADQ

External jumper insulated 10P 2029.0 AQI10/5/15 External jumper insulated 10P 2143.0 AQI10/6/17

- - -External jumper insulated 75P 2480.0 AQI75/6/17

Separator 2566.2 TRS3PA Separator 2003.2 TRS

Test Socket 2075.0 STB8.5/2.3 Test Socket 2006.0 STB14/2.3

Test Plug 2007.0 PS2.3 Test Plug 2007.0 PS2.3

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Proﬁle Dimensions Proﬁle Dimensions

Wiring Accessories

364

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Feed-Through Terminals

Feed-Through Connection Terminals (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail

& 32mm G Rail)

Type 10mm 16mm

Current 61 amps - 750V / 57 amps - 800V 82 amps - 750V / 76 amps - 800V

Width / Strip Length /

Screw

8mm / 12mm / M4 12mm / 15mm / M5

Cable 0.2mm-10mm stranded /

0.2mm -10mm solid

2.5mm-16mm stranded /

2.5mm-25mm solid

B16

Description Reference

10mm

Item No. Description Reference

16mm

Item No.

10mm terminal beige * 1005.2 RK6-10PA 16mm terminal beige * 1050.2 RK16PA

10mm terminal beige 10P * 1006.2 KBL6-10PA ---

End plate beige * 2001.2 AP2.5-10PA End plate beige * 2104.2 AP16PA

Partition beige * 2002.2 TW2.5-10PA Partition beige * 2105.2 TW16PA

10mm terminal red * 1005.9 RK6-10PAR

End plate red * 2001.9 AP2.5-10PAW

10mm terminal white * 1005.7 RK6-10PAW

End plate white * 2001.7 AP2.5-10PAR

6mm terminal blue * 1005.5 RK6-10PAB 16mm terminal blue * 1050.5 RK16PAB

End plate Blue * 2001.5 AP2.5-10PAB End plate Blue * 2104.5 AP16PAB

Partition blue * 2002.5 TW2.5-10PAB Partition blue * 2105.5 TW16PAB

Cross Connection 2P insul. 2750.2 QI210 Cross Connection 2P bare 2112.0 Q.216

Cross Connection 3P insul. 2751.2 QI310 Cross Connection 3P bare 2113.0 Q.316

Cross Connection 10P insul. 2753.2 QI1010 Cross Connection 10P bare 2115.0 Q.1016

Cover s (60mm) 2499.0 ADQ Cover 1P 2819.0 AD1/12

External jumper insulated 2P 2067.0 AQI2/8/11

External jumper insulated 3P 2068.0 AQI3/8/11

Separator 2003.2 TRS

Test Socket 2050.0 STB14/4

Test Plug 2051.0 PS4

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35KST End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35KST

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

* Other colours available on request.

Proﬁle Dimensions Proﬁle Dimensions

Wiring Accessories

365

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Feed-Through Terminals

Feed-Through Connection Terminals (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail

& 32mm G Rail)

Type 35mm 50mm

Current 135 amps - 750V / 125 amps - 800V 168 amps - 1000V

Width / Strip Length /

Screw

16mm / 20mm / M5 all. 20mm / 27mm / M8 all.

Cable 2.5mm-35mm stranded /

2.5mm -50mm solid

25mm-50mm stranded /

16mm-50mm solid

B16

Description Reference

35mm

Item No. Description Reference

50mm

Item No.

35mm terminal beige 1494.2 RK35PA 50mm terminal beige 1120.2 RK50PA

End plate beige 2116.2 AP35PA End plate beige -Not Required

Partition beige 2117.2 TW35PA Partition grey -Not Required

35mm terminal blue 1494.5 RK35PAB 35mm terminal blue 1120.5 RK50PAB

End plate Blue 2116.5 AP35PAB End section Blue -Not Required

Partition blue 2117.5 TW35PAB ---

Cross Connection 2P bare 2164.0 Q.235 Cross Connection 2P insul. 2763.2 AQI250

Cross Connection 3P bare 2165.0 Q.335 Cross Connection 3P bare 2764.2 AQI350

Cross Connection 10P bare 2167.0 Q.1035

Cover 1P 2820.0 AD1/16

Test Socket 2127.0 STB16/4

Test Plug 2051.0 PS4

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35KST End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35KST

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Type 95mm 150mm

Current 250 amps - 1000V 355 amps - 1000V

Width / Strip Length /

Screw

25mm / 30mm / M8 all 31mm / 38mm / M10 all.

Cable 35mm-95mm stranded /

25mm -95mm solid

35mm-150mm stranded /

35mm-185mm solid

B16

Description Reference

95mm

Item No. Description Reference

150mm

Item No.

95mm terminal beige 1122.2 RK95PA 150mm terminal beige 1124.2 RK150PA

End plate -Not Required End plate -Not Required

Partition - Not Required Partion - Not Required

95mm terminal blue 1122.5 RK95PAB 150mm terminal blue 1124.5 RK150PAB

End plate -Not Required End Plate Not Required

Partition - Not Required ---

Cross Connection 2P insul. 2765.2 AQI295 Cross Connection 2P insul. 2767.2 AQI2150

Cross Connection 3P bare 2766.2 AQI395 Cross Connection 3P bare 2768.2 AQI3150

- - -Warning Tag 2806.0 AD1/150

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Proﬁle Dimensions Proﬁle Dimensions

Wiring Accessories

366

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Feed-Through Terminals

Feed-Through Connection Terminals (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail & 32mm G Rail)

Type 240mm HSK High Current Terminals

(available on request).

Current 453 amps - 1000V

Width / Strip Length / Screw 36mm / 38mm / M10 all.

Cable 70mm-240mm stranded / 70mm -240mm solid

B16

Description Reference 240mm Item No.

240mm terminal beige 1126.2 RK240PA

End plate -Not Required

Partition - Not Required

240mm terminal blue 1126.5 RK240PAB

End Plate -Not Required

Cross Connection 2P insul. 2769.2 AQI2240

Cross Connection 3P bare 2770.2 AQI3240

Warning Tag 2808.0 AD1/240

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Proﬁle Dimensions

Wiring Accessories

367

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Earth Terminals

Through-Type Earth Terminals (Yellow/Green) (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail)

Type 2.5mm 4mm

Width / Strip Length /

Screw

6mm / 10mm / M2.5 8mm / 12mm / M3

Cable 0.2mm-2.5mm stranded /

0.2mm -4mm solid

0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm-6mm solid

B16

Description Reference

2.5mm

Item No. Description Reference

4mm

Item No.

2.5mm Earth terminal 1056.2 SL2.535 4mm Earth terminal 1212.2 SL435

End section not required.

Type 10mm 16mm

Width / Strip Length /

Screw

10mm / 12mm / M4 12mm / 12mm / M5

Cable 0.2mm-10mm stranded /

0.2mm-10mm solid

2.5mm-16mm stranded /

2.5mm-25mm solid

B16

Description Reference

10mm

Item No. Description Reference

16mm

Item No.

10mm Earth terminal 1213.2 SL1035 16mm Earth terminal 1197.2 SL1635

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Type 35mm

Width / Strip Length / Screw 16mm / 20mm / M6

Cable 2.5mm-35mm stranded / 2.5mm-50mm solid

B16

Description Reference

35mm

Item No.

35mm Earth terminal 1199.2 SL3535

For mounting rails, refer to page 410. End section not required.

Type 2.5mm, Duo Earth Double

Width / Strip Length / Screw 6mm / 10mm

Cable 0.2mm-2.5mm stranded / 0.2mm-0.4mm solid

B16

Description Reference

2.5mm

Item No. Description Reference

2.5mm

Item No.

2.5mm terminal 1060.2 SL2.535ZR 2.5mm terminal 1062.2 SL2.535ZR

End section 2575.1 AP2.5RLPA

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Proﬁle Dimensions Proﬁle Dimensions

Proﬁle Dimensions

Proﬁle Dimensions Proﬁle Dimensions

Wiring Accessories

368

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Double Deck/Duo Terminals

Double Deck Through-Type Terminals (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail

& 32mm G Rail)

Type 4mm without Bridge 4mm with Bridge

Current 34 amps - 500V 34 amps

Width / Strip Length /

Screw

6mm / 9mm / M3 6mm / 9mm / M3

Cable 0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm-4mm solid

0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm-4mm solid

B16

Description Reference

4mm

Item No. Description Reference

4mm

Item No.

4mm terminal beige 1020.2 RKD4PA 4mm terminal beige 1027.2 RKD4SVPA

End section beige 2101.2 AP4PA End section beige 2101.2 AP4PA

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Duo Through-Type Connection Terminals (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail

& 32mm G Rail)

Type 4mm 1in/2out Connection 4mm 2in/2out Connection

Current 26 amps - 500V 26 amps - 500V

Width / Strip Length 6mm / 12mm 6mm / 9mm

Cable 0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm -6mm solid

0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm -6mm solid

B16

Description Reference

4mm

Item No. Description Reference

4mm

Item No.

4mm terminal beige * 1210.2 RK2.5-4ZRPA 4mm terminal beige * 1211.2 RK2.5-4ZRLPA

End section beige * 2574.2 AP2.5RPA End section beige * 2575.2 AP2.5RLPA

Cross Connection 2P insul. 2740.2 QI24 Cross Connection 2P insul. 2740.2 QI24

Cross Connection 3P insul. 2741.2 QI34 Cross Connection 3P insul. 2741.2 QI34

Cross Connection 10P insul. 2743.2 QI104 Cross Connection 10P insul. 2743.2 QI104

Cross Connection 83P bare 2153.0 Q0.5m Cross Connection 83P bare 2153.0 Q.0.5m

Cover s (60mm) 2499.0 ADQ Cover s (60mm) 2499.0 ADQ

External jumper insulated 10P 2029.0 AQI10/5/15 External jumper insulated 10P 2143.0 AQI10/6/17

- - -External jumper insulated 75P 2480.0 AQI75/6/17

Separator 2566.2 TRS3PA Separator 2003.2 TRS

Test Socket 2075.0 STB8.5/2.3 Test Socket 2006.0 STB14/2.3

Test Plug 2007.0 PS2.3 Test Plug 2007.0 PS2.3

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

*Blue on Request.

Proﬁle Dimensions Proﬁle Dimensions

Wiring Accessories

369

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Disconnect Terminals

Disconnect Terminals (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail & 32mm G Rail)

Type 4mm without test socket 4mm with LH & RH test sockets

Current 10 amps 35 amps

Width / Strip Length 6mm / 8mm 6mm

Cable 0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm -6mm solid

0.5mm-4mm stranded /

0.5mm-6mm solid

B16

Description Reference

4mm

Item No. Description Reference

4mm

Item No.

4mm terminal beige 1390.2 TRK1.5PA 4mm terminal beige 1391.2 TRK1.5STBPA

External Jumper 2p 2064.0 AQ2

External Jumper 3p 2065.0 AQ3

External Jumper 4p 2066.0 AQ4

Test Plug 2007.0 PS2.3

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Type 4mm without test sockets 4mm

Current 10 / 15 amps - 300 / 600V 34 / 15 amps - 300 / 600V

Width / Strip Length 6mm / 8mm 8mm / 9mm

Cable 0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm-4mm solid

0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm -4mm solid

B16

Description Reference

4mm

Item No. Description Reference

4mm

Item No.

4mm terminal beige 1394.2 TRK1.5DSPA 4mm terminal beige 2193.2 TRK2KPA

Plug (spare) 1403.2 DS1TRK1.5 End plate beige 2046.2 APSI1PA

Diode Plug 1A 1401.2 DS1TRK1.51A

Diode Plug with Bridge 1400.2 DS1TRK1.5B

External Jumper 2p 2064.0 AQ2 End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

External Jumper 3p 2065.0 AQ3 End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

External Jumper 4p 2066.0 AQ4 End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

Test Plug 2007.0 PS2.3

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Type 4mm with RH & LH test sockets

Current 10 / 15 amps - 300 / 600V

Width / Strip Length 6mm / 8mm

Cable 0.2mm-4mm stranded / 0.2mm-4mm solid

B16

Description Reference

4mm

Item No.

4mm terminal beige 1395.2 TRK1.5STBDSPA

Proﬁle Dimensions Proﬁle Dimensions

Proﬁle Dimensions

Wiring Accessories

370

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Fuse Terminals

Fuse Terminals (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail & 32mm G Rail)

Type 10mm 5 x 20mm / 5 X 25mm 10mm 6.3mm x 32mm

Width / Strip Length 8mm / 9mm 6mm / 9mm

Cable 0.2mm-10mm stranded /

0.2mm-10mm solid

0.2mm-10mm stranded /

0.2mm-10mm solid

B16

Description Reference

10mm

Item No. Description Reference

10mm

Item No.

terminal beige 1101.2 SIK10PA terminal beige 1102.2 SIK10ZPA

LED - 12VDC / 24VAC 1113.2 SSTSIKLED12

LED - 30VDC / 60VAC 1114.2 SSTSIKLED30

LED - 60VDC / 120VAC 1115.2 SSTSIKLED60

LED - 115VDC / 230VAC 1116.2 SSTSIKLED115

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

Fuses to suit:

5 x 25mm:

1A 2096.0 SIK251A

2A 2097.0 SIK252A

4A 2098.0 SIK254A

6.3A 2099.0 SIK256.3A

5 x 20mm:

1A 2406.0 SIK201A

2A 2407.0 SIK202A

4A 2408.0 SIK204A

6.3A 2409.0 SIK206.3A

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

Fuse Terminals (suitable for 35mm DIN Rail)

Type 4mm 5mm X 20mm/25mm 10mm 5mm X 20mm/25mm

Width / Strip Length 8mm / 9mm 12mm / 12mm

Cable 0.2mm-4mm stranded /

0.2mm-4mm solid

0.2mm-10mm stranded /

0.2mm-10mm solid

B16

Description Reference

4mm

Item No. Description Reference

10mm

Item No.

4mm terminal 2190.2 STK1PA 10mm terminal 1092.6 SK135

End section 2046.2 APSI1PA End section 2047.6 APSK1KRG

End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA End clamp Economy TS35 2005.2 ES35PA

End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT End clamp TS35 (9.5mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST End clamp metal TS35 (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

For marking systems, refer to page 409. For mounting rails, refer to page 410.

For fuses see above.

Proﬁle Dimensions Proﬁle Dimensions

Wiring Accessories

371

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Marking Tags

Terminal SB Marking Tag Branches (each branch with 10 tags)

B16

Nos. Reference

5mm width,

Item No. * Reference

6mm width,

Item No. Reference

8mm width,

Item No.

1 - 10 2433.0/1-10 SB510FS1-10 2037.0/1-10 SB610FS1-10 2942.0/1-10 SB810FS1-10

11- 20 2433.0/11-20 SB510FS11-20 2037.0/11-20 SB610FS11-20 2942.0/11-20 SB810FS11-20

21 - 30 2433.0/21-30 SB510FS21-30 2037.0/21-30 SB610FS21-30 2942.0/21-30 SB810FS21-30

31 - 40 2433.0/31-40 SB510FS31-40 2037.0/31-40 SB610FS31-40 2942.0/31-40 SB810FS31-40

41 - 50 2433.0/41-50 SB510FS41-50 2037.0/41-50 SB610FS41-50 2942.0/41-50 SB810FS41-50

51 - 60 2433.0/51-60 SB510FS51-60 2037.0/51-60 SB610FS51-60 2942.0/51-60 SB810FS51-60

61 - 70 2433.0/61-70 SB510FS61-70 2037.0/61-70 SB610FS61-70 2942.0/61-70 SB810FS61-70

71 - 80 2433.0/71-80 SB510FS71-80 2037.0/71-80 SB610FS71-80 2942.0/71-80 SB810FS71-80

81 - 90 2433.0/81-90 SB510FS81-90 2037.0/81-90 SB610FS81-90 2942.0/81-90 SB810FS81-90

91 - 100 2433.0/91-100 SB510FS91-100 2037.0/91-100 SB610FS91-100 2942.0/91-100 SB810FS91-100

Blank 2430.0 SB510 2035.0 SB610 2940.0 SB810

* Tag quantity - price is for one strip of 10 tags.

Terminal AS Marking Tag Branches (each strip with 10 tags)

B16

Description Reference Item No. * Description Reference Item No.

Letter A 2573.0-A AS310G-A Letter O 2573.0-O AS310G-O

Letter B 2573.0-B AS310G-B Letter P 2573.0-P AS310G-P

Letter C 2573.0-C AS310G-C Letter Q 2573.0-Q AS310G-Q

Letter D 2573.0-D AS310G-D Letter R 2573.0-R AS310G-R

Letter E 2573.0-E AS310G-E Letter S 2573.0-S AS310G-S

Letter F 2573.0-F AS310G-F Letter T 2573.0-T AS310G-T

Letter G 2573.0-G AS310G-G Letter U 2573.0-U AS310G-U

Letter H 2573.0-H AS310G-H Letter V 2573.0-V AS310G-V

Letter I 2573.0-I AS310G-I Letter W 2573.0-W AS310G-W

Letter J 2573.0-J AS310G-J Letter X 2573.0-X AS310G-X

Letter K 2573.0-K AS310G-K Letter Y 2573.0-Y AS310G-Y

Letter L 2573.0-L AS310G-L Letter Z 2573.0-Z AS310G-Z

Letter M 2573.0-M AS310G-M Letter + 2573.0-PLUS AS310G-PLUS

Letter N 2573.0-N AS310G-N Letter - 2573.0-MINUS AS310G-MINUS

* Tag quantity - price is for one strip of 10 tags.

B16

Description Reference Item No. * Description Reference Item No.

Nos. Sequence 0…..9 2572.0 Tag Mounting Clip

No .1 2573.0-1 AS310G-1 3 way 9.5mm 2616.0 SCHT3

No .2 2573.0-2 AS310G-2 4 way 12.5mm 2617.0 SCHT4

No. 3 2573.0-3 AS310G-3 5 way 15.8mm 2618.0 SCHT5

No. 4 2573.0-4 AS310G-4 6 way 19mm 2619.0 SCHT6

No. 5 2573.0-5 AS310G-5

No. 6 2573.0-6 AS310G-6

No. 7 2573.0-7 AS310G-7

No. 8 2573.0-8 AS310G-8

No. 9 2573.0-9 AS310G-9

No. 0 2573.0-0 AS310G-0

Blank 2571.0 AS310

* Tag quantity - price is for one strip of 10 tags.

AS310 Marking branches white polyamide with Black print

(colours available on request).

Wiring Accessories

372

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

DIN Rail & Ducting

Terminal Accessories

B16

Description Reference Item No.

Mounting Rails (2 Metre length)

35mm DIN 7.5mm high 2026.00 TS357.5US

35mm DIN 7.5mm high slotted 2094.00 TS357.5S

End Clamps

End clamp Economy 2005.20 ES35PA

Type TS35 ( 35mm) 2828.0 ES35SKT

End clamp metal (11mm) 2761.9 HES35ST

Wiring Duct, Surface Mounting

Wiring duct available in slotted closed & open

or solid wall variations.

• High impact strength

• Self extinguishing 94V - 0 PVC

• Service temperature 850C

• Ducting comes with lids

Slotted - open (2m lengths) B23

Dimensions (W x H mm) Colour Item No.

25 x 30 Grey FBO2530G

25 x 40 Grey FBO2540G

25 x 60 Grey FBO2560G

40 x 40 Grey FBO4040G

40 x 60 Grey FBO4060G

40 x 80 Grey FBO4080G

60 x 40 Grey FBO6040G

60 x 60 Grey FBO6060G

60 x 80 Grey FBO6080G

80 x 60 Grey FBO8060G

80 x 80 Grey FBO8080G

100 x 100 Grey FBO100100G

25 x 30 Black FBO2530B

25 x 60 Black FBO2560B

40 x 40 Black FBO4040B

40 x 60 Black FBO4060B

40 x 80 Black FBO4080B

60 x 60 Black FBO6060B

60 x 80 Black FBO6080B

80 x 80 Black FBO8080B

100 x 100 Black FBO100100B

Slotted - closed (2m lengths) B23

Dimensions (W x H mm) Colour Item No.

25 x 60 Grey FBC2560G

40 x 40 Grey FBC4040G

40 x 60 Grey FBC4060G

40 x 80 Grey FBC4080G

60 x 60 Grey FBC6060G

60 x 80 Grey FBC6080G

80 x 80 Grey FBC8080G

100 x 100 Grey FBC100100G

25 x 30 Black FBC2530B

25 x 60 Black FBC2560B

40 x 40 Black FBC4040B

40 x 60 Black FBC4060B

40 x 80 Black FBC4080B

60 x 60 Black FBC6060B

60 x 80 Black FBC6080B

80 x 80 Black FBC8080B

100 x 100 Black FBC100100B

Spare Duct Lids B23

Dimensions (mm) Colour Item No.

25 Grey FBL25G

40 Grey FBL40G

60 Grey FBL60G

80 Grey FBL80G

100 Grey FBL100G

25 Black FBL25B

40 Black FBL40B

60 Black FBL60B

80 Black FBL80B

100 Black FBL100B

TS357.5 ES35SKT

HES35STES35PA

Wiring Accessories

373

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cable Accessories

Cable Ties

• UL approved nylon 66, 94V-2

• One piece design ensures strong locking

• Service temperature -400C to +1050C

• High temperature 1850C, 94V-0 available

on request

• Packed quantity 100

B23

Dimensions

(mm) Colour

Tensile strength

(kgs)

Bundle Diameter

(mm) Item No.

100 x 2.5 Clear 8 25 FBCT1002C

190 x 4.8 Clear 22 52 FBCT1904C

280 x 4.8 Clear 22 81 FBCT2804C

370 x 4.8 Clear 22 102 FBCT3704C

280 x 7.6 Clear 55 81 FBCT2807C

380 x 7.6 Clear 55 110 FBCT3807C

450 x 7.6 Clear 55 120 FBCT4507C

450 x 8.0 Clear 80 133 FBCT4508C

550 x 8.0 Clear 80 168 FBCT5508C

812 x 9.0 Clear 80 246 FBCT8129C

1168 x 9.0 Clear 80 360 FBCT11689C

100 x 2.5 Black 8 25 FBCT1002B

150 x 3.6 Black 18 39 FBCT1503B

190 x 4.8 Black 22 52 FBCT1904B

280 x 4.8 Black 22 81 FBCT2804B

370 x 4.8 Black 22 102 FBCT3704B

280 x 7.6 Black 55 81 FBCT2807B

380 x 7.6 Black 55 110 FBCT3807B

450 x 7.6 Black 55 120 FBCT4507B

450 x 8.0 Black 80 133 FBCT4508B

550 x 8.0 Black 80 168 FBCT5508B

1168 x 9.0 Black 80 360 FBCT11689B

Cable Tie Saddles

• Available in screw-in

or stick-on

• Colour - white

B23

Dimensions (mm) Mounting Item No.

19 x 9.5 Screw-on FBTM0

15 x 10 Screw-on FBTM1

23 x 16 Screw-on FBTM2

21 x 21 Stick-on only FBTM21214

28 x 28 Stick-on + screw-on FBTM28284

Cable Ties, Surface Mounting

Cable Tie Saddles

Wiring Accessories

374

Power Control

EATON CORPORATION New Zealand Product Guide

Cable Accessories

Spiral Banding

• Manufactured from P.E.

• Binds cables & protects them

from damage

B23

Wrapping range

(mm) Band width Dia. (inner) Dia. (outer) Item No.

4 - 50 7.0 4.0 6.0 FBSW06

6 - 60 10.8 6.0 8.0 FBSW08

7.5 - 60 11.4 7.5 10 FBSW10

9 - 65 13.9 9.0 12 FBSW12

12 - 75 15 12 15 FBSW15

15 - 100 18.2 15 19 FBSW19

Flexible Bushing

• Cut to suit any shape hole

• Protects cables from

sharp edges

• Manufactured P.E. Natural

B23

Thickness Max. Thickness Item No.

1.0 1.0 FBMB10

1.6 1.0 - 1.6 FBMB16

2.4 1.6 - 2.4 FBMB24

3.2 2.4 - 3.2 FBMB32

4.5 3.2 - 4.5 FBMB45

Cable Glands

• Manufactured from UL approved

nylon 66 94V-2 black

• Temperature -400C to +1050C

• “Cable grab claw” stays on gland

body to reduce installation time

• IP68 rating

B23

Thread size,

metric, (mm)

Suits cable

outside dia. Item No.

16 5 - 10 FBAG16

20 6 - 13 FBAG20

25 10-18 FBAG25

32 16 - 22 FBAG32

40 20 - 27 FBAG40

50 30 - 41 FBAG50

63 40 - 53 FBAG63

Wiring Accessories

578440 Catalog 1

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation